Modify Cell Algorithm Switch Configuration

Modify Cell Algorithm Switch Configuration (MOD
CELLALGOSWITCH)
Network Element: BTS3900, BTS3900 LTE, BTS5900, BTS5900 LTE
Function
Use this command to modify the settings of cell-level algorithm switches.
Note
This is a high-risk MML command. Pay attention to the following precautions before running this
command:
 Before setting McpttSwitch on, check that no service uses QCI 65, 66, 69, or 70. If QCI 65, 66,
69, or 70 is used by a service, plan a different QCI for the service.
 A modification to the PucchAlgoSwitch parameter will result in automatic reset of the cell.
For a FDD cell, a modification to the DynSpectrumShareSwitch parameter will result in
automatic reset of the cell.
A modification to the RanShareModeSwitch parameter will result in automatic reset of the cell.
For a FDD cell, a modification to the SuperCombCellSwitch in SfnAlgoSwitch parameter will
result in automatic reset of the cell.
For a TDD cell, a modification to the ComCoverUlCompSwitch in SfnUplinkCompSwitch
parameter will result in automatic reset of the cell.
For a FDD cell, a modification to the Virtual4T4R in EmimoSwitch parameter will result in
automatic reset of the cell.
 When SubframeAssignment is set to 0, the TTI Bundling function cannot be enabled. Otherwise,
the services will be interrupted.
 If FPIGTPUSwitch or DSCPRemarkSwitch of the ServiceDiffSwitch parameter in the
CELLSERVICEDIFFCFG MO is on, switches of the ServiceDiffSwitch parameter in the
CellAlgoSwitch MO must be off. If one switch of the ServiceDiffSwitch parameter in the
CellAlgoSwitch MO is on, switches of the ServiceDiffSwitch parameter in the
CELLSERVICEDIFFCFG MO must be off.
 If the OuterLoopPucchSwitch option of the UlPcAlgoSwitch parameter needs to be selected, the
InnerLoopPucchSwitch option of this parameter must be selected.
 If the transmission modes including size of packet and sending interval(20ms) are simliar
between Push-to-talk voice packet and VoLTE packet, EnhExtQCISpsSchSwitch can be on, if
there are much difference on the transmission modes between the two kinds of voice packet,
EnhExtQCISpsSchSwitch is recommended to be off.
 TddAvoidUpPTSInterfSwitch: Selecting this option may lead to automatic cell reestablishment
when interference occurs or required signal quality recovers from deterioration due to
interference.
 The LAA cell resets when the FcsMode parameter is modified.
Parameters
ID Name Description
Meaning: Indicates the local ID of the cell. It uniquely identifies a cell

LocalCellId Local cell
within an eNodeB.
ID
GUI Value Range: 0~255
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~255
MML Default Value: None
Recommended Value: None
Parameter Relationship: None
Service Interrupted After Modification: N/A
Impact on Radio Network Performance: None
Applicable Mode: L
VolteRedirectSwit VoLTE Meaning: Controls whether VoLTE services support redirection.

ch Redirect If this parameter is set to ON, VoLTE services support redirection and
Switch QCI-1 UEs can be redirected. If this parameter is set to OFF,
redirection is not supported for QCI-1 UEs. This parameter applies
only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
GUI Value Range: OFF(Off), ON(On)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: OFF, ON
Recommended Value: OFF(Off)
Service Interrupted After Modification: No (And no impact on the UE in
idle mode)
Impact on Radio Network Performance: If this parameter is set to ON,
QCI-1 UEs can be redirected and call drops may be prevented during
temporary voice service interruption, ensuring user experience.
However, the number of intra-RAT intra-duplex-mode redirections
increases.
Applicable Mode: L
RachAlgoSwitch RACH Meaning: RACHAdjSwitch: Indicates whether to enable random

algorithm access channel (RACH) resource adjustment, which adaptively
switch adjusts the RACH resources in the cell based on the access type and
the number of access attempts. If this option is deselected, RACH
resource adjustment is disabled. When the eMTC function takes
effect, adaptive adjustment of PRACH period in the RACH resource
adjustment algorithm no longer takes effect on LTE and eMTC UEs.
Adjustment on the numbers of random preambles and dedicated
preambles applies only to LTE UEs. This option applies only to LTE
FDD and LTE TDD.
HoRaSwitch: Indicates whether the random access mode is applied
during handovers. If this option is selected, the eNodeB instructs UEs
to use the non-contention-based random access mode during
handovers. If this option is deselected, the eNodeB instructs UEs to
use the contention-based random access mode during handovers.
This option applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
UnsyncRaSwitch: Indicates whether the random access mode is
applied when UEs are out of synchronization in the uplink. If this
option is selected, the eNodeB instructs UEs to use the non-
contention-based random access mode upon downlink data arrivals in
the case of out-of-synchronization. If this option is deselected, the
eNodeB instructs UEs to use the contention-based random access
mode upon downlink data arrivals in the case of out-of-
synchronization. This option applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
MaksIdxSwitch: Indicates whether to reuse dedicated preambles
between UEs. If this option is selected, the eNodeB enables reuse of
dedicated preambles among UEs based on the MaskIndex parameter.
If this option is deselected, the eNodeB allocates a dedicated
preamble to only one UE at a time. When the eMTC function takes
effect, dedicated preamble reuse does not take effect on LTE and
eMTC UEs. This option applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
BackOffSwitch: Indicates whether to enable backoff control. If this
option is selected, backoff control is enabled. If this option is
deselected, backoff control is disabled. If eMTC is enabled, backoff
takes effect only for LTE UEs and does not take effect for eMTC UEs.
UeRaInforInqSwitch: Indicates whether the query of UE random
access information is enabled. If this option is selected, the query of
UE random access information is enabled, and the eNodeB sends the
UEInformationRequest message to the UE complying with 3GPP
Release 9 and later and requires the UE to report random access
information. The eNodeB uses the reported random access
information for RACH resource adjustment. If this option is deselected,
the query of UE random access information is disabled. The eNodeB
uses the self-collected random access information for RACH resource
adjustment. This option applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
PRACHFalseAlarmDetSwitch: Indicates whether to enable PRACH
false alarm detection. If this option is selected and the
PrachFalseAlarmDetRadThd or RachThdBoostRatio parameter is not
set to 0, PRACH false alarm detection is enabled. If the eNodeB
considers the initial contention-based preamble sent by a UE as a
PRACH false alarm, the eNodeB does not send the UE a Random
Access Response message, nor records the preamble on the
performance counter L.RA.GrpA.Att or L.RA.GrpB.Att if the preamble
belongs to group A or B, respectively. If this option is selected and the
PrachFalseAlarmDetRadThd and RachThdBoostRatio parameters are
set to 0, PRACH false alarm detection is disabled. If this option is
deselected, PRACH false alarm detection is disabled. When the eMTC
function takes effect, PRACH false alarm detection takes effect only
on LTE UEs. This option applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
RachPwrAdjSwitch: Indicates whether to enable power adjustment for
the RACH. If both this option and UeRaInforInqSwitch are selected,
the eNodeB dynamically adjusts the parameters related to power
control for the RACH based on the number of random access
preambles, probability of successful random accesses, and target
probability of successful random accesses. If either this option or
UeRaInforInqSwitch is deselected, power adjustment for the RACH is
disabled. When the eMTC function takes effect, power adjustment for
the RACH takes effect only on LTE UEs.
ForbidAcByRadiusSwitch: Indicates whether the eNodeB controls UE
access based on the distance from UEs to the eNodeB. If this option is
selected, only UEs whose distance to the eNodeB is less than the cell
radius are allowed to access the cell. If this option is deselected, the
eNodeB does not forbid UE access based on the distance. When the
eMTC function takes effect, this function takes effect only on LTE UEs.
PrachFreqAdjSwitch: Indicates whether to enable PRACH frequency-
domain position adaptation. If the PucchSwitch option of the
PucchAlgoSwitch parameter is selected, the PrachFreqOffsetStrategy
parameter is set to AUTOMATIC(AUTOMATIC), and this option is
selected, the PRACH frequency-domain position is adaptively adjusted
based on the PUCCH resource usage. When the eMTC function takes
effect, this function takes effect only on LTE UEs. This option applies
PRACHFalseAlaDetRetxOptSwitch: Indicates whether to allow the
access from abnormal UEs that retransmit preambles at an interval of
40 ms when PRACH false alarm detection is enabled. When this
option is selected, an eNodeB can identify preambles retransmitted at
an interval of 40 ms and allow the access from UEs transmitting these
preambles. When this option is deselected, an eNodeB cannot identify
preambles retransmitted at an interval of 40 ms. When the eMTC
function takes effect, this function takes effect only on LTE UEs. This
option applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
PrachFreqAbsAdjSwitch: Indicates whether to select a frequency
domain position adjacent to the PUCCH for the PRACH, regardless of
the amount of allocated PUCCH resources. If the PucchSwitch option
of the PucchAlgoSwitch parameter is selected, the
PrachFreqOffsetStrategy parameter in the RACHCfg MO is set to
AUTOMATIC(AUTOMATIC), and this option is selected, the eNodeB
selects a frequency domain position adjacent to the PUCCH for the
PRACH. This option applies only to LTE TDD.
ExceedRadiusRaDetectionSw: Indicates whether the eNodeB checks
the access of UEs whose distance to the eNodeB is greater than the
cell radius. The eNodeB checks the access of UEs whose distance to
the eNodeB is greater than the cell radius only when this option is
selected. This option does not apply to cells established on the
LBBPc. When the eMTC function takes effect, this option takes effect
only on LTE UEs. This option applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
NonContRaOptSwitch: Indicates the access (non-contention) function
for UEs whose distance to the eNodeB is greater than the cell radius.
If this option is selected, non-contention-based random access
optimization is performed on the UEs whose distance to the eNodeB is
greater than the cell radius. This ensures the access of such UEs. If
this option is deselected, non-contention-based random access
optimization is disabled. This option does not apply to cells established
on the LBBPc. When the eMTC function takes effect, this option takes
effect only on LTE UEs. This option applies only to LTE FDD and LTE
TDD.
GUI Value Range: RachAdjSwitch(RachAdjSwitch),
HoRaSwitch(HoRaSwitch), UnsyncRaSwitch(UnsyncRaSwitch),
MaksIdxSwitch(MaksIdxSwitch), BackOffSwitch(BackOffSwitch),
UeRaInforInqSwitch(UeRaInforInqSwitch),
PRACHFalseAlarmDetSwitch(PRACHFalseAlarmDetSwitch),
RachPwrAdjSwitch(RachPwrAdjSwitch),
ForbidAcByRadiusSwitch(ForbidAcByRadiusSwitch),
PrachFreqAdjSwitch(PrachFreqAdjSwitch),
PRACHFalseAlaDetRetxOptSwitch(PRACHFalseAlaDetRetxOptSwitc
h), PrachFreqAbsAdjSwitch(PrachFreqAbsAdjSwitch),
ExceedRadiusRaDetectionSw(ExceedRadiusRaDetectionSw),
NonContRaOptSwitch(NonContRaOptSwitch)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: RachAdjSwitch, HoRaSwitch, UnsyncRaSwitch,
MaksIdxSwitch, BackOffSwitch, UeRaInforInqSwitch,
PRACHFalseAlarmDetSwitch, RachPwrAdjSwitch,
ForbidAcByRadiusSwitch, PrachFreqAdjSwitch,
PRACHFalseAlaDetRetxOptSwitch, PrachFreqAbsAdjSwitch,
ExceedRadiusRaDetectionSw, NonContRaOptSwitch
Recommended Value: RachAdjSwitch:Off, HoRaSwitch:On,
UnsyncRaSwitch:On, MaksIdxSwitch:Off, BackOffSwitch:Off,
UeRaInforInqSwitch:Off, PRACHFalseAlarmDetSwitch:Off,
RachPwrAdjSwitch:Off, ForbidAcByRadiusSwitch:Off,
PrachFreqAdjSwitch:Off, PRACHFalseAlaDetRetxOptSwitch:Off,
PrachFreqAbsAdjSwitch:Off, ExceedRadiusRaDetectionSw:Off,
NonContRaOptSwitch:Off
Parameter Relationship:
-Others:
If the PrachConfigIndexCfgInd parameter in the RACHCfg MO is set to
NOT_CFG(Not configure) and the RachAdjSwitch option is selected,
the eNodeB adaptively adjusts RACH resources for a cell based on
the random access type and number of accesses.
idle mode)
Impact on Radio Network Performance: RachAdjSwitch:If this option is
selected, based on the number of UEs that have accessed the cell, the
eNodeB increases the efficiency of utilizing dedicated preambles while
ensuring a low probability (lower than or equal to 1%) that a UE is not
allocated a dedicated preamble for random access triggered by
handovers (case 3) or downlink data arrivals (case 4). In addition, the
eNodeB increases the PRACH utilization efficiency while ensuring a
low probability (lower than or equal to 1%) that multiple UEs send the
same preambles to initiate random access procedures triggered by
initial accesses (case 1), radio link failures (case 2), or uplink data
arrivals (case 5) at the same time. If this option is deselected, a fixed
amount of RACH resources are allocated for contention-based and
non-contention-based random accesses and the gains of the algorithm
are unavailable.
HoRaSwitch:If this option is selected, the eNodeB instructs UEs to
perform non-contention-based random access during handovers. As a
result, the handover delay is shorter than that introduced when
contention-based random access is used. If this option is deselected,
the eNodeB instructs UEs to perform contention-based random access
during handovers, increasing the handover delay compared to that
introduced when non-contention-based random access is used.
UnsyncRaSwitch:If this option is selected, the eNodeB instructs UEs
to perform non-contention-based random access to switch from the
out-of-synchronization state to the synchronized state. As a result, the
state transition delay is shorter than that introduced when contention-
based random access is used. If this option is deselected, the eNodeB
instructs UEs to perform contention-based random access to switch
from the out-of-synchronization state to the synchronized state,
increasing the transition delay compared to that introduced when non-
contention-based random access is used.
MaksIdxSwitch:If this option is selected, the eNodeB reuses dedicated
preambles among UEs at different time, increasing the dedicated
preamble utilization efficiency but prolonging the random access
delay. If this option is deselected, the preamble utilization efficiency
decreases but the random access delay also decreases compared to
that introduced when this option is selected.
BackOffSwitch:If this option is selected, UEs that experience
contention resolution failures retransmit preambles after a period of
time. This relieves RACH congestion but increases the random access
delay. If this option is deselected, RACH congestion cannot be
relieved, but the random access delay decreases compared to that
introduced when this option is selected.
PRACHFalseAlarmDetSwitch:If this option is deselected, the network
performance is not affected. If this option is selected and the
PrachFalseAlarmDetRadThd and RachThdBoostRatio parameters in
the CellRachAlgo MO are set to 0, the network performance is not
affected. If this option is selected and the PrachFalseAlarmDetRadThd
or RachThdBoostRatio parameter in the CellRachAlgo MO is not set to
0, impacts on network performance are determined based on settings
of the PrachFalseAlarmDetRadThd or RachThdBoostRatio parameter
in the CellRachAlgo MO.
RachPwrAdjSwitch:If this option is selected, the eNodeB dynamically
adjusts the transmit power of UEs during random access procedures
based on the number of UEs that have accessed the cell. In this way,
the random access delay can meet the preset condition, and the
interference to intra-frequency neighboring cells can be controlled. If
this option is deselected, the PreambInitRcvTargetPwr and
PwrRampingStep parameters in the RACHCfg MO are used to control
the transmit power of UEs. In this case, the gains brought by selecting
this option cannot be obtained.
ForbidAcByRadiusSwitch:If this option is selected, the eNodeB
determines whether to allow UE accesses based on the distance from
UEs to the eNodeB. In this case, only UEs whose distance from the
eNodeB is smaller than the cell radius are allowed to access the cell.
However, the RACH access success rate and RRC connection setup
success rate may decrease. If this option is deselected, the network
performance is not affected.
PrachFreqAdjSwitch:If the PucchSwitch option of the
PucchAlgoSwitch parameter is selected, the PrachFreqOffsetStrategy
parameter is set to AUTOMATIC(AUTOMATIC), and this option is
selected, the PRACH frequency-domain position is adaptively adjusted
based on the PUCCH resource usage. This slightly improves cell
capacity when the cell serves a small number of UEs and the service
type is full buffer or the service type is burst but UEs require a large
volume of traffic.
PRACHFalseAlaDetRetxOptSwitch:If this option is selected, the
eNodeB identifies preambles retransmitted at an interval of 40 ms and
allows UEs transmitting these preambles to access the network,
increasing the probability of UE accesses and false alarms but
decreasing the RACH success rate. If this option is deselected, the
eNodeB does not identify preambles retransmitted at an interval of 40
ms and considers such preambles as initially transmitted preambles.
As a result, the eNodeB does not allow UEs retransmitting preambles
at an interval of 40 ms to access the network, increasing the difficulty
of UE accesses. This lowers the probability of UE accesses and false
alarms but increases the RACH success rate.
PrachFreqAbsAdjSwitch:If this option is selected, the PucchSwitch
option of the PucchAlgoSwitch parameter is selected, and the
PrachFreqOffsetStrategy parameter in the RACHCfg MO is set to
AUTOMATIC(AUTOMATIC), the eNodeB selects a frequency domain
position adjacent to the PUCCH for the PRACH, increasing the cell
throughput when a small number of UEs perform packet injection in
the uplink. However, the access success rate and handover success
rate decrease. If this option is deselected, the network performance is
not affected.
ExceedRadiusRaDetectionSw:When this option is selected, the
eNodeB checks the access of UEs whose distance to the eNodeB is
greater than the cell radius. The physical resource consumption
increases, the numbers of times preamble messages are received and
the number of times RAR messages of preambles are sent increase,
and the RACH access success rate deteriorates. Deselecting this
option does not have impact on physical resource consumption and
KPIs.
NonContRaOptSwitch:When this option is selected, the number of
RRC connection reestablishments decreases if UEs whose distance to
the eNodeB is greater than the cell radius attempt to access the cell.
In addition, the physical resource consumption increases. Deselecting
this option does not have impact on network performance.
Applicable Mode: L
SrsAlgoSwitch SoundingR Meaning: Indicates the switch used to enable or disable change in the
S cell-specific SRS subframe configuration (that is, the adjustment on
algorithm the setting of the SrsSubframeCfg parameter).
switch If the switch is on, the algorithm dynamically adjusts the SRS
subframe configuration based on the usage of cell resources.
If the switch is off, the algorithm uses the initial configuration and does
not perform dynamic switching. This parameter applies only to LTE
FDD and LTE TDD.
GUI Value Range: SrsSubframeRecfSwitch(SrsSubframeRecfSwitch)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: SrsSubframeRecfSwitch
Recommended Value: SrsSubframeRecfSwitch:On
-Configuration constraints:
If the SuperCombCellSwitch check box under the SfnAlgoSwitch
parameter in the CellAlgoSwitch MO is selected, the
SrsSubframeRecfSwitch check box under the SrsAlgoSwitch
parameter in the CellAlgoSwitch MO must not be selected.
The TDOA_SWITCH option of the LbsSwitch parameter in a
CellAlgoSwitch MO can be selected only when the
SrsSubframeRecfSwitch option of the SrsAlgoSwitch parameter in the
same CellAlgoSwitch MO is deselected.
idle mode)
Impact on Radio Network Performance: If SrsSubframeRecfSwitch is
off, no SRS subframes can be configured for UEs initially accessing
the network, which results in specification test failures. It is
recommended that SrsSubframeRecfSwitch be on and never turned
off. In this case, the cell throughput is high when the cell load is low.
When the cell load is high, the eNodeB automatically adjusts cell-
specific SRS subframes to allow the cell to serve the maximum
number of UEs. However, the cell throughput decreases because of
the SRS subframe overhead.
Applicable Mode: L
PucchAlgoSwitch PUCCH Meaning: PucchSwitch: Indicates whether to enable PUCCH resource

algorithm adjustment. If this option is selected, the eNodeB initiates PUCCH
switch resource adjustment when PUCCH resources are insufficient or
excessive. If this option is deselected, the eNodeB cannot adjust
PUCCH resource.
PucchFlexCfgSwitch: Indicates whether to enable flexible PUCCH
configuration. This option does not take effect if an LBBPc is used or
the cell bandwidth is 1.4 MHz or 3 MHz. If flexible PUCCH
configuration is enabled, frequency-domain uplink ICIC and uplink
frequency hopping scheduling do not take effect. If this option is
selected, the same number of RBs (specified by the
PucchExtendedRBNum parameter in the PUCCHCfg MO) are
separately added to both ends of the uplink band allocated for the
PUCCH. The total number of extension PUCCH RBs equals the
PucchExtendedRBNum parameter value multiplied by 2, and the
extension RBs can be used for PUSCH scheduling. If this option is
deselected, flexible PUCCH configuration is disabled. This option
applies only to LTE FDD.
Dl2CCAckResShareSw: Indicates whether to enable PUCCH ACK
channel resource sharing for downlink 2CC CA. The eNodeB divides
the ACK code channel resources on the PCC for downlink 2CC CA
into four groups. If this option is deselected, CA UEs scheduled on
each SCC associated with this PCC are allowed to use the ACK
channel resources in only one group. If this option is selected, CA UEs
scheduled on each SCC associated with this PCC can use the ACK
channel resources in any group. This option applies only to LTE FDD
and LTE TDD.
SCCAckResourceCfgSW: Indicates whether to enable SCC ACK
resource configuration. If this option is selected, the eNodeB controls
the maximum number of RBs that can be used by PUCCH format 3
and the maximum number of code channels that can be used by SCC
ACKs in 2CC CA scenarios according to the settings of the
Format3RBNum and Max2CCAckChNum parameters in the
PUCCHCfg MO, respectively. If this option is deselected, the eNodeB
controls the maximum number of RBs that can be used by PUCCH
format 3 and the maximum number of code channels that can be used
by SCC ACKs in 2CC CA scenarios. This option applies only to LTE
FDD and LTE TDD.
EmtcAckModeSw: Indicates the ACK feedback mode of eMTC UEs. If
this option is deselected, eMTC UEs always send ACKs in bundling
mode. If this option is selected, eMTC UEs always send ACKs in
multiplexing mode when the eNodeB sends all the csi-
NumRepetitionCE, mPDCCH-NumRepetition, and pucch-
NumRepetitionCE-format1 IEs only once. If the eNodeB repeatedly
sends any of these IEs, eMTC UEs send ACKs in bundling mode. This
option is deselected by default. This option applies only to LTE TDD.
GUI Value Range: PucchSwitch(PucchSwitch),
PucchFlexCfgSwitch(PucchFlexCfgSwitch),
Dl2CCAckResShareSw(Dl2CCAckResShareSw),
SCCAckResourceCfgSw(SCCAckResourceCfgSw),
EmtcAckModeSw(EmtcAckModeSw)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: PucchSwitch, PucchFlexCfgSwitch,
Dl2CCAckResShareSw, SCCAckResourceCfgSw, EmtcAckModeSw
Recommended Value: PucchSwitch:
It is recommended that this option be deselected in ultra-high-speed
scenarios and be
selected in other scenarios.
PucchFlexCfgSwitch:
It is recommended that this option be selected only when
interference occurs on the PUCCH.
Dl2CCAckResShareSw: On,
SCCAckResourceCfgSw:
It is recommended that this option be selected only when CA works
normally and the PUCCH RB usage needs to be restricted.
EmtcAckModeSw:Off
If either PucchSwitch or PucchFlexCfgSwitch of PucchAlgoSwitch in
the CellAlgoSwitch MO is selected, SuperCombCellSwitch of
SfnAlgoSwitch in the CellAlgoSwitch MO must be deselected.
Service Interrupted After Modification: Yes
Impact on Radio Network Performance: PucchSwitch: If this option is
selected, the PUCCH resources change adaptively based on the load
on the PUCCH. This achieves better utilization of PUCCH resources
and reduces uplink signaling overhead. When the PUCCH resources
decrease, however, CQI resources may need to be reconfigured for a
few UEs. The reconfiguration consumes certain downlink resources. If
this option is deselected, uplink signaling overhead increases.
PucchFlexCfgSwitch: If this option is selected, interference to the
PUCCH can be reduced or even avoided, improving the PUCCH
demodulation performance and increasing access performance and
the downlink throughput. However, the PUSCH resources become
non-contiguous, decreasing the uplink throughput. Therefore, uplink
peak rate tests are not supported in this scenario. If this option is
deselected and two edges of the uplink frequency band experience
severe interference, the interference cannot be avoided and PUCCH
demodulation performance decreases.
Dl2CCAckResShareSw: If this option is selected, the scheduling
capabilities of CA UEs treating the local cell as their PCell improve. If
the number of SCCs is smaller than 4, the amount of PUCCH RB
resources increases quickly, but the uplink throughput decreases. If
this option is deselected, the scheduling capabilities of CA UEs
treating the local cell as their PCell deteriorate. If the number of SCCs
is smaller than 4, the amount of PUCCH RB resources decreases.
SCCAckResourceCfgSW: If this option is selected and the
Format3RbNum and Max2CCAckChNum parameters are set to large
values, there is a high probability that a large number of CA UEs are
scheduled in a single TTI. As a result, the number of RBs used for the
PUCCH increases and the number of RBs available for the PUSCH
decreases, causing a possible decrease in uplink throughput. If this
option is selected and the Format3RbNum and Max2CCAckChNum
parameters are set to small values, the number of RBs used for the
PUCCH decreases and the number of RBs available for the PUSCH
increases, causing a possible increase in uplink throughput. If this
option is deselected, there is no impact on the number of scheduled
CA UEs and uplink throughput.
EmtcAckModeSw: If this option is selected, eMTC UEs at the cell
center send ACKs in multiplexing mode, increasing the downlink
throughput of such UEs. If this option is deselected, the downlink
throughput of eMTC UEs at the cell center is not increased.
Applicable Mode: L
MTCCongControl Congestio Meaning: Indicates whether to enable congestion control algorithms

Switch n Control for machine type communication (MTC) and NB-IoT UEs.
Switch for EABAlgoSwitch: Indicates whether to enable extended access barring
MTC UE (EAB). When EAB is enabled, an eNodeB implements access class
control for EAB-applicable UEs if the E-UTRAN or EPC is overloaded.
EAB is enabled only if this option is selected. When MtcSwitch is set to
ON, you are advised to select the EABAlgoSwitch option to reduce the
impact caused by a large number of MTC UEs.
ExtendedwaittimeSwitch: Indicates whether an eNodeB includes the
extendedWaitTime parameter into the message sent to UEs when the
UEs' RRC connection setup requests are rejected due to EPC
overload or their RRC connections are released.
If this option is selected, an eNodeB includes the extendedWaitTime
parameter into the message sent to UEs in either of the following
conditions:
- After receiving an overload message from the MME, the eNodeB
rejects the RRC connection setup requests with the cause value
DelayTolerant or releases the RRC connections with the cause value
DelayTolerant.
- The eNodeB releases the RRC connections when the NB-IoT cell is
congested.
If this option is deselected, the eNodeB does not include the
extendedWaitTime parameter into the message sent to UEs in the
preceding situations.
GUI Value Range: EABAlgoSwitch(EABAlgoSwitch),
ExtendedwaittimeSwitch(ExtendedwaittimeSwitch)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: EABAlgoSwitch, ExtendedwaittimeSwitch
Recommended Value: EABAlgoSwitch:Off,
ExtendedwaittimeSwitch:Off
idle mode)
Impact on Radio Network Performance: EABAlgoSwitch: When this
option is selected, an eNodeB delivers or stops delivering SIB14
based on the cell load status. SIB14 contains EAB parameters, which
are used for access class control over EAB-applicable UEs. The
adaptive delivery of SIB14 helps reduce cell load; however, access
experience is affected if UEs' access is barred. When this option is
deselected, an eNodeB does not deliver SIB14 or implement access
class control over EAB-applicable UEs based on cell load status. As a
result, the cell load is not reduced.
ExtendedwaittimeSwitch: When this option is selected, an eNodeB
includes extendedWaitTime into the message sent to UEs in the
preceding situations. Before the extendedWaitTime expires, these
UEs cannot initiate RRC connection setup requests with the cause
value DelayTolerant. When this option is deselected, an eNodeB does
not include the extendedWaitTime parameter into the message sent to
UEs in the preceding situations.
Applicable Mode: L
AqmAlgoSwitch AQM Meaning: Indicates whether to enable the Active Queue Management
algorithm (AQM) algorithm.
switch If this switch is on, the AQM function is enabled to prevent or control
congestion. The length of the data transmission queue is maintained
at a relatively small value to help achieve an appropriate trade-off
between throughput and latency.
If this switch is off, the AQM function is disabled. This parameter
applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
GUI Value Range: AqmAlgoSwitch
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: AqmAlgoSwitch
Recommended Value: AqmAlgoSwitch:Off
idle mode)
Impact on Radio Network Performance: When this switch is turned on,
active packet discarding is enabled when the data transmission queue
is congested. This way, the delay of interactive services decreases
and the time required for downloading large-sized files increases
slightly. When this switch is turned off, there is no impact on radio
network performance.
Applicable Mode: L
CqiAdjAlgoSwitch CQI Adjust Meaning: CqiAdjAlgoSwitch: Indicates whether to allow the eNodeB to
Algorithm adjust the UE-reported CQI based on the initial block error rate
Switch (IBLER). If this option is selected, the CQI adjustment algorithm is
enabled. In this case, the eNodeB adjusts the UE-reported CQI based
on the IBLER. If this option is deselected, the CQI adjustment
algorithm is disabled. In this case, the eNodeB does not adjust the UE-
reported CQI based on the IBLER. This option applies only to LTE
FDD and LTE TDD.
StepVarySwitch: Indicates whether to enable variable-step-based
adjustment. If this option is selected, variable-step-based adjustment
is enabled to accelerate the convergence of IBLER. In this case, rapid
adjustment at large steps is applied if there is a large difference
between the measured IBLER and target IBLER; fine-tuning at small
steps is applied if the measured IBLER is close to the target IBLER. If
this option is deselected, the adjustment is performed at a fixed step.
DlVarIBLERtargetSwitch: Indicates whether to enable downlink target
IBLER adaptation. If this option is selected, the downlink target IBLER
is adaptively adjusted based on the TBS to improve spectral efficiency.
If this option is deselected, the target IBLER is determined based on
the setting of the DlEnVarIblerTargetSwitch option of this parameter.
TddBundlingCqiAdjOptSwitch: Indicates whether to enable optimized
CQI adjustment algorithm in ACK bundling mode. If this option is
selected, the optimized CQI adjustment algorithm is enabled. If this
option is deselected, the optimized CQI adjustment algorithm is
disabled. This option applies only to LTE TDD.
TddMultiplexingCqiAdjOptSwitch: Indicates whether to enable
optimized CQI adjustment in ACK multiplexing mode. If this option is
selected, optimized CQI adjustment is enabled. If this option is
deselected, optimized CQI adjustment is disabled. This option applies
only to LTE TDD.
AdaptiveStepVarySwitch: Indicates whether to enable adaptive step
change in CQI adjustment. This option applies only to LTE FDD and
LTE TDD. If this option is selected, the CQI adjustment is performed at
a large step when significant changes in the signal quality are
detected, accelerating the IBLER convergence. If this option is
deselected, the CQI adjustment is performed at a fixed step.
DlCqiAdjDeltaOptSwitch: Indicates whether to optimize CQI
adjustment amount calculation. If this option is deselected, the CQI
adjustment amount is calculated using the following formula: CQI
adjustment amount = (Number of ACKs for initial transmissions x CQI
adjustment amount per ACK + Number of NACKs for initial
transmissions x CQI adjustment amount per NACK)/(Number of
NACKs for initial transmissions + Number of ACKs for initial
transmissions). If this option is selected, the CQI adjustment amount is
calculated using the following formula: CQI adjustment amount =
Number of ACKs for initial transmissions x CQI adjustment amount per
ACK + Number of NACKs for initial transmissions x CQI adjustment
amount per NACK. This option applies only to LTE FDD and LTE
TDD.
DlEnVarIblerTargetSwitch: Indicates whether to enable enhanced
downlink target IBLER adaptation. If this option is selected, the
downlink target IBLER is adaptively adjusted based on CQI fluctuation
and TBS. If this option is deselected, the downlink target IBLER policy
is controlled by the DlVarIBLERtargetSwitch option of this parameter.
DlRetxTbsIndexAdjOptSwitch: Indicates whether to optimize transport
block size (TBS) index adjustment in retransmissions. If this option is
selected, TBS index adjustment in retransmissions is optimized. The
TBS index is lowered for the scheduling of the last two
retransmissions, and the TBS index is determined based on the CQI
adjustment result for the scheduling of other retransmissions. If this
option is deselected, TBS index adjustment in retransmissions is not
optimized. The TBS index is determined based on the CQI adjustment
result for the scheduling of all retransmissions. This option applies only
to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
CfiConvertOptSwitch: Indicates whether to optimize CFI conversion. If
this option is selected, new CFI calculation tables for normal and
special subframes are used to ensure more accurate MCS selection in
normal and special subframes and facilitate IBLER convergence to the
target value. If this option is deselected, the original CFI calculation
tables for normal and special subframes are used. This option applies
only to LTE TDD.
BundlingOptThdSwitch: Indicates whether to adjust the MCS index
threshold for enabling the optimized CQI adjustment algorithm in TDD
bundling mode. If this option is selected, the lower MCS index
bundling mode is changed from MCS index 6 to MCS index 0. If this
option is deselected, the lower MCS index threshold for enabling the
optimized CQI adjustment algorithm in TDD bundling mode is MCS
index 6. This option applies only to LTE TDD.
DlSpsMcsIncreaseSwitch: Indicates whether to enable MCS index
increase for semi-persistent scheduling (SPS). If this option is
selected, MCS index increase is enabled for SPS, reducing the
number of RBs for SPS and improving cell performance when RB
resources are limited. However, the VoLTE MOS value may decrease.
If this option is deselected, MCS index increase is disabled for SPS,
increasing the VoLTE MOS value. However, more RBs may be
consumed for SPS. This option applies only to LTE FDD and LTE
TDD.
CqiAdjTimeEffSwitch: Indicates whether to enable validity evaluation
and adjustment for CQI adjustment, and whether to trigger large-step-
based CQI adjustment when a long time has elapsed before a UE
begins to perform services based on the setting of the
AdaptiveStepVarySwitch option of this parameter. If this option is
selected, the eNodeB evaluates the validity of all CQI adjustment
values in a unified manner and adjusts these adjustment values based
on the evaluation results. If this option and the
AdaptiveStepVarySwitch option are selected, large-step-based CQI
adjustment is triggered when a long time has elapsed before a UE
begins to perform services. If this option is deselected, the eNodeB
does not evaluate the validity of CQI adjustment values or adjust these
values in a unified manner, and large-step-based CQI adjustment is
not triggered when a long time has elapsed before a UE begins to
perform services. This option applies only to LTE TDD.
RptCqiFltInitSwitch: Indicates whether to adjust the initial filtered value
of the reported CQI. If this option is selected, the initial filtered value of
the reported CQI is determined based on the CQI value reported by
the UE, and the filtering coefficient for the reported CQI in the first
several reporting periods is adjusted. If this option is deselected, the
initial filtered value of CQIs reported by all UEs is fixed to 4. This
option applies only to LTE TDD.
UeSigInitCqiModSwitch: Indicates the time when the reported initial
CQI takes effect. If this option is selected, the reported initial CQI
takes effect when the ACK to Msg4 HARQ retransmission is received
or when Msg5 is received. If this option is deselected, the reported
CQI immediately takes effect. This option applies only to LTE TDD.
CqiFastCompstSwitch: Indicates whether the eNodeB performs fast
CQI compensation for the following UEs: UEs handed over to cells
whose values of PCI modulo 3 conflict with source cells' values of PCI
modulo 3, beamforming UEs in 8T8R cells, and UEs reporting
aperiodic CQIs during network access under a high CAPS condition. If
this option is selected, the eNodeB identifies these UEs and quickly
compensates for their CQIs. If this option is deselected, the eNodeB
does not identify these UEs for CQI compensation. This option applies
only to LTE TDD.
CfiConvertWiDrsSwitch: Indicates whether to consider the DMRS
overhead when converting the control format indicator (CFI) for
beamforming UEs. If this option is selected, the eNodeB considers the
DMRS overhead when converting the CFI of beamforming UEs. If this
option is deselected, the eNodeB does not consider the DMRS
overhead when converting the CFI of beamforming UEs in open-loop
TM7, TM8, or TM9 mode. This option applies only to LTE FDD and
LTE TDD.
IblerCqiOffsetSwitch: Indicates whether to perform CQI compensation
based on the target IBLER. The eNodeB performs CQI compensation
based on the target IBLER only if this option is selected. This option
applies only to LTE TDD.
CqiFltOptSwitch: Indicates whether to optimize CQI filtering. If this
option is selected, the eNodeB determines whether to discard a UE-
reported CQI based on this reported CQI and the previous HARQ
retransmission IBLER, does not filter CQIs again in case of TM
change, and triggers both large step increase and large step decrease
during step adaptation. If this option is deselected, the eNodeB directly
uses UE-reported CQIs, filters CQIs again in case of TM change, and
triggers only large step increase during step adaptation. This option
PreciseMcsAdaptSwitch: Indicates whether to enable precise MCS
adaptation. If this option is selected, the eNodeB selects the TBS with
a higher index for the first downlink HARQ retransmission. In addition,
when the initial CQI adjustment amount is relatively conservative, the
eNodeB increases and compensates for the CQI adjustment amount.
If this option is deselected, the eNodeB does not perform the
preceding operations. This option applies only to LTE FDD.
PilotOffCqiAdjOptSwitch: Indicates CQI adaptation optimization for
CRS transmission disabling. If this option is selected, for UEs
regarded as large-packet UEs when the BreathingPilotSwitch or
EmimoCpsSwitch option is selected, the CQI adjustment is performed
at a large step in case of significant signal quality changes. If this
option is deselected, the CQI adjustment is performed at a fixed step
for the preceding UEs. This option applies only to LTE FDD.
GUI Value Range: CqiAdjAlgoSwitch(CqiAdjAlgoSwitch),
StepVarySwitch(StepVarySwitch),
DlVarIBLERtargetSwitch(DlVarIBLERtargetSwitch),
TddBundlingCqiAdjOptSwitch(TddBundlingCqiAdjOptSwitch),
TddMultiplexingCqiAdjOptSwitch(TddMultiplexingCqiAdjOptSwitch),
AdaptiveStepVarySwitch(AdaptiveStepVarySwitch),
DlCqiAdjDeltaOptSwitch(DlCqiAdjDeltaOptSwitch),
DlEnVarIblerTargetSwitch(DlEnVarIblerTargetSwitch),
DlRetxTbsIndexAdjOptSwitch(DlRetxTbsIndexAdjOptSwitch),
CfiConvertOptSwitch(CfiConvertOptSwitch),
BundlingOptThdSwitch(BundlingOptThdSwitch),
DlSpsMcsIncreaseSwitch(DlSpsMcsIncreaseSwitch),
CqiAdjTimeEffSwitch(CqiAdjTimeEffSwitch),
RptCqiFltInitSwitch(RptCqiFltInitSwitch),
UeSigInitCqiModSwitch(UeSigInitCqiModSwitch),
CqiFastCompstSwitch(CqiFastCompstSwitch),
CfiConvertWiDrsSwitch(CfiConvertWiDrsSwitch),
IblerCqiOffsetSwitch(IblerCqiOffsetSwitch),
CqiFltOptSwitch(CqiFltOptSwitch),
PreciseMcsAdaptSwitch(PreciseMcsAdaptSwitch),
PilotOffCqiAdjOptSwitch(PilotOffCqiAdjOptSwitch)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: CqiAdjAlgoSwitch, StepVarySwitch,
DlVarIBLERtargetSwitch, TddBundlingCqiAdjOptSwitch,
TddMultiplexingCqiAdjOptSwitch, AdaptiveStepVarySwitch,
DlCqiAdjDeltaOptSwitch, DlEnVarIblerTargetSwitch,
DlRetxTbsIndexAdjOptSwitch, CfiConvertOptSwitch,
BundlingOptThdSwitch, DlSpsMcsIncreaseSwitch,
CqiAdjTimeEffSwitch, RptCqiFltInitSwitch, UeSigInitCqiModSwitch,
CqiFastCompstSwitch, CfiConvertWiDrsSwitch, IblerCqiOffsetSwitch,
CqiFltOptSwitch, PreciseMcsAdaptSwitch, PilotOffCqiAdjOptSwitch
Recommended Value: In LTE FDD: CqiAdjAlgoSwitch:On,
StepVarySwitch:Off, DlVarIBLERtargetSwitch:Off,
TddMultiplexingCqiAdjOptSwitch:Off, AdaptiveStepVarySwitch:Off,
DlCqiAdjDeltaOptSwitch:Off, DlEnVarIblerTargetSwitch:Off,
DlRetxTbsIndexAdjOptSwitch:On, DlSpsMcsIncreaseSwitch:Off,
CqiAdjTimeEffSwitch:Off, RptCqiFltInitSwitch:On,
UeSigInitCqiModSwitch:Off, CfiConvertWiDrsSwitch: On,
CqiFltOptSwitch:On, PreciseMcsAdaptSwitch:Off,
PilotOffCqiAdjOptSwitch:Off
In LTE TDD: CqiAdjAlgoSwitch:On, StepVarySwitch:Off,
DlVarIBLERtargetSwitch:Off, TddBundlingCqiAdjOptSwitch:Off,
TddMultiplexingCqiAdjOptSwitch:Off, AdaptiveStepVarySwitch:Off,
DlCqiAdjDeltaOptSwitch:Off, DlEnVarIblerTargetSwitch:Off,
DlRetxTbsIndexAdjOptSwitch:On, CfiConvertOptSwitch:On,
BundlingOptThdSwitch:Off, DlSpsMcsIncreaseSwitch:Off,
CqiAdjTimeEffSwitch:Off, RptCqiFltInitSwitch:On,
UeSigInitCqiModSwitch:Off, CqiFastCompstSwitch:Off,
CfiConvertWiDrsSwitch:On, IblerCqiOffsetSwitch:Off,
CqiFltOptSwitch:On
idle mode)
Impact on Radio Network Performance: CqiAdjAlgoSwitch: If this
option is selected, the UE reports CQIs more accurately, increasing
the downlink transmission rate. If this option is deselected, the UE may
report inaccurate CQIs, decreasing the downlink transmission rate.
StepVarySwitch: If this option is selected, the IBLER convergence rate
can be adjusted based on scenarios, increasing the downlink
transmission rate in some scenarios. If this option is deselected, the
IBLER convergence rate cannot be adjusted, decreasing the downlink
transmission rate in some scenarios.
DlVarIBLERtargetSwitch: If this option is selected, the target IBLER
can be adjusted based on scenarios, increasing the downlink
transmission rate. If this option is deselected, the target IBLER cannot
be adjusted, decreasing the downlink transmission rate in some
scenarios.
TddBundlingCqiAdjOptSwitch: If this option is selected, for UEs using
the ACK bundling mode, the eNodeB uses the optimized CQI
adjustment algorithm and chooses a more proper MCS, increasing
downlink throughput of each UE and cell average downlink throughput.
If this option is deselected, for UEs using the ACK bundling mode, the
eNodeB uses the non-optimized CQI adjustment algorithm, which may
result in a smaller MCS index, lower downlink throughput of each UE,
and lower cell average downlink throughput.
TddMultiplexingCqiAdjOptSwitch: If this option is selected, for UEs
using the ACK multiplexing mode, the eNodeB uses the optimized CQI
adjustment mechanism and chooses a more proper MCS, increasing
downlink throughput of each UE and downlink cell average throughput.
If this option is deselected, for UEs using the ACK multiplexing mode,
the eNodeB uses the non-optimized CQI mechanism, which may
result in an incorrect MCS index for special subframes and decrease
downlink throughput of each UE and cell average downlink throughput.
AdaptiveStepVarySwitch: If this option is selected, the CQI adjustment
is performed at a large step in case of significant signal quality
changes, accelerating the IBLER convergence and therefore
increasing the downlink throughput. If this option is deselected, the
CQI adjustment is performed at a fixed step, which has no impact on
DlCqiAdjDeltaOptSwitch: If this option is selected, the IBLER
convergence performance improves and downlink throughput
increases. However, the residual block error rate (RBLER) and service
drop rate may also increase.
If this option is deselected, the network performance is not affected.
DlEnVarIblerTargetSwitch: If this option is selected, downlink
throughput increases when channel quality fluctuates (greatly or
slightly) or the proportion of small-packet services is high. However,
the RBLER may increase. If this option is deselected, the network
DlRetxTbsIndexAdjOptSwitch: If this option is selected, both the
downlink RBLER and the service drop rate decrease, but downlink
throughput may decrease slightly. If this option is deselected, the
network performance is not affected.
CfiConvertOptSwitch: If this option is selected, the CFI calculation
tables for normal and special subframes are optimized. In this case,
the MCS index is increased to improve downlink throughput. However,
the service drop rate may slightly increase.
BundlingOptThdSwitch: If this option is selected, the MCS index
bundling mode decreases. In this case, when the downlink target
IBLER adaptation algorithm is disabled, the optimized CQI adjustment
algorithm in TDD bundling mode helps increase the throughput of
CEUs with an MCS index ranging from 0 to 6. However, the IBLER,
MCS index, and service drop rate may also increase.
DlSpsMcsIncreaseSwitch: If this option is selected, the number of RBs
for SPS can be reduced and the throughput of data services
increases, but the VoLTE MOS value may decrease. If this option is
deselected, the network performance is not affected.
CqiAdjTimeEffSwitch: If this option is selected, the eNodeB identifies
and adjusts the CQI adjustment amounts of poor validity. This
algorithm prevents the network throughput and spectral efficiency from
decreasing due to poor CQI adjustment amount validity. However, if
the radio environment of a UE remains unchanged for a long period,
the eNodeB does not need to update the CQI adjustment amount.
Accurate MCS index selection can be ensured even in this case, and
adjusting CQI adjustment amounts may bring negative gains.
According to theoretical analysis and network test results, this
scenario rarely occurs and even when it occurs, the negative gain is
small. If this option is deselected, the network performance is not
affected.
RptCqiFltInitSwitch: If this option is selected, the throughput and
spectral efficiency of UEs for which low MCS indexes are selected due
to a small initial filtered value increase. If this option is deselected, the
UeSigInitCqiModSwitch: If this option is selected, the initial CQI value
takes effect when the ACK to Msg4 HARQ retransmission is received
or when Msg5 is received. This prevents the eNodeB from detecting
abnormal CQI values and the KPIs are not affected. If this option is
deselected, the reported CQI immediately takes effect. In this case,
the eNodeB may detect abnormal CQI values during Msg4
retransmissions, affecting KPIs.
CqiFastCompstSwitch: If this option is selected, the eNodeB identifies
the following three types of UEs and quickly compensates for the CQIs
of these UEs to increase the MCS indexes for these UEs and thereby
increase their throughput: UEs handed over to cells whose values of
PCI modulo 3 conflict with source cells' values of PCI modulo 3,
beamforming UEs in 8T8R cells, and UEs reporting aperiodic CQIs
during network access under a high CAPS condition. If this option is
deselected, the eNodeB does not identify these UEs. The MCS
indexes of these UEs need to be adjusted slowly by outer loop power
control, which consumes more resources. In addition, it is difficult to
adjust the MCS indexes by outer loop power control when downlink
scheduling packets of the UEs are insufficient. In this case, the
spectral efficiency cannot be maximized.
CfiConvertWiDrsSwitch: If this option is selected, the eNodeB
considers the demodulation reference signal overhead when
converting the CFI in normal and special subframes for beamforming
UEs. In this case, the MCS index selection is balanced between
normal and special subframes, increasing the throughput of UEs. If
this option is deselected, the eNodeB does not consider the
demodulation reference signal overhead when converting the CFI in
normal subframes for beamforming UEs in open-loop TM7, TM8, or
TM9 mode. However, the eNodeB considers the overhead when
converting the CFI in special subframes for such UEs as long as the
CfiConvertOptSwitch option of this parameter is selected. As a result,
the MCS index selection is imbalanced between normal and special
subframes, affecting the throughput and IBLER convergence.
IblerCqiOffsetSwitch: If this option is selected, the eNodeB performs
CQI compensation based on the downlink target IBLER. This
accelerates the IBLER convergence to the target value and increases
the downlink transmission rate. If this option is deselected, the
eNodeB does not perform CQI compensation based on the downlink
target IBLER. In this case, the downlink IBLER cannot quickly
converge to the target value, and the downlink transmission rate is
affected.
CqiFltOptSwitch: If this option is selected, the probability of constant
high or zero IBLER can be reduced, improving the MCS selection
performance and increasing the selected MCS index and spectral
efficiency. If this option is deselected, high or zero IBLER persists,
causing great MCS changes and reducing the spectral efficiency.
PreciseMcsAdaptSwitch: If this option is selected, downlink UE
throughput increases, but the RBLER may also increase. If this option
is deselected, network performance is not affected.
PilotOffCqiAdjOptSwitch:
If this option is selected, the downlink throughput increases for UEs
regarded as large-packet UEs when the BreathingPilotSwitch or
EmimoCpsSwitch option is selected. If this option is deselected,
Applicable Mode: L
MTCPowerSavS Power Meaning: Indicates whether to enable power-saving functions for MTC
witch Saving and eMTC UEs and UEs with the RRC connection setup cause value
Switch for delayToleran.
MTC UE MTCPowerSavSwitch: This option controls the following two functions:
core-network-assisted adjustment of the UE inactivity timer and UEs'
reporting of assistance information. In core-network-assisted
adjustment of the UE inactivity timer, an eNodeB dynamically adjusts
the UE inactivity timer based on the Expected UE Behaviour
parameter delivered from the core network. In UEs' reporting of
assistance information, UEs report assistance information based on
whether the eNodeB provides power preference indications. This
parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
GUI Value Range: MTCPowerSavSwitch(MTCPowerSavSwitch)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: MTCPowerSavSwitch
Recommended Value: MTCPowerSavSwitch:Off
idle mode)
Impact on Radio Network Performance: MTCPowerSavSwitch: (1) For
core-network-assisted adjustment inactivity timer for MTC and eMTC
UEs and UEs with the RRC connection setup cause value
delayToleran: When this option is selected, an eNodeB adjusts the UE
inactivity timer based on assistance information from the core network.
The eNodeB sets the timer length to a large value for frequent packet
transmissions to reduce access signaling overhead, and sets the timer
length to a small value for infrequent packet transmissions to enable
UEs to enter the idle state in a timely manner for UE power saving.
When this option is deselected, an eNodeB does not adjust the UE
inactivity timer based on assistance information from the core network.
(2) For UEs' reporting of assistance information: When this option is
selected, UEs report assistance information based on whether the
eNodeB provides power preference indications. When this option is
deselected, UEs do not report assistance information.
Applicable Mode: L
DynAdjVoltSwitch Dynamic Meaning: Indicates the switch used to enable or disable dynamic
adjust voltage adjustment. If this switch is on, the power amplifier (PA) bias
voltage voltage is adjusted based on the load of the eNodeB, which reduces
algorithm power consumption of the PA and improves energy efficiency of the
switch eNodeB. Dynamic voltage adjustment applies only to FDD cells with a
bandwidth higher than 5 MHz. This parameter applies only to LTE
FDD.
GUI Value Range: DynAdjVoltSwitch(DynAdjVoltSwitch)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: DynAdjVoltSwitch
Recommended Value: Dynamic Adjust Voltage Switch:Off
idle mode)
Applicable Mode: L
RacAlgoSwitch RAC Meaning: Indicates whether to enable admission and load control
algorithm algorithms.
switch DlSwitch: Indicates whether to enable satisfaction rate-based downlink
admission control. If this option is selected, satisfaction rate-based
downlink admission control is enabled. If this option is deselected,
satisfaction rate-based downlink admission control is disabled. During
the calculation of the satisfaction rate of services with different QCIs,
the satisfaction estimation method dedicated to VoIP services is
implemented on services with QCI 1. If a service with QCI 1 is not a
VoIP service, the satisfaction rate calculated using this method is
lower than the actual value, which affects the admission of GBR
services. Therefore, if all services with QCI 1 are not VoIP services, it
is recommended that this option be deselected. This option applies
UlSwitch: Indicates whether to enable satisfaction rate-based uplink
admission control. If this option is selected, satisfaction rate-based
uplink admission control is enabled. If this option is deselected,
satisfaction rate-based uplink admission control is disabled. During the
calculation of the satisfaction rate of services with different QCIs, the
satisfaction estimation method dedicated to VoIP services is
lower than the actual value, which affects the admission of GBR
services. Therefore, if all services with QCI 1 are not VoIP services, it
is recommended that this option be deselected. This option applies
DlLdcSwitch: Indicates whether to perform downlink load control for a
cell. If this option is selected, the eNodeB checks for congestion in the
downlink for the cell. If the cell is congested in the downlink, the
eNodeB performs load control for the cell. If this option is deselected,
the eNodeB does not check for congestion in the downlink for the cell
and downlink congestion of the cell, if any, cannot be relieved. During
the calculation of the satisfaction rate of services with different QCIs,
the satisfaction estimation method dedicated to VoIP services is
lower than the actual value, which affects the cell load control.
Therefore, if all services with QCI 1 are not VoIP services, it is
recommended that this option be deselected. This option applies only
UlLdcSwitch: Indicates whether to perform uplink load control for the
cell. If this option is selected, the eNodeB checks for congestion in the
uplink for the cell. If the cell is congested in the uplink, the eNodeB
performs load control for the cell. If this option is deselected, the
eNodeB does not check for congestion in the uplink for the cell and
uplink congestion of the cell, if any, cannot be relieved. During the
calculation of the satisfaction rate of services with different QCIs, the
satisfaction estimation method dedicated to VoIP services is
lower than the actual value, which affects the cell load control.
Therefore, if all services with QCI 1 are not VoIP services, it is
recommended that this option be deselected. This option applies only
PreemptionSwitch: Indicates whether to enable resource preemption.
If this option is selected, the eNodeB allows high-priority services to
preempt resources for admission when admission of such services
fails. If this option is deselected, only emergency calls can be admitted
when resources are insufficient. This option applies only to LTE FDD
and LTE TDD.
PttAcSwitch: Indicates whether to enable RB usage-based admission
control for PTT services. If this option is selected, RB usage-based
admission control is enabled for PTT services. If this option is
deselected, RB usage-based admission control is disabled for PTT
services. This option applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
VoltePrefAdmissionSwitch: Indicates whether to enable preferential
access of VoLTE services. This option takes effect only when the
EutranVoipSupportSwitch parameter in the ENodeBAlgoSwitch MO is
set to ON(On). If this option is selected, VoLTE services can be
preferentially admitted to the network. If this option is deselected,
VoLTE services cannot be preferentially admitted to the network. This
VoltePreemptionSwitch: Indicates whether to allow VoLTE UEs to
preempt resources of other UEs to ensure preferential access of
VoLTE services. This option takes effect only when the
VoltePrefAdmissionSwitch option of this parameter is selected. If this
option is selected, VoLTE UEs can preempt resources of other UEs. If
this option is deselected, VoLTE UEs cannot preempt resources of
other UEs. This option applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
UeExpBasedCongCtrlSw: If this option is selected, the eNodeB
reduces the number of uplink and downlink scheduling times for UEs
with poor signal quality when the cell is congested. If this option is
deselected, the eNodeB takes no actions when the cell is congested.
This option applies only to LTE TDD.
EmcAdmitCongSwitch: Indicates the admission and congestion control
policies for emergency calls. If this option is selected, emergency call
services can be admitted based on the QoS satisfaction rate when the
MCPTT QoS Management and Congestion Control for Public Safety
features take effect. In addition, services with a higher ARP priority
than that of emergency call services can preempt resources for
emergency call services, which means that emergency call services
may be released during congestion control. If this option is deselected,
emergency call services can be admitted directly and cannot be
preempted or released. This option takes effect only when both the
MCPTT QoS Management and Congestion Control for Public Safety
features take effect. This option applies only to LTE FDD and LTE
TDD.
GUI Value Range: DlSwitch(dlCacSwitch), UlSwitch(ulCacSwitch),
DlLdcSwitch(dlLdcSwitch), UlLdcSwitch(ulLdcSwitch),
PreemptionSwitch(PreemptionSwitch), PttAcSwitch(PttAcSwitch),
VoltePrefAdmissionSwitch(VoltePrefAdmissionSwitch),
VoltePreemptionSwitch(VoltePreemptionSwitch),
UeExpBasedCongCtrlSw(UeExpBasedCongCtrlSw),
EmcAdmitCongSwitch(EmcAdmitCongSwitch)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: DlSwitch, UlSwitch, DlLdcSwitch, UlLdcSwitch,
PreemptionSwitch, PttAcSwitch, VoltePrefAdmissionSwitch,
VoltePreemptionSwitch, UeExpBasedCongCtrlSw,
EmcAdmitCongSwitch
Recommended Value: DlSwitch:Off, UlSwitch:Off, DlLdcSwitch:Off,
UlLdcSwitch:Off, PreemptionSwitch:Off, PttAcSwitch:Off,
VoltePrefAdmissionSwitch:Off, VoltePreemptionSwitch:Off,
UeExpBasedCongCtrlSw:Off, EmcAdmitCongSwitch:Off
idle mode)
Impact on Radio Network Performance: DlSwitch: If this option is
selected, GBR services are admitted based on the downlink load over
the air interface. This decreases the admission success rate of GBR
services but guarantees the downlink satisfaction rate of admitted
GBR services. If this option is deselected, GBR services are not
admitted based on the downlink load over the air interface. This
guarantees the admission success rate of GBR services but
decreases the downlink satisfaction rate of admitted GBR services.
UlSwitch: If this option is selected, GBR services are admitted based
on the uplink load over the air interface. This decreases the admission
success rate of GBR services but guarantees the uplink satisfaction
rate of admitted GBR services. If this option is deselected, GBR
services are not admitted based on the uplink load over the air
interface. This guarantees the admission success rate of GBR
services but decreases the uplink satisfaction rate of admitted GBR
services.
DlLdcSwitch: If this option is selected, low-priority GBR services will be
released when downlink congestion occurs over the air interface. This
improves the downlink satisfaction rate of high-priority GBR services,
but increases the service drop rate of low-priority GBR services. If this
option is deselected, low-priority GBR services will not be released
when downlink congestion occurs over the air interface. This does not
increase the service drop rate of low-priority GBR services. However,
the downlink satisfaction rate of high-priority GBR services does not
improve, either.
UlLdcSwitch: If this option is selected, low-priority GBR services will be
released when uplink congestion occurs over the air interface. This
improves the uplink satisfaction rate of high-priority GBR services, but
increases the service drop rate of low-priority GBR services. If this
option is deselected, low-priority GBR services will not be released
when uplink congestion occurs over the air interface. This does not
increase the service drop rate of low-priority GBR services. However,
the uplink satisfaction rate of high-priority GBR services does not
improve, either.
PreemptionSwitch: If this option is selected, the eNodeB allows high-
priority GBR services to preempt resources from admitted low-priority
GBR services when they fail to be admitted. This increases the access
success rate of high-priority GBR services as well as the service drop
rate of low-priority GBR services. If this option is deselected, the
eNodeB does not allow high-priority GBR services to preempt
resources from admitted low-priority GBR services when they fail to be
admitted. This does not increase the access success rate of high-
priority GBR services. However, the service drop rate of low-priority
GBR services does not increase, either.
PttAcSwitch: If this option is selected, high-priority PTT services can
use only the RBs specified by the operator, instead of preempting
system resources without limitations. If this option is deselected, high-
priority PTT services can preempt resources without limitations.
VoltePrefAdmissionSwitch: If this option is selected, VoLTE UEs can
use reserved resources within the specifications to preferentially
access a cell when UEs are congested. In this case, UEs running data
services are rejected to access the cell. If this option is deselected,
VoLTE UEs cannot use reserved resources to preferentially access a
cell when the UEs are congested. In this case, VoLTE UEs and UEs
running data services access a cell with equal probability.
VoltePreemptionSwitch: If this option is selected, VoLTE UEs can
preempt reserved UE quantity resources of UEs running data services
when the VoLTE UEs use reserved resources to preferentially access
a cell, ensuring that VoLTE UEs have sufficient resources to
preferentially access the network. If this option is deselected, VoLTE
UEs cannot preempt reserved UE quantity resources of UEs running
data services when the VoLTE UEs use reserved resources to
preferentially access a cell. As a result, VoLTE UEs can only use
reserved resources to access the network.
UeExpBasedCongCtrlSw: If this option is selected, the eNodeB
reduces the number of scheduling times for UEs with poor signal
quality when the cell is congested, increasing the uplink and downlink
cell throughput but also the service drop rate. If this option is
deselected, the eNodeB does not reduce the number of scheduling
times for UEs with poor signal quality when the cell is congested,
which does not increase the service drop rate. However, the uplink
and downlink cell throughput cannot be improved.
EmcAdmitCongSwitch: If this option is selected, GBR services with a
higher ARP priority than that of emergency call services can preempt
resources for emergency call services when the MCPTT QoS
Management and Congestion Control for Public Safety features take
effect. This increases the service drop rate of emergency call services.
If option is deselected, emergency call services cannot be preempted
or released. The service drop rate of emergency call services is lower
than that when this option is selected.
Applicable Mode: L
MlbAlgoSwitch Load Meaning: Indicates whether to enable mobility load balancing (MLB)
balancing algorithms. This parameter provides the following options:
algorithm InterFreqMlbSwitch, UtranMlbSwitch, GeranMlbSwitch,
switch UtranIdleMlbSwitch, MlbLoadInfoSwitch, InterFreqBlindMlbSwitch,
InterFreqIdleMlbSwitch, VoIPOffloadSwitch, PTTOffloadSwitch, and
MbfcsSwitch. If one option is selected, the corresponding algorithm is
enabled to balance the load between the serving cell and neighboring
cells of the specified category.
InterFreqMlbSwitch: Indicates whether to enable inter-frequency MLB.
UtranMlbSwitch: Indicates whether to enable MLB to UTRAN. This
GeranMlbSwitch: Indicates whether to enable MLB to GERAN. This
UtranIdleMlbSwitch: Indicates whether to enable "MLB to UTRAN by
transferring RRC_REL UEs." This option applies only to LTE FDD and
LTE TDD.
MlbLoadInfoSwitch: Indicates whether the load of an inter-RAT cell is
considered when MLB is performed between an E-UTRAN cell and an
inter-RAT cell. This inter-RAT cell must be a UTRAN cell in the current
version. If both the MlbLoadInfoSwitch and UtranMlbSwitch options
are selected, a UTRAN cell whose load status has been obtained and
is normal or medium can be a candidate cell for MLB to UTRAN. If
both the MlbLoadInfoSwitch and UtranIdleMlbSwitch options are
selected, a UTRAN cell whose load status has been obtained and is
normal can be a candidate cell for MLB to UTRAN. This option applies
InterFreqBlindMlbSwitch: Indicates whether to enable inter-frequency
MLB without load information exchange. This option applies only to
LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
InterFreqIdleMlbSwitch: Indicates whether to enable inter-frequency
MLB for UEs in idle mode. If this option is selected, this type of MLB
takes effect only if at least one inter-frequency MLB mode is selected
for RRC_REL UEs. This option applies only to LTE FDD and LTE
TDD.
VoIPOffloadSwitch: Indicates whether to enable the VoIP offload
function. If this option is selected, satisfaction rate assessment is
performed on VoIP services. If the satisfaction rate of VoIP services is
lower than the preset threshold, inter-frequency or inter-RAT offload of
VoIP services is triggered. This option applies only to LTE FDD and
LTE TDD.
PTTOffloadSwitch: Indicates whether to enable the PTT voice service
offload function. If this option is selected, satisfaction rate assessment
is performed on PTT voice services (with QCIs 65 and 66 and
enhanced extended QCIs). If the satisfaction rate of PTT voice
services is lower than the preset threshold, inter-frequency offload of
PTT voice services is triggered. If this option is deselected, PTT voice
service offload is disabled. The enabling of the PTT offload function is
dependent on the VoIPOffloadSwitch option. This option applies only
MbfcsSwitch: Indicates whether to enable multi-band optimal carrier
selection. This parameter applies only to LTE FDD.
GUI Value Range: InterFreqMlbSwitch(InterFreqMlbSwitch),
UtranMlbSwitch(UtranMlbSwitch), GeranMlbSwitch(GeranMlbSwitch),
UtranIdleMlbSwitch(UtranIdleMlbSwitch),
MlbLoadInfoSwitch(MlbLoadInfoSwitch),
InterFreqBlindMlbSwitch(InterFreqBlindMlbSwitch),
InterFreqIdleMlbSwitch(InterFreqIdleMlbSwitch),
VoIPOffloadSwitch(VoIPOffloadSwitch),
PTTOffloadSwitch(PTTOffloadSwitch), MbfcsSwitch(MbfcsSwitch)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: InterFreqMlbSwitch, UtranMlbSwitch,
GeranMlbSwitch, UtranIdleMlbSwitch, MlbLoadInfoSwitch,
InterFreqBlindMlbSwitch, InterFreqIdleMlbSwitch, VoIPOffloadSwitch,
PTTOffloadSwitch, MbfcsSwitch
Recommended Value: It is recommended that the InterFreqMlbSwitch
and InterFreqIdleMlbSwitch options be deselected if the cell load is
light in an early stage of network deployment (that is, the average cell
load is lower than 50%) and there is no obvious imbalance in the cell
loads (that is, the load difference between cells is lower than the
related threshold).
It is recommended that the InterFreqMlbSwitch and
InterFreqIdleMlbSwitch options be selected if the cell load is heavy
(that is, the average load in the cell exceeds the inter-frequency MLB
threshold) and there is an imbalance in the load between cells (that is,
the load difference between cells exceeds the related threshold).
It is recommended that the UtranMlbSwitch, UtranIdleMlbSwitch,
MlbLoadInfoSwitch, and GeranMlbSwitchall options be deselected if
the cell load is light in an early stage of network deployment (that is,
the average cell load is lower than 70%).
It is recommended that the UtranMlbSwitch, UtranIdleMlbSwitch,
MlbLoadInfoSwitch, and GeranMlbSwitch options all be selected if the
cell load is heavy (for example, the average load in the cell exceeds
the InterRatMlbThd parameter value).
If the EPC is capable of obtaining the load status of inter-RAT
neighboring cells, it is recommended that the MlbLoadInfoSwitch
option be selected.
If the X2 interface does not support load information exchange, it is
recommended that the InterFreqBlindMlbSwitch option be selected.
Assume that all the frequencies have the same cell-reselection priority
and UEs support all frequencies in a multi-frequency network. If the
UEs are required to be distributed among the frequencies based on
the preset proportions, it is recommended that the
InterFreqIdleMlbSwitch option be selected.
It is recommended that the VoIPOffloadSwitch option be selected in a
multi-frequency/multi-RAT network where there is a low-bandwidth
carrier carrying services of a large number of VoLTE UEs in the LTE
network and the carrier bears a large number of VoLTE UEs;
otherwise, the VoIPOffloadSwitch option is deselected.
It is recommended that the PTTOffloadSwitch option be selected in a
multi-frequency network where there is a low-bandwidth carrier
carrying services of a large number of PTT voice UEs in the LTE
network and the carrier bears a large number of PTT voice UEs;
otherwise, the PTTOffloadSwitch option is deselected.
It is recommended that the MbfcsSwitch option be selected in a multi-
frequency network where there is high load in the LTE system;
otherwise, the MbfcsSwitch option is deselected.
In a CellAlgoSwitch MO, the InterFreqIdleMlbSwitch and
UtranIdleMlbSwitch under the MlbAlgoSwitch cannot be turned on
simultaneously.
idle mode)
Impact on Radio Network Performance: If the InterFreqMlbSwitch
option is deselected, inter-frequency MLB is disabled. Then, when the
load in the local cell is heavy and the inter-frequency neighboring cell
is capable of handling additional traffic, traffic is not offloaded from the
local cell to the neighboring cell. Therefore, the probability of overload
is high, and the access success rate and the total throughput are low.
Selecting this option results in the opposite effects.
If one of the UtranMlbSwitch, UtranIdleMlbSwitch, and
GeranMlbSwitch options is selected, inter-RAT MLB is enabled. Then,
when the load in a cell is heavy and there is an imbalance in the load
between inter-RAT neighboring cells, the probability of overload in the
LTE network is low, and the access success rate and the total
throughput are high. If these options are all deselected, inter-RAT MLB
is disabled. Then, the inter-RAT load imbalances cannot be handled.
In this case, the probability of overload in the LTE network is high, and
the access success rate and the total throughput are low.
If the InterFreqBlindMlbSwitch option is deselected, inter-frequency
blind MLB is disabled. Then, when the load in the local cell is heavy
and there is an imbalance in the load between inter-RAT neighboring
cells, the probability of overload in the LTE network is high, and the
access success rate and general network throughput are low. If this
option is selected, inter-frequency blind MLB is enabled. When the
load in the local cell is heavy and the load in the inter-frequency
neighboring cell is light, the probability of overload in the LTE network
is low, and the access success rate and the total throughput are high.
After the InterFreqIdleMlbSwitch option is deselected, inter-frequency
MLB for UEs in idle mode is disabled and therefore only handovers of
UEs in connected mode can be performed to solve load imbalance
between carriers. After this option is selected, inter-frequency MLB for
UEs in idle mode is enabled, and UEs in idle mode can be evenly
distributed among carriers. This potentially helps achieve pre-
balancing of UEs.
If the MlbLoadInfoSwitch option is selected, the serving cell can learn
load status of inter-RAT neighboring cells. This prevents UEs from
being handed over to a heavily loaded inter-RAT neighboring cell and
therefore avoids QoS deterioration of subscribers.
If the InterFreqIdleMlbSwitch option is selected, inter-frequency cells
provide contiguous coverage in an area, and UEs in the coverage area
support all frequencies in the area, these UEs will be distributed
among the frequencies based on the preset proportions.
If VoLTE services are overloaded in a multi-frequency/multi-RAT
network, selecting the VoIPOffloadSwitch option can increase the
initial E-RAB setup success rate of VoLTE services when the
admission function is activated, and decrease the packet loss rate and
delay of VoLTE services when the admission function is not activated.
Deselecting this option has no impact on network performance.
PTTOffloadSwitch:If PTT services are overloaded in a multi-
frequency/multi-RAT network, selecting the PTTOffloadSwitch option
can increase the initial E-RAB setup success rate of PTT voice
services when the admission function is activated, and decrease the
packet loss rate and delay of PTT voice services when the admission
function is not activated. Deselecting this option has no impact on
MbfcsSwitch:If there is high load in the LTE system on a multi-
frequency network, selecting this option can increase the average
user-perceived data rate. Deselecting this option has no impact on
Applicable Mode: L
TcpCtrlSwitch TCP Meaning: Indicates whether to enable TCP-related functions.

Control TstpRemovalSwitch: Indicates whether to enable TCP timestamp
Switch removal. TCP timestamp removal is enabled only if this option is
selected. This option applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
GUI Value Range: TstpRemovalSwitch(TstpRemovalSwitch)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: TstpRemovalSwitch
Recommended Value: TstpRemovalSwitch:Off
idle mode)
Impact on Radio Network Performance: TstpRemovalSwitch:When
this option is selected, video service rates of UEs in weak-coverage
areas increase. When this option is deselected, video service rates of
UEs in weak-coverage areas decrease.
Applicable Mode: L
TurboReceiverSw Turbo Meaning: Indicates whether to enable the Turbo Receiver algorithm.
itch Receiver The Turbo Receiver algorithm is enabled only if this parameter is set
Switch to ON. This parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
Unit: None
idle mode)
Impact on Radio Network Performance: When this parameter is set to
ON, the uplink throughput of SIMO UEs at cell edges increases. When
this parameter is set to OFF, network performance is not affected.
Applicable Mode: L
NaicsSwitch Network- Meaning: Indicates whether to enable network assisted interference

Assisted cancellation and suppression (NAICS). When NAICS is enabled, the
ICS Switch eNodeB delivers intra-frequency neighboring cell information to UEs to
help the UEs mitigate the CRS and PDSCH interference from intra-
frequency neighboring cells. For details about NAICS, see 3GPP TS
36.331 and 36.423. This parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE
TDD.
Unit: None
idle mode)
ON, data channel interference between densely located cells
decreases and the throughput of cell edge users (CEUs) increases.
Applicable Mode: L
DlPcAlgoSwitch Downlink Meaning: Indicates whether to enable power control for the PDSCH,
power PDCCH, and PHICH.
control PdschSpsPcSwitch: If this option is deselected, power is allocated
algorithm evenly during semi-persistent scheduling on the PDSCH. If this option
switch is selected, power control is applied during semi-persistent scheduling
on the PDSCH, ensuring quality (indicated by IBLER) of VoIP services
in the QPSK modulation scheme. This option applies only to LTE FDD
and LTE TDD.
PhichInnerLoopPcSwitch: Indicates whether to enable PHICH inner-
loop power control. If this option is deselected, only the initial transmit
power for the PHICH is set. If this option is selected, the eNodeB
controls the physical channel transmit power for the convergence of
the receive SINR to the target SINR. This option applies only to LTE
FDD and LTE TDD.
PdcchPcSwitch: Indicates whether to enable PDCCH power control. If
this option is deselected, power is allocated evenly on the PDCCH. If
this option is selected, the PDCCH power is adjusted dynamically.
EDlMaxTXPwrSwitch: If this option is deselected, the maximum
transmit power of the cell is determined by the RS power and the
scaling factor indexes Pa and Pb. If this option is selected, the
maximum transmit power of the cell can be increased to improve the
cell RB usage. This option has no impact on 10 MHz, 15 MHz and 20
MHz LTE TDD cells. This option applies only to LTE FDD.
BFModeUserPwrSwitch: Indicates whether to enable power
optimization for beamforming UEs. If this option is deselected, the
original power allocation scheme is adopted for beamforming UEs. If
this option is selected, the eNodeB uses the configured power
headroom to increase the power for beamforming UEs. This option
SigPowerIncreaseSwitch: Indicates whether to enable signaling power
improvement. If this option is selected, the PDSCH transmit power
increases when scheduling is performed for downlink retransmission
of signaling during network entry. This option applies only to LTE TDD.
BFModeUserAdptPwrSwitch: Indicates whether to enable power
adaptation for beamforming UEs. If this option is selected, the eNodeB
adaptively increases the power of beamforming UEs in the cell based
on the available power of the RRU and loads at neighboring cell
edges. In this way, the average cell throughput increases. This option
BfEnhChnPwrFormSwitch: Indicates whether to enable enhanced
channel power forming for beamforming. If this option is selected, the
eNodeB determines the TX power differences between antennas
based on the Eigen beamforming weights of the antennas, determines
the channel power headroom based on the percentage of the number
of idle RBs available in the current TTI in downlink scheduling, and
flexibly allocates TX power to each channel of the RRU. This option
DlNonStandardBwMaxPwrSwitch: If this option is deselected, the
eNodeB determines the maximum transmit power of a cell of a non-
standard bandwidth based on the number of available downlink RBs
for a standard bandwidth. If this option is selected, the eNodeB
determines the maximum power of a cell of a non-standard bandwidth
based on the number of available downlink RBs for a customized
bandwidth. Changing the setting of this option will change the
calculated total power and require cell reactivation. This option applies
only to LTE FDD.
DisuseStatement: This PdschSpsPcSwitch option will be removed in
later versions. In this version, the setting of this option is still
synchronized between the U2000 and the eNodeB and can be
delivered to the eNodeB, but it is no longer used internally. Therefore,
avoid using this option.
GUI Value Range: PdschSpsPcSwitch, PhichInnerLoopPcSwitch,
PdcchPcSwitch, EDlMaxTXPwrSwitch, BFModeUserPwrSwitch,
SigPowerIncreaseSwitch, BFModeUserAdptPwrSwitch,
BfEnhChnPwrFormSwitch(BfEnhChnPwrFormSwitch),
DlNonStandardBwMaxPwrSwitch(DlNonStandardBwMaxPwrSwitch)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: PdschSpsPcSwitch, PhichInnerLoopPcSwitch,
PdcchPcSwitch, EDlMaxTXPwrSwitch, BFModeUserPwrSwitch,
SigPowerIncreaseSwitch, BFModeUserAdptPwrSwitch,
BfEnhChnPwrFormSwitch, DlNonStandardBwMaxPwrSwitch
Recommended Value: PdschSpsPcSwitch:Off,
PhichInnerLoopPcSwitch:Off, PdcchPcSwitch:On,
EDlMaxTXPwrSwitch: It is recommended that this option be selected
for single-mode single-carrier RRUs and be deselected for multi-mode
or multi-carrier RRUs to ensure system performance.
BFModeUserPwrSwitch:Off, SigPowerIncreaseSwitch:Off,
BFModeUserAdptPwrSwitch:Off, BfEnhChnPwrFormSwitch:Off,
DlNonStandardBwMaxPwrSwitch:Off
idle mode)
Impact on Radio Network Performance: PdschSpsPcSwitch: If this
option is selected, PDSCH power is adjusted dynamically to ensure
PDSCH demodulation performance and the BLER so as to improve
PDSCH performance.
PhichInnerLoopPcSwitch: If this option is selected, the PHICH transmit
power can be saved but the uplink rate decreases in certain scenarios.
PdcchPcSwitch: If this option is selected, the service drop rate of
CEUs decreases and the CEU throughput increases.
EDlMaxTXPwrSwitch: If this option is selected, the maximum cell
transmit power increases, raising the cell RB usage and downlink
throughput.
BFModeUserPwrSwitch: Set this option based on the power usage of
the live network. If this option is selected, the power increase for
beamforming UEs can raise the downlink throughput of such UEs and
average cell throughput. However, interference to CEUs may slightly
increase. This option applies only to LTE TDD.
SigPowerIncreaseSwitch: If this option is selected, the PDSCH
transmit power increases for downlink signaling retransmissions during
network entry, improving signaling demodulation performance.
However, the PDSCH transmit power becomes insufficient, resulting in
a low downlink RB usage. Consequently, the downlink cell throughput
decreases and inter-cell interference increases in the downlink. If this
option is deselected, the PDSCH transmit power does not increase for
downlink signaling retransmissions during network entry, bringing no
impact on the downlink throughput and inter-cell interference in the
downlink.
BFModeUserAdptPwrSwitch: If this option is selected, the eNodeB
determines the power increase amount for beamforming UEs in the
serving cell based on the available power of the RRU and loads at
neighboring cell edges, increasing the downlink throughput of
beamforming UEs and average cell throughput. However, this slightly
increases interference to CEUs in neighboring cells. This option
BfEnhChnPwrFormSwitch: If this option is selected, the eNodeB
determines the transmit power differences between antennas based
on the Eigen beamforming weights of the antennas, determines the
channel power headroom based on the percentage of the number of
idle RBs available in the current TTI in downlink scheduling, and
flexibly allocates transmit power to each channel of the RRU,
improving SU beamforming, MU beamforming, and CBF performance
in TTIs with idle RBs. This option applies only to LTE TDD.
DlNonStandardBwMaxPwrSwitch: If this option is selected, the RS
power increases. This raises the maximum downlink transmit power
and downlink throughput of cells with non-standard bandwidth.
However, the increased RS power also creates additional interference
on neighboring cells.
Applicable Mode: L
UlPcAlgoSwitch Uplink Meaning: Indicates whether to enable power control for the PUSCH or
power PUCCH. This parameter includes the following options:
control CloseLoopSpsSwitch: Indicates whether to enable closed-loop power
algorithm control for the PUSCH in semi-persistent scheduling mode. If this
switch option is selected, TPC commands are adjusted based on correctness
of the received initial-transmission packets to decrease the IBLER.
InnerLoopPuschSwitch: Indicates whether to enable inner-loop power
control for the PUSCH in dynamic scheduling mode. Inner-loop power
control for the PUSCH in dynamic scheduling mode is enabled only
when this option is selected. This option applies only to LTE FDD and
LTE TDD.
InnerLoopPucchSwitch: Indicates whether to enable inner-loop power
control for the PUCCH. Inner-loop power control for the PUCCH is
enabled only when this option is selected. This option applies only to
CloseLoopOptPUSCHSwitch: Indicates whether to enable the
optimization on closed-loop power control for the PUSCH in dynamic
scheduling mode. The optimization is enabled only when this option is
selected. This option applies only to LTE TDD.
PucchPcDtxSinrSwitch: Indicates whether the eNodeB processes the
measured uplink SINR in the DTX state when the PUCCH DTX is
detected. If this option is deselected, the eNodeB does not process the
measured uplink SINR in the DTX state when the PUCCH DTX is
detected. If this option is selected, the eNodeB processes the
measured uplink SINR even when PUCCH DTX is detected,
generates power control commands based on the SINR, and delivers
the power control commands to UEs. This option applies only to LTE
FDD and LTE TDD.
PuschIoTCtrlSwitch: Indicates whether to enable interference control
in closed-loop power control for the PUSCH in dynamic scheduling
mode. Interference control in closed-loop power control for the PUSCH
in dynamic scheduling mode is enabled only when this option is
SrsPcSwitch: Indicates whether to enable SRS power control
adjustment. SRS power control adjustment is enabled only when this
option is selected. This option applies only to LTE TDD.
NearPointUeOptPUSCHSwitch: Indicates whether to apply optimized
closed-loop power control for the PUSCH to UEs in the cell center.
The optimization helps UEs in the cell center to prevent unnecessary
power lowering due to inter-RAT or abrupt interference. Optimized
closed-loop power control for the PUSCH is applied to UEs in the cell
center only when this option is selected. This option applies only to
LTE FDD.
PuschRsrpHighThdSwitch: Indicates whether closed-loop power
control for the PUSCH limits the maximum value of RSRP. If this
option is deselected, closed-loop power control for the PUSCH does
not limit the maximum value of RSRP. If this option is selected, the
maximum value of RSRP cannot exceed the RSRP value specified by
the PuschRsrpHighThd parameter in the CellPcAlgo MO. This option
OuterLoopPucchSwitch: Indicates whether to enable outer-loop
PUCCH power control. Outer-loop PUCCH power control is enabled
only when this option is selected. This option applies only to LTE FDD
and LTE TDD.
PucchInitialPcSwitch: Indicates whether to apply fast PUCCH power
control on newly accessed UEs. Fast PUCCH power control is applied
to newly accessed UEs only when this option is selected. This option
GroupPCForPucchSwitch: Indicates whether to enable group power
control for the PUCCH in dynamic scheduling mode. This option
applies only to LTE TDD and requires UEs' support of group power
control for the PUCCH. This option applies only to LTE TDD.
NearBigPacketUeFastPcSwitch: Indicates whether to enable fast
power increase for large-packet UEs in the cell center to counteract
deep fading. Fast power increase is enabled for large-packet UEs in
the cell center only if this option is selected. This option applies only to
LTE FDD.
UlCaPuschPcOptSwitch: If this option is selected, large-packet UEs
near the cell center can enter dual-transmission by decreasing the
transmit power spectrum. This helps increase the uplink throughput
when there are available SCC resources. If this option is deselected,
dual-transmission conditions are met only when UEs are very close to
the cell center. UEs near the cell center cannot enter dual-
transmission. This option applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
GUI Value Range: CloseLoopSpsSwitch(CloseLoopSpsSwitch),
InnerLoopPuschSwitch(InnerLoopPuschSwitch),
InnerLoopPucchSwitch(InnerLoopPucchSwitch),
CloseLoopOptPUSCHSwitch(CloseLoopOptPUSCHSwitch),
PucchPcDtxSinrSwitch(PucchPcDtxSinrSwitch),
PuschIoTCtrlSwitch(PuschIoTCtrlSwitch), SrsPcSwitch(SrsPcSwitch),
NearPointUeOptPUSCHSwitch(NearPointUeOptPUSCHSwitch),
PuschRsrpHighThdSwitch(PuschRsrpHighThdSwitch),
OuterLoopPucchSwitch(OuterLoopPucchSwitch),
PucchInitialPcSwitch(PucchInitialPcSwitch),
GroupPCForPucchSwitch(GroupPCForPucchSwitch),
NearBigPacketUeFastPcSwitch(NearBigPacketUeFastPcSwitch),
UlCaPuschPcOptSwitch(UlCaPuschPcOptSwitch)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: CloseLoopSpsSwitch, InnerLoopPuschSwitch,
InnerLoopPucchSwitch, CloseLoopOptPUSCHSwitch,
PucchPcDtxSinrSwitch, PuschIoTCtrlSwitch, SrsPcSwitch,
NearPointUeOptPUSCHSwitch, PuschRsrpHighThdSwitch,
OuterLoopPucchSwitch, PucchInitialPcSwitch,
GroupPCForPucchSwitch, NearBigPacketUeFastPcSwitch,
UlCaPuschPcOptSwitch
Recommended Value: CloseLoopSpsSwitch:Off,
InnerLoopPuschSwitch:On, InnerLoopPucchSwitch:On,
CloseLoopOptPUSCHSwitch:Off, PucchPcDtxSinrSwitch:On,
PuschIoTCtrlSwitch:Off, SrsPcSwitch:On,
NearPointUeOptPUSCHSwitch:Off, PuschRsrpHighThdSwitch:Off,
OuterLoopPucchSwitch:Off, PucchInitialPcSwitch:On,
GroupPCForPucchSwitch:Off, NearBigPacketUeFastPcSwitch:Off,
UlCaPuschPcOptSwitch:Off
In the CellAlgoSwitch MO, when the PucchPcDtxSinrSwitch in
UlPcAlgoSwitch is ON, the InnerLoopPucchSwitch in UlPcAlgoSwitch
must be ON.
In the cell, when the PucchInitialPcSwitch in UlPcAlgoSwitch in
CellAlgoSwitch is ON, the InnerLoopPucchSwitch in UlPcAlgoSwitch
in the CellAlgoSwitch must be ON.
If the NearBigPacketUeFastPcSwitch option of UlPcAlgoSwitch in a
CellAlgoSwitch MO is selected, the SchedulerCtrlPowerSwitch option
of UlSchSwitch in the CellAlgoSwitch MO must be selected.
CellAlgoSwitch MO is selected, the PuschRsrpHighThdSwitch option
of UlPcAlgoSwitch in the CellAlgoSwitch MO must be deselected.
idle mode)
Impact on Radio Network Performance: CloseLoopSpsSwitch:
Selecting this option improves VoIP performance if the SpsSchSwitch
option of the UlSchSwitch parameter is selected. It is recommended
that this option be deselected if the SpsSchSwitch option of the
UlSchSwitch parameter is deselected.
InnerLoopPuschSwitch: If this option is selected, the throughput of
UEs between the cell center and the cell edge and at the cell edge
increases. If this option is deselected, the throughput of these UEs
decreases.
InnerLoopPucchSwitch: If this option is selected, the downlink
transmission rate can be guaranteed for UEs and the interference on
the entire network decreases. If this option is deselected, the
interference on the entire network increases.
PuschIoTCtrlSwitch: If this option is selected for a heavily loaded
network, uplink interference decreases and the uplink throughput of
CEUs increases, but the uplink throughput of CCUs decreases. If this
option is deselected for a heavily loaded network, uplink interference
increases and the uplink throughput of CEUs decreases, but the uplink
throughput of CCUs increases.
SrsPcSwitch: If this option is selected, the transmission rate of
downlink beamforming and CoMP UEs increases, and interference on
SRSs decreases.
NearPointUeOptPUSCHSwitch: If this option is deselected, UEs at the
cell center unnecessarily lower PUSCH transmit power in inter-RAT or
intermittent interference scenarios, decreasing the uplink throughput.
If this option is selected, UEs at the cell center increase the PUSCH
transmit power in inter-RAT or intermittent interference scenarios,
increasing the uplink throughput. However, this also increases uplink
interference to neighboring cells.
PuschRsrpHighThdSwitch: If this option is deselected and the transmit
power for the PUSCH is too high, the uplink receive power may reach
the maximum value, causing deterioration in uplink demodulation
performance.
If this option is selected, the uplink receive power will not reach the
maximum value, ensuring good performance of uplink demodulation.
OuterLoopPucchSwitch: If this option is selected and the channel
quality of the PUCCH in format 2x is poor, the PUCCH transmit power
increases, the false detection rate on the PUCCH in format 2x
decreases, and the downlink throughput increases.
If this option is deselected and the channel quality of the PUCCH in
format 2x is poor, the PUCCH transmit power and downlink throughput
cannot be increased, and the false detection rate on the PUCCH in
format 2x increases.
PucchInitialPcSwitch: If this option is selected, the PUCCH transmit
power of UEs that newly access the network rapidly decreases,
reducing PUCCH interference to neighboring cells and increasing the
downlink throughput.
If this option is deselected, the PUCCH transmit power of UEs that
newly access the network cannot be rapidly decreased, PUCCH
interference to neighboring cells cannot be reduced at the earliest, and
the downlink throughput cannot increase.
GroupPCForPucchSwitch: If this option is selected, the PUCCH power
converges rapidly, power consumption of UEs is low, and PUCCH
interference to neighboring cells is minor.
If this option is deselected, the PUCCH power converges slowly,
power consumption of UEs is high, and PUCCH interference to
neighboring cells is strong.
PucchPcDtxSinrSwitch: If this option is selected, the PUCCH transmit
power increases when severe interference occurs, to ensure proper
PUCCH demodulation. Improved PUCCH demodulation performance
increases the service setup success rate, handover success rate, and
downlink transmission rate of the cell; however, the power increase
may cause interference to neighboring cells. If this option is
deselected, PUCCH demodulation may fail due to extremely low UE
transmit power when severe interference occurs.
NearBigPacketUeFastPcSwitch: If this option is deselected, the IBLER
increases when large-packet UEs at the cell center experience deep
fading in a short period. If this option is selected, the power of large-
packet UEs at the cell center increases and the IBLER decreases
when such UEs experience deep fading in a short period.
UlCaPuschPcOptSwitch: If this option is selected, the transmit power
per PRB is lowered, and therefore UEs can use more PRBs,
increasing the probability of entering dual-transmission. Uplink
throughput increases when the uplink resources are sufficient in this
case. At the same time, the uplink interference and uplink IBLER may
increase because resources used by CA UEs increase. If this option is
deselected, UEs can use two transmit channels only when they are
extremely close to the cell center, and UEs between the cell center
and cell edge cannot use two transmit channels. In this case, an
increase in RBs brings no gains even if there are redundant RB
resources on the SCC.
Applicable Mode: L
UplinkIcSwitch UL IC Meaning: Indicates whether to enable uplink interference cancellation

Switch (IC) in the cell. This parameter applies only to LTE FDD.
UlInterSiteIcSwitch: Indicates whether to enable uplink inter-eNodeB
IC. Uplink inter-eNodeB IC is enabled only if this option is selected.
GUI Value Range: UlInterSiteIcSwitch
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: UlInterSiteIcSwitch
Recommended Value: UlInterSiteIcSwitch:Off
idle mode)
Impact on Radio Network Performance: UlInterSiteIcSwitch: When this
option is selected, inter-eNodeB IC increases the average uplink
throughput of cell edge users (CEUs) and average uplink cell
throughput by canceling uplink interference between inter-eNodeB
neighboring cells.
Applicable Mode: L
BfAlgoSwitch BF Meaning: Indicates whether to enable the beamforming algorithm.

algorithm BfSwitch: If this option is selected, the beamforming algorithm is
switch enabled for all UEs in the cell. If this option is deselected, the
beamforming algorithm is disabled for any UEs in the cell. This option
is deselected by default. If a cell supporting beamforming is
established, manually select this option. This option applies only to
LTE TDD.
GUI Value Range: BfSwitch
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: BfSwitch
Recommended Value: BfSwitch:Off
In the CellAlgoSwitch, SsrdAlgoSwitch is set to On only when
BfAlgoSwitch has been set to On.
idle mode)
Applicable Mode: L
DlSchSwitch DL Meaning: Indicates whether to enable downlink scheduling algorithms

schedule in a cell. This parameter includes the following options:
switch FreqSelSwitch: Indicates whether to enable frequency-selective
scheduling. If this option is selected, data is transmitted on the
frequency band of high channel quality. This option applies only to
SpsSchSwitch: Indicates whether to enable semi-persistent scheduling
during talk spurts of VoLTE services. If this option is selected, semi-
persistent scheduling is applied during talk spurts of VoLTE services. If
this option is deselected, dynamic scheduling is applied during talk
spurts of VoLTE services. This option applies only to LTE FDD and
LTE TDD.
MBSFNShutDownSwitch: Indicates whether to enable Multimedia
Broadcast multicast service Single Frequency Network (MBSFN)
subframe shutdown. If this option is selected, MBSFN subframe
shutdown is applied. If this option is deselected, MBSFN subframe
shutdown is not applied. This option takes effect only if the
SymbolShutdownSwitch option of the PowerSaveSwitch parameter is
selected. If the MBSFNShutDownSwitch option is selected, the setting
of the switch for mapping SIBs to SI messages becomes invalid. If the
MBSFNShutDownSwitch option is deselected, the setting of the switch
for mapping SIBs to SI messages becomes valid. The
MBSFNShutDownSwitch option applies only to LTE-only base
stations. This option applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
NonGbrBundlingSwitch: Indicates whether to enable downlink non-
GBR packet bundling. If this option is selected, delay of non-GBR
services can be controlled in non-congestion scenarios. If this option is
deselected, delay of non-GBR services cannot be controlled. This
EnAperiodicCqiRptSwitch: Indicates whether to enable enhanced
aperiodic channel quality indicator (CQI) reporting. If this option is
selected, the eNodeB triggers aperiodic CQI reporting for a UE based
on downlink services of the UE and the interval at which the UE sends
periodic CQI reports. If this option is deselected, UEs under non-
frequency-selective scheduling do not trigger aperiodic CQI reporting
based on downlink services and trigger an aperiodic CQI reporting if
no valid periodic CQI reports are sent in eight consecutive periodic
CQI reporting periods. This option applies only to LTE FDD and LTE
TDD.
DlMbrCtrlSwitch: Indicates whether to enable downlink scheduling
based on the maximum bit rate (MBR) and guaranteed bit rate (GBR)
on GBR bearers. If this option is selected, the eNodeB performs
downlink scheduling on GBR bearers based on the MBR and GBR. If
this option is deselected, the eNodeB performs downlink scheduling
on GBR bearers based on the GBR only. This option applies only to
MbrDlSchSwitch: Indicates whether the eNodeB performs downlink
scheduling based on MBR. If this option is selected, the eNodeB
prioritizes UEs based on the MBRs during downlink scheduling. This
parameter applies only to LTE TDD.
UeAmbrDlSchSwitch: Indicates whether the eNodeB performs
downlink scheduling based on per UE aggregate maximum bit rates
(UE-AMBRs). If this option is selected, the eNodeB prioritizes UEs
based on the UE-AMBRs during downlink scheduling. This option
EpfEnhancedSwitch: Indicates whether to enable enhanced
proportional fair (EPF) enhancement for scheduling. EPF
enhancement for scheduling is enabled only if this option is selected.
AperiodicCqiTrigOptSwitch: Indicates whether to optimize triggering of
aperiodic CQI reporting. If this option is selected, a UE performing
initial access triggers aperiodic CQI reporting based on related trigger
conditions after the DLMAC instance has been established for 200 ms
and the eNodeB receives MSG5. Consider that aperiodic CQI
reporting is triggered by invalid CQI reports in eight consecutive CQI
reporting periods. If cyclic redundancy check (CRC) on aperiodic CQI
reports fails, aperiodic CQI reporting is not repeatedly triggered when
DRX is enabled; or aperiodic CQI reporting is triggered after eight TTIs
when DRX is disabled. If this option is deselected, a UE performing
initial access triggers aperiodic CQI reporting based on related trigger
conditions after the DLMAC instance has been established for 200 ms.
Consider that aperiodic CQI reporting is triggered by invalid CQI
reports in eight consecutive CQI reporting periods. If CRC on aperiodic
CQI reports fails, aperiodic CQI reporting is triggered after eight TTIs,
regardless of the DRX status. This option applies only to LTE FDD and
LTE TDD.
VoipTbsBasedMcsSelSwitch: Indicates whether the modulation and
coding scheme (MCS) index is selected based on the transport block
size (TBS) in downlink scheduling for VoLTE services. The MCS index
is selected based on the TBS in downlink dynamic scheduling for
VoLTE services only if this option is selected. This option applies only
PagingInterfRandSwitch: Indicates whether to enable interference
randomization for paging messages. If this option is selected,
interference randomization is enabled for paging messages. This
DlSingleUsrMcsOptSwitch: Indicates conditions for lowering the MCS
index for a single UE. If this option is selected, the MCS index can be
lowered for a UE if the UE is the only UE to be scheduled in a
transmission time interval (TTI). If this option is deselected, the MCS
index can be lowered for a UE if the threshold for the function of
lowering the MCS index to increase the number of RBs is reached and
the UE is the only UE to be scheduled in a TTI. This option applies
UeSigMcsEnhanceSwitch: Indicates whether to enable MCS
optimization for UE signaling. If this option is selected, MCS
optimization for UE signaling is enabled. For LTE FDD, the MCS index
for UE signaling is the same as the MCS index for data. For LTE TDD,
the MCS index for UE signaling is lowered based on the MCS index
for data. If this option is deselected, a fixed low MCS index is used for
UE signaling. This option applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
SubframeSchDiffSwitch: Indicates whether to increase the number of
UEs scheduled in subframes 3 and 8 when uplink-downlink
configuration 2 is used. If this option is selected, the number of UEs
scheduled in subframes 3 and 8 is increased when uplink-downlink
configuration 2 is used. If this option is deselected, the scheduling
policy used in subframes 3 and 8 is the same as that used in other
downlink subframes when uplink-downlink configuration 2 is used.
TailPackagePriSchSwitch: Indicates whether to enable scheduling of
downlink connected tail packages in the bearer. If this option is
selected, the connected tail package is scheduled preferentially in the
next TTI, which reduces the delay and increases the transmission rate.
If this option is deselected, the scheduling policy of the connected tail
package is the same as other downlink subframes. This option applies
only to LTE TDD.
SIB1InterfRandSwitch: Indicates whether to enable SIB1 interference
randomization. If this option is selected, interference randomization is
enabled for SIB1. This option applies only to LTE TDD.
FreqSelJudgeIgnorDopplerSwitch: Indicates whether to ignore Doppler
conditions. If this option is selected, Doppler conditions are ignored
during frequency selective channel determination. If this option is
deselected, Doppler conditions are considered during frequency
selective channel determination. This parameter applies only to LTE
FDD.
EnhExtQCISpsSchSwitch: Indicates whether to enable semi-persistent
scheduling during talk spurts of PTT services with standardized QCI
65, standardized QCI 66, or an enhanced extended QCI. If this option
is selected, semi-persistent scheduling is applied. If this option is
deselected, dynamic scheduling is applied. This option applies only to
DlVoipBundlingSwitch: Indicates whether to enable active packet
bundling for downlink VoLTE services. Active packet bundling is
enabled for downlink VoLTE services only if this option is selected. If
this option is selected, PDCCH resources can be saved for downlink
data services or uplink services, thereby increasing the VoLTE
capacity for VoLTE services or increasing the throughput of data
services in mixed service scenarios. However, the delay in VoLTE
voice packet scheduling will increase in the downlink and MOSs may
decrease. You are advised to deselect this option if you prefer VoLTE
performance and do not expect MOS reduction. This option applies
DlPacketLenAwareSchSw: Indicates whether to enable packet length
awareness performance optimization in the downlink. Packet length
awareness performance optimization is enabled in the downlink only if
this option is selected. This option applies only to LTE FDD and LTE
TDD.
RLCArqFeedbackEnhancedSwitch: Indicates whether to modify HARQ
feedback results based on RLC status reports when uplink-downlink
configuration 2 is used. If this option is selected, the eNodeB modifies
HARQ feedback results based on RLC status reports after receiving
the reports. This prevents unnecessary HARQ retransmissions. This
PaReconfigOptSwitch: Indicates whether to enable PA reconfiguration
optimization. The optimization is enabled when this option is selected.
RankRapidRptSwitch: Indicates whether to enable fast rank reporting.
If this option is selected, an aperiodic CQI reporting is immediately
triggered after successful network access. If this option is deselected,
an aperiodic CQI reporting is not immediately triggered after
successful network access. This option applies only to LTE FDD and
LTE TDD.
DlRLCStateReportSchDelaySw: Indicates whether to enable
optimization on the delay-based scheduling of downlink RLC status
reports. The optimization is enabled when this option is selected. This
SmallPktMcsSelectAlgoSw: Indicates whether to enable MCS
selection for small packets. If this option is selected, the scheduler
selects an MCS with a lower index based on the amount of data to be
initially transmitted and the allocated TBS in each TTI on condition that
the allocated TBS can carry the data. The function is enabled only if
TDD.
SRB0SplitSchSw: Indicates whether to enable separate scheduling of
SRB0 and contention resolution MCE. If this option is selected, SRB0
and contention resolution MCE are separately scheduled. This option
BfUserPairPriorSwitch: Indicates whether to preferentially allocate
resources to paired beamforming UEs for UE pairing features such as
MU beamforming and DMIMO. If this option is selected, the eNodeB
preferentially allocates resources to paired beamforming UEs for UE
pairing features such as MU beamforming and DMIMO. This option
HarqAllocOptSwitch: Indicates whether to optimize the allocation of
HARQ processes. If this option is selected, the downlink UE rate
increases. This option takes effect only when DMIMO or massive
MIMO is enabled. This option applies only to LTE TDD.
Pusch32Switch: Indicates whether to enable the PUSCH 3-2 feedback
mode. If this option is selected, UEs that support the PUSCH 3-2
feedback mode use this mode to aperiodically report CQIs. If this
option is deselected, the mode cannot be used. This option applies
only to LTE FDD.
DlPreciseAmbrCtrlSwitch: Indicates whether to enable precise
downlink AMBR control. If this option is selected, a more accurate
optimization algorithm applies to the AMBR control, which achieves
more accurate AMBR control. If this option is deselected, the original
AMBR control algorithm is used. This option applies only to LTE FDD
and LTE TDD.
GUI Value Range: FreqSelSwitch(FreqSelSwitch),
SpsSchSwitch(SpsSchSwitch),
MBSFNShutDownSwitch(MBSFNShutDownSwitch),
NonGbrBundlingSwitch(NonGbrBundlingSwitch),
EnAperiodicCqiRptSwitch(EnAperiodicCqiRptSwitch),
DlMbrCtrlSwitch(DlMbrCtrlSwitch), MbrDlSchSwitch(MbrDlSchSwitch),
UeAmbrDlSchSwitch(UeAmbrDlSchSwitch),
EpfEnhancedSwitch(EpfEnhancedSwitch),
AperiodicCqiTrigOptSwitch(AperiodicCqiTrigOptSwitch),
VoipTbsBasedMcsSelSwitch(VoipTbsBasedMcsSelSwitch),
PagingInterfRandSwitch(PagingInterfRandSwitch),
DlSingleUsrMcsOptSwitch(DlSingleUsrMcsOptSwitch),
SubframeSchDiffSwitch(SubframeSchDiffSwitch),
TailPackagePriSchSwitch(TailPackagePriSchSwitch),
UeSigMcsEnhanceSwitch(UeSigMcsEnhanceSwitch),
FreqSelJudgeIgnorDopplerSwitch(FreqSelJudgeIgnorDopplerSwitch),
SIB1InterfRandSwitch(SIB1InterfRandSwitch),
EnhExtQCISpsSchSwitch(EnhExtQCISpsSchSwitch),
DlVoipBundlingSwitch(DlVoipBundlingSwitch),
DlPacketLenAwareSchSw(DlPacketLenAwareSchSw),
RLCArqFeedbackEnhancedSwitch(RLCArqFeedbackEnhancedSwitch
), PaReconfigOptSwitch(PaReconfigOptSwitch),
RankRapidRptSwitch(RankRapidRptSwitch),
DlRLCStateReportSchDelaySw(DlRLCStateReportSchDelaySw),
SmallPktMcsSelectAlgoSw(SmallPktMcsSelectAlgoSw),
SRB0SplitSchSw(SRB0SplitSchSw),
BfUserPairPriorSwitch(BfUserPairPriorSwitch),
HarqAllocOptSwitch(HarqAllocOptSwitch),
Pusch32Switch(Pusch32Switch),
DlPreciseAmbrCtrlSwitch(DlPreciseAmbrCtrlSwitch)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: FreqSelSwitch, SpsSchSwitch,
MBSFNShutDownSwitch, NonGbrBundlingSwitch,
EnAperiodicCqiRptSwitch, DlMbrCtrlSwitch, MbrDlSchSwitch,
UeAmbrDlSchSwitch, EpfEnhancedSwitch,
AperiodicCqiTrigOptSwitch, VoipTbsBasedMcsSelSwitch,
PagingInterfRandSwitch, DlSingleUsrMcsOptSwitch,
SubframeSchDiffSwitch, TailPackagePriSchSwitch,
UeSigMcsEnhanceSwitch, FreqSelJudgeIgnorDopplerSwitch,
SIB1InterfRandSwitch, EnhExtQCISpsSchSwitch,
DlVoipBundlingSwitch, DlPacketLenAwareSchSw,
RLCArqFeedbackEnhancedSwitch, PaReconfigOptSwitch,
RankRapidRptSwitch, DlRLCStateReportSchDelaySw,
SmallPktMcsSelectAlgoSw, SRB0SplitSchSw, BfUserPairPriorSwitch,
HarqAllocOptSwitch, Pusch32Switch, DlPreciseAmbrCtrlSwitch
Recommended Value: FreqSelSwitch:Off, SpsSchSwitch:Off,
MBSFNShutDownSwitch:Off, NonGbrBundlingSwitch:Off,
EnAperiodicCqiRptSwitch:Off, DlMbrCtrlSwitch:Off,
MbrDlSchSwitch:Off, UeAmbrDlSchSwitch:Off,
EpfEnhancedSwitch:Off, AperiodicCqiTrigOptSwitch:On,
VoipTbsBasedMcsSelSwitch:On, UeSigMcsEnhanceSwitch:Off,
DlSingleUsrMcsOptSwitch:Off, SubframeSchDiffSwitch:Off,
TailPackagePriSchSwitch:Off, FreqSelJudgeIgnorDopplerSwitch:Off,
SIB1InterfRandSwitch:On, EnhExtQCISpsSchSwitch:Off,
DlVoipBundlingSwitch:Off, DlPacketLenAwareSchSw:Off,
RLCArqFeedbackEnhancedSwitch:Off, PaReconfigOptSwitch:Off,
RankRapidRptSwitch:Off, DlRLCStateReportSchDelaySw:Off,
SmallPktMcsSelectAlgoSw:Off, SRB0SplitSchSw:Off,
BfUserPairPriorSwitch:Off, HarqAllocOptSwitch:On,
Pusch32Switch:Off, DlPreciseAmbrCtrlSwitch:Off
OutOfBandRelaySwitch under the RelaySwitch parameter in the
CellAlgoSwitch MO cannot be turned on when
MBSFNShutDownSwitch under the DlSchSwitch parameter is turned
on.
If SuperCombCellSwitch of SfnAlgoSwitch in the CellAlgoSwitch MO is
set to on, SpsSchSwitch of DlSchSwitch in the CellAlgoSwitch MO
must be deselected.
idle mode)
Impact on Radio Network Performance: FreqSelSwitch: If this option is
selected, the subband CQIs reported by UEs are used in downlink
scheduling for UEs that meet the requirements for frequency selection,
thereby increasing the spectrum efficiency for UEs. If this option is
deselected, wideband CQIs reported by UEs are used in downlink
scheduling for all UEs.
SpsSchSwitch: If this option is selected, the eNodeB performs semi-
persistent scheduling on VoLTE services, and PDCCH resource
overhead and CQI reporting overhead decrease, which increases the
VoLTE service capacity. If this option is deselected, the eNodeB
performs dynamic scheduling on VoLTE services, and PDCCH
resource overhead increases. As a result, the VoLTE service capacity
decreases, but the QoS of VoLTE services improves.
MBSFNShutDownSwitch: If this option is selected, more energy can
be conserved, but resource scheduling delay is prolonged.
Deselecting this option results in the opposite effects.
EnAperiodicCqiRptSwitch: Selecting this option results in timely
reporting of downlink channel quality and increased downlink data
rate. Because more control channel elements (CCEs) are consumed
by aperiodic CQI reporting, it is recommended that the
PdcchSymNumSwitch parameter be set to ECFIADAPTIONON to
decrease the number of symbols consumed by enhanced aperiodic
CQI reporting, thereby further increasing downlink data rates.
DlMbrCtrlSwitch: If this option is selected, the eNodeB allocates more
RBs to the downlink GBR bearer if the MBR is greater than the GBR
set in the EPC and a GBR bearer is set up for a UE, thereby
increasing the downlink traffic volume on the GBR bearer. If the MBR
is equal to the GBR set in the EPC and only the non-GBR bearer is set
up for a UE, selecting this option has no impact on network
performance. If the MBR is equal to the GBR and a GBR bearer is set
up for a UE: (1) Selecting this option has no impact on network
performance when RBs for downlink services are sufficient. (2) Non-
GBR services are affected by GBR services if this option is selected
when RBs for downlink services are insufficient. If this option is
deselected, the eNodeBs performs scheduling based only on the GBR
for downlink GBR bearers and network performance is not affected.
MbrDlSchSwitch/UeAmbrDlSchSwitch: If this option is selected,
throughput of UEs with higher MBR/AMBR increases, and throughput
of UEs with lower MBR/AMBR decreases. In addition, the system
throughput may also be affected. The impact on the system
throughput depends on the differences between MBRs/AMBRs of UEs
and the distribution of UEs in the cell. If this option is deselected, the
throughput differences between UEs with different MBRs/AMBRs
decrease. In addition, the system throughput is not affected,
regardless of the differences between MBRs/AMBRs of UEs or the
distribution of UEs in the cell.
EpfEnhancedSwitch: If this option is selected, downlink user
throughput increases and user experience improves. Deselecting this
option has no impact on network performance.
AperiodicCqiTrigOptSwitch: If this option is selected, PDCCH
resources to be consumed are reduced and downlink throughput
increases. Deselecting this option has no impact on network
performance.
VoipTbsBasedMcsSelSwitch: If this option is selected, the number of
hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) retransmissions for VoIP
services decreases and the scheduling delay of UEs at and near the
cell center is reduced.
PagingInterfRandSwitch: If this option is selected, the paging success
rate increases, but other KPIs may slightly deteriorate, including the
access success rate, handover success rate, service drop rate,
handover delay, access delay, and PRB usage. If this option is
deselected, the paging success rate decreases, but the preceding
KPIs do not deteriorate.
DlSingleUsrMcsOptSwitch: If this option is selected and the load is
low, the local cell throughput increases; however, the interference with
neighboring cells increases, the neighboring cell throughput
decreases, and the IBLER increases. Deselecting this option has no
impact on network performance.
UeSigMcsEnhanceSwitch: If this option is selected, UE throughput
increases and UE MCS distribution improves. However, the service
drop rate may slightly increase and the RRC connection
reestablishment success rate may slightly decrease. In addition, the
outgoing handover success rate and E-RAB setup success rate may
also slightly decrease in LTE FDD cells. If this option is deselected,
UE throughput decreases and UE MCS distribution deteriorates.
However, the service drop rate decreases and the RRC connection
reestablishment success rate increases. In addition, the handover
success rate and E-RAB setup success rate increase in LTE FDD
cells.
SubframeSchDiffSwitch: If this option is selected, the number of uplink
UEs scheduled increases but the number of downlink UEs scheduled
decreases. As a result, the uplink PRB usage increases but the
downlink PRB usage may decrease slightly. If this option is
deselected, the number of uplink scheduled UEs decreases and the
uplink PRB usage decreases accordingly.
TailPackagePriSchSwitch: If this option is selected, the connected tail
package is scheduled preferentially in the next TTI, which shortens the
delay and increases the user-perceived rate. If this option is
deselected, the connected tail package is not scheduled preferentially
in the next TTI, which prolongs the delay and decreases the user-
perceived rate.
SIB1InterfRandSwitch: If this option is selected, the RBs scheduled for
SIB1 do not overlap between neighboring cells. The interference
caused by the RBs for SIB1s of the neighboring cells to the same
target cell is evenly distributed on the entire band. In this way, the
SIB1 demodulation capability in the target cell is improved, reducing
service drops caused by SIB1 demodulation failures. If this option is
deselected, the RBs scheduled for neighboring cells overlap.
FreqSelJudgeIgnorDopplerSwitch: If this option is selected, Doppler
conditions are ignored during frequency selective channel
determination, which is applied when there are many low-mobility UEs
and increases gains in downlink frequency-selective scheduling. If this
option is deselected, Doppler conditions are considered during
frequency selective channel determination, which is applied when
there are many high-mobility UEs and avoids the negative gains
during frequency-selective scheduling on high-mobility UEs.
EnhExtQCISpsSchSwitch: If this option is selected, the eNodeB
performs semi-persistent scheduling on PTT services with QCI 65 or
QCI 66, and PDCCH resource overhead and CQI reporting overhead
decrease, which increases the PTT UE capacity in unicast mode. If
this option is deselected, the eNodeB performs dynamic scheduling for
PTT services with QCI 65 or QCI 66, and PDCCH resource overhead
increases. As a result, the PTT UE capacity decreases in unicast
mode, but the QoS of each PTT service improves.
DlVoipBundlingSwitch: If this option is selected, active packet bundling
is performed on downlink VoLTE services for scheduling, which saves
PDCCH resources. If PDCCH resources are limited: (1) In single
VoLTE service scenarios, the PDCCH resources saved in the
downlink can be used in the uplink to increase VoLTE capacity.
However, the delay in downlink voice packet scheduling is prolonged,
which may reduce MOSs. (2) In mixed service scenarios, the PDCCH
resources saved in the downlink can be used by downlink data
services or uplink services, which may increase the throughput of both
uplink and downlink data services. If PDCCH resources are not
limited, the delay in downlink voice packet scheduling will increase,
which may cause MOS decrease but does not affect data services.
If this option is deselected, the network performance is not affected.
DlPacketLenAwareSchSw: If this option is deselected, packet length
awareness performance optimization is disabled in the downlink, and
the network performance is not affected. If this option is selected,
packet length awareness performance optimization is enabled in the
downlink, and downlink perceived throughput increases when the
network has heavy or medium loads in the downlink. If the downlink
PRB usage is greater than 90% and the number of
RRC_CONNECTED UEs in the cell is large (for example, more than
150), selecting this option may generate negative gains 2% or less on
the downlink cell throughput.
RLCArqFeedbackEnhancedSwitch: If this option is selected,
unnecessary HARQ retransmissions are prevented, saving downlink
RB resources and improving downlink throughput. However, extra
uplink PRBs are required for UEs to frequently send RLC status
reports, and therefore uplink throughput may slightly decrease.
If this option is deselected, unnecessary HARQ retransmissions may
occur in the downlink. As a result, downlink PRBs are wasted and
downlink throughput may decrease.
PaReconfigOptSwitch: If this option is selected, the PA reconfiguration
time is reduced and the UE throughput during PA reconfiguration is
increased. Deselecting this option has no impact on downlink
performance.
RankRapidRptSwitch: When this option is selected, the eNodeB can
quickly obtain rank information, increasing the probability of scheduling
using a rank higher than 1. However, PUSCH resource consumption
increases, slightly decreasing the uplink data rate. When this option is
deselected, uplink and downlink performance is not affected.
DlRLCStateReportSchDelaySw: When this option is selected,
downlink user-perceived data rates increase in heavy-load scenarios
with insufficient CCE resources. When this option is deselected,
SmallPktMcsSelectAlgoSw: When this option is selected, the BLER of
initial transmissions decreases, downlink user-perceived data rates
increase, and it is expected that the downlink average MCS index
decreases. The decrease in the MCS index has a positive correlation
with the percentage of TTIs in which the function controlled by this
option takes effect. When this option is deselected, network
SRB0SplitSchSw: When this option is selected, contention resolution
MCE is delivered in advance in heavy-load scenarios, increasing the
access success rate. When this option is deselected, the access
success rate slightly decreases in heavy-load scenarios.
BfUserPairPriorSwitch: If this option is deselected, the network
performance is not affected. If this option is selected, the experience
rate of beamforming UEs in light-load scenarios slightly decreases,
and the cell throughput increases in peak rate demonstration
scenarios with multi-layer UE pairing.
HarqAllocOptSwitch: If this option is deselected, the network
performance is not affected. If this option is selected, the downlink UE
rate increases in DMIMO and massive MIMIO scenarios.
HarqAllocOptSwitch: If this option is selected, the increase in the MCS
index is fixed for the first HARQ retransmission, increasing spectral
efficiency and the downlink user-perceived rate but also the downlink
RBLER. If this option is deselected, the network performance is not
affected.
Pusch32Switch: If this option is deselected, the network performance
is not affected. If this option is selected, subband PMIs are included in
the aperiodic CQIs reported by UEs in PUSCH 3-2 feedback mode,
increasing the downlink user-perceived rate. However, the PUSCH
resource usage increases, and the uplink rate decreases slightly.
DlPreciseAmbrCtrlSwitch: If this option is selected, accurate downlink
AMBR control is enabled, increasing the AMBR control accuracy and
reducing AMBR fluctuations. The uplink performance is not affected,
but the downlink throughput decreases. If this option is deselected,
accurate AMBR control is disabled, and uplink and downlink
Applicable Mode: L
UlSchSwitch Uplink Meaning: Indicates whether to enable uplink scheduling functions for
schedule the cell.
switch SpsSchSwitch: Indicates whether to enable semi-persistent scheduling
during talk spurts of VoLTE services. If this option is selected, semi-
persistent scheduling is applied. If this option is deselected, dynamic
scheduling is applied. This option applies only to LTE FDD and LTE
TDD.
SinrAdjustSwitch: Indicates whether to adjust the measured SINR
based on ACK/NACK messages in the UL hybrid automatic repeat
request (HARQ) processes. This option applies only to LTE FDD and
LTE TDD.
PreAllocationSwitch: Indicates whether to enable preallocation in the
uplink. If this option is selected: (1) If the SmartPreAllocationSwitch
option is deselected and a UE is in the discontinuous reception (DRX)
state, preallocation is disabled for the UE in the uplink; (2) If the
SmartPreAllocationSwitch option is deselected and the UE is not in the
DRX state, preallocation is enabled for the UE in the uplink; (3) If the
SmartPreAllocationSwitch option is selected and the
SmartPreAllocationDuration parameter value is greater than 0, smart
preallocation is enabled for the UE in the uplink; (4) If the
SmartPreAllocationSwitch option is selected and the
SmartPreAllocationDuration parameter value is 0, preallocation is
disabled for the UE in the uplink. If this option is deselected,
preallocation is disabled for the UE in the uplink. If bearer-level
preallocation or bearer-level smart preallocation is enabled for a QCI,
cell-level preallocation and cell-level smart preallocation do not apply
to UEs with the QCI. This option applies only to LTE FDD and LTE
TDD.
UlVmimoSwitch: Indicates whether to enable multi-user MIMO (MU-
MIMO) in the uplink. If this option is selected, the eNodeB performs
MU-MIMO pairing among UEs based on related principles. UEs
forming a pair transmit data using the same time-frequency resources,
which improves the system throughput and spectral efficiency. This
TtiBundlingSwitch: Indicates whether to enable transmission time
interval (TTI) bundling. If TTI bundling is enabled, more transmission
opportunities are available to UEs within the delay budget for VoLTE
services on the Uu interface, thereby improving uplink coverage. This
ImIcSwitch: Indicates whether to enable the intermodulation (IM)
interference cancellation for UEs. When data is transmitted in both the
uplink and downlink, uplink signals generate two IM components
symmetrically beside the Direct Current (DC) subcarrier on the
downlink receive channel due to the nonlinearity of the UE receive
channel. If this option is selected, IM component elimination is
performed for UEs. If this option is deselected, IM component
elimination is not performed for UEs. This option applies only to LTE
FDD cells working on frequency band 20. This option applies only to
LTE FDD.
SmartPreAllocationSwitch: Indicates whether to enable uplink smart
preallocation when the PreAllocationSwitch option is selected. If both
the PreAllocationSwitch and this option are selected and the
SmartPreAllocationDuration parameter in the CellPreallocGroup MO is
set to a value greater than 0, uplink smart preallocation is enabled.
Otherwise, uplink smart preallocation is disabled. This option applies
PuschDtxSwitch: Indicates whether the eNodeB uses the PUSCH
discontinuous transmission (DTX) detection result during uplink
scheduling. If this option is selected for an LTE FDD cell, the eNodeB
determines whether to perform adaptive retransmission, and also
adjusts the CCE aggregation level of the PDCCH carrying downlink
control information (DCI) format 0 based on the PUSCH DTX detection
result during uplink scheduling. If an LTE FDD cell is established on an
LBBPc, this option takes effect only if the cell uses less than four RX
antennas and normal cyclic prefix (CP) in the uplink and the SrsCfgInd
parameter in the SRSCfg MO is set to BOOLEAN_TRUE(True). Note
that the LBBPc does not support PUSCH DTX detection for VMIMO
UEs. For an LTE TDD cell, this option takes effect only when the
uplink-downlink subframe configuration is set to SA2 or SA5. If this
option takes effect, the eNodeB adjusts the CCE aggregation level
based on the PUSCH DTX detection results. Note that LTE TDD cells
established on LBBPc boards do not support PUSCH DTX detection.
UlIblerAdjustSwitch: Indicates whether to enable the uplink IBLER
adjustment algorithm. If this option is selected, the target IBLER is
adjusted for UEs based on the channel quality and fluctuation to
increase the cell throughput. This option applies only to LTE FDD and
LTE TDD. If this option is selected independently for FDD cells with
the UlTargetIBlerAdaptType option deselected, the algorithm does not
take effect.
UlEnhancedFssSwitch: Indicates whether to enable uplink load-based
enhanced frequency selective scheduling. This option applies only to
LTE FDD.
UlIicsAlgoSwitch: Indicates whether to enable the uplink interference-
intensity-based coordinated scheduling (UL IICS) algorithm. If this
option is selected, interference can be reduced based on accurate
detection of user attributes and scheduling resource coordination,
increasing the cell edge throughput. This option applies only to LTE
TDD.
UlEnhancedSrSchSwitch: Indicates whether uplink re-scheduling is
performed only when the On Duration timer for the DRX long cycle
starts. Uplink re-scheduling is required if the number of HARQ
retransmissions for a scheduling request (SR) reaches the maximum
value but the scheduling still fails. If this option is selected, uplink re-
scheduling is performed only when the On Duration timer for the DRX
long cycle starts. If this option is deselected, uplink re-scheduling is
performed immediately when the number of HARQ retransmissions for
SR reaches the maximum value but the scheduling still fails. It is
recommended that this option be selected for live networks. This
SchedulerCtrlPowerSwitch: Indicates whether the uplink scheduler
performs scheduling without considering power control restrictions. If
this option is selected, the uplink scheduler performs scheduling
without considering power control restrictions, ensuring full utilization
of the transmit power for all UEs. If this option is deselected, the uplink
scheduler considers power control restrictions while performing
scheduling. In this case, the transmit power cannot be fully used for
UEs at the cell edge or between the cell edge and cell center. This
UlMinGbrSwitch: Indicates whether to ensure uplink minimum
guaranteed bit rate (GBR). If this option is selected, the minimum GBR
of non-GBR services is ensured by increasing the scheduling priority
of UEs whose non-GBR service rates are lower than the minimum
GBR. This option applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
UlMbrCtrlSwitch: Indicates whether to enable uplink scheduling based
on the maximum bit rate (MBR) and guaranteed bit rate (GBR) on the
GBR bearer. If this option is selected, the eNodeB performs uplink
scheduling on GBR bearers based on the MBR and GBR. If this option
is deselected, the eNodeB performs uplink scheduling on GBR
bearers based only on the GBR. This option applies only to LTE FDD
and LTE TDD.
MbrUlSchSwitch: Indicates whether the eNodeB performs uplink
scheduling based on the MBR. If this option is selected, the eNodeB
prioritizes UEs based on the MBRs during uplink scheduling. This
UeAmbrUlSchSwitch: Indicates whether the eNodeB performs uplink
scheduling based on the aggregate maximum bit rate (AMBR) of UEs.
If this option is selected, the eNodeB prioritizes UEs based on the
AMBRs of UEs during uplink scheduling. This option applies only to
LTE TDD.
UlEnhancedDopplerSwitch: Indicates whether to enable enhanced
uplink scheduling based on mobility speed estimation. If this option is
selected, enhanced uplink scheduling based on mobility speed
estimation is enabled. In enhanced uplink scheduling based on
mobility speed estimation, the eNodeB uses Doppler measurement
results to identify low-speed UEs to further improve uplink
performance of low-speed UEs. If this option is deselected, enhanced
uplink scheduling based on mobility speed is disabled. Enhanced
uplink scheduling based on mobility speed takes effect only when the
DopMeasLevel parameter is set to CLASS_1(CLASS_1) and the
UlEnhancedDopplerSwitch option is selected. This option does not
apply to cells established on LBBPc boards. This option applies only to
LTE FDD.
UlRaUserSchOptSw: Indicates whether the eNodeB raises the
scheduling priority of UEs sending uplink access signaling, including
MSG5 and the RRC Connection Reconfiguration Complete message.
If this option is selected, the eNodeB raises the scheduling priority of
UEs sending uplink access signaling. If this option is deselected, the
eNodeB does not raise the scheduling priority of UEs sending uplink
access signaling. In NB-IoT scenarios with air interface resource
congestion, this option restricts the number of preambles to perform
flow control on UEs accessing the cell.
UlLast2RetransSchOptSwitch: Indicates whether to optimize the
scheduling policy for the last two retransmissions. If this option is
selected, the scheduling policy is optimized for the last two
retransmissions. If the UE transmit power is not limited, adaptive
retransmission is used, and the number of RBs increases in the last
two retransmissions to increase the receive success rate of the last
two retransmissions and decrease uplink RBLER. If this option is
deselected, the scheduling policy is not optimized for the last two
retransmissions. This option applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
UlInterfFssSwitch: Indicates whether to enable interference-based
uplink frequency-selective scheduling. This option applies only to LTE
FDD.
UlSmallRBSpectralEffOptSw: Indicates whether to improve the
spectral efficiency of small RBs in the uplink. If this option is selected,
the spectral efficiency of small RBs in the uplink is optimized, ensuring
that the transmission block size calculated based on optimized
spectral efficiency is not less than the traffic volume to be scheduled. If
this option is deselected, the spectral efficiency of small RBs in the
uplink is not optimized. This option applies only to LTE FDD and LTE
TDD.
PuschUsePucchRbSwitch: Indicates whether PUCCH RBs can be
occupied by the PUSCH. In scenarios with a single user: If this option
is selected, PUCCH RBs can be occupied by the PUSCH; if this option
is deselected, PUCCH RBs cannot be occupied by the PUSCH. In
scenarios with multiple users, PUCCH RBs cannot be occupied by the
PUSCH regardless of the setting of this option. This option applies
PuschDtxSchOptSwitch: If this option is selected, the eNodeB
determines whether to perform adaptive retransmission based on the
PUSCH DTX detection result during uplink scheduling. This option
takes effect only when the uplink-downlink subframe configuration SA2
or SA5 is used. If an LTE TDD cell is established on an LBBPc,
PUSCH DTX detection is not supported. This option applies only to
LTE TDD.
PrachRbReuseSwitch: If this option is selected, the PUSCH and
PRACH transmissions can use the same resource. If this option is
deselected, the PUSCH and PRACH transmissions cannot use the
same resource. This option applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
ULFSSAlgoswitch: If this option is deselected, uplink frequency-
selective scheduling is disabled. If this option is selected, uplink
frequency-selective scheduling is enabled. This option applies only to
LTE TDD.
SrSchDataAdptSw: Indicates whether to enable data amount
adaptation in SR-based scheduling. Data amount adaptation in SR-
based scheduling is enabled only when this option is selected. This
option applies only to LTE FDD.
UlFssUserThdStSwitch: If this option is selected, the UE number
threshold is optimized for uplink frequency selective scheduling. If this
option is deselected, the UE number threshold is not optimized for
uplink frequency selective scheduling. This option applies only to LTE
FDD and LTE TDD.
HighOrderVMIMOSwitch: Indicates whether to enable high order
VMIMO. If this option is selected, high order VMIMO is enabled. If this
option is deselected, high order VMIMO is disabled. This option
VMIMOReduceMCSRiseRBSwitch: Indicates whether VMIMO pairing
is performed for UEs whose MCS index is reduced to increase the
number of RBs. If this option is selected, VMIMO is performed for UEs
whose MCS index is reduced to increase the number of RBs. If this
option is deselected, VMIMO is not performed for UEs whose MCS
index is reduced to increase the number of RBs. This option applies
only to LTE TDD.
VoLTEUeVmimoSwitch: Indicates whether VMIMO pairing is
performed for VoLTE UEs. If this option is selected, VMIMO pairing is
performed for VoLTE UEs. If this option is deselected, VMIMO pairing
is not performed for VoLTE UEs. This option applies only to LTE TDD.
TtiBundlingForVideoSwitch: If this option is selected, TTI bundling is
enabled for UEs running video services in weak coverage areas,
improving video service coverage at the cell edge. If this option is
deselected, TTI bundling is disabled for UEs running video services in
weak coverage areas. This option applies only to LTE FDD.
DisuseStatement: This ImIcSwitch option will be removed in later
versions. In this version, the setting of this option is still synchronized
between the U2000 and the eNodeB and can be delivered to the
eNodeB, but it is no longer used internally. Therefore, avoid using this
option.
GUI Value Range: SpsSchSwitch(SpsSchSwitch),
SinrAdjustSwitch(SinrAdjustSwitch),
PreAllocationSwitch(PreAllocationSwitch),
UlVmimoSwitch(UlVmimoSwitch),
TtiBundlingSwitch(TtiBundlingSwitch), ImIcSwitch(ImIcSwitch),
SmartPreAllocationSwitch(SmartPreAllocationSwitch),
PuschDtxSwitch(PuschDtxSwitch),
UlIblerAdjustSwitch(UlIblerAdjustSwitch),
UlEnhancedFssSwitch(UlEnhancedFssSwitch),
UlEnhancedSrSchSwitch(UlEnhancedSrSchSwitch),
SchedulerCtrlPowerSwitch(SchedulerCtrlPowerSwitch),
UlIicsAlgoSwitch(UlIicsAlgoSwitch), UlMinGbrSwitch(UlMinGbrSwitch),
UlMbrCtrlSwitch(UlMbrCtrlSwitch), MbrUlSchSwitch(MbrUlSchSwitch),
UeAmbrUlSchSwitch(UeAmbrUlSchSwitch),
UlEnhancedDopplerSwitch(UlEnhancedDopplerSwitch),
UlRaUserSchOptSw(UlRaUserSchOptSw),
UlLast2RetransSchOptSwitch(UlLast2RetransSchOptSwitch),
UlInterfFssSwitch(UlInterfFssSwitch),
UlSmallRBSpectralEffOptSw(UlSmallRBSpectralEfficiencyOptSw),
PuschUsePucchRbSwitch(PuschUsePucchRbSwitch),
PuschDtxSchOptSwitch(PuschDtxSchOptSwitch),
ULFSSAlgoSwitch(ULFSSAlgoSwitch),
PrachRbReuseSwitch(PrachRbReuseSwitch),
SrSchDataAdptSw(SrSchDataAdptSw),
UlFssUserThdStSwitch(UlFssUserThdStSwitch),
HighOrderVMIMOSwitch(HighOrderVMIMOSwitch),
VMIMOReduceMCSRiseRBSwitch(VMIMOReduceMCSRiseRBSwitch
), VoLTEUeVmimoSwitch(VoLTEUeVmimoSwitch),
TtiBundlingForVideoSwitch(TtiBundlingForVideoSwitch)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: SpsSchSwitch, SinrAdjustSwitch,
PreAllocationSwitch, UlVmimoSwitch, TtiBundlingSwitch, ImIcSwitch,
SmartPreAllocationSwitch, PuschDtxSwitch, UlIblerAdjustSwitch,
UlEnhancedFssSwitch, UlEnhancedSrSchSwitch,
SchedulerCtrlPowerSwitch, UlIicsAlgoSwitch, UlMinGbrSwitch,
UlMbrCtrlSwitch, MbrUlSchSwitch, UeAmbrUlSchSwitch,
UlEnhancedDopplerSwitch, UlRaUserSchOptSw,
UlLast2RetransSchOptSwitch, UlInterfFssSwitch,
UlSmallRBSpectralEffOptSw, PuschUsePucchRbSwitch,
PuschDtxSchOptSwitch, ULFSSAlgoSwitch, PrachRbReuseSwitch,
SrSchDataAdptSw, UlFssUserThdStSwitch, HighOrderVMIMOSwitch,
VMIMOReduceMCSRiseRBSwitch, VoLTEUeVmimoSwitch,
TtiBundlingForVideoSwitch
Recommended Value: SpsSchSwitch:Off, SinrAdjustSwitch:On,
PreAllocationSwitch:On, UlVmimoSwitch:Off, TtiBundlingSwitch:Off,
ImIcSwitch:Off, SmartPreAllocationSwitch:On, PuschDtxSwitch:On,
UlIblerAdjustSwitch:Off, UlEnhancedFssSwitch:On,
UlEnhancedSrSchSwitch:On, SchedulerCtrlPowerSwitch:Off,
UlIicsAlgoSwitch:Off, UlMinGbrSwitch:Off, UlMbrCtrlSwitch:Off,
MbrUlSchSwitch:Off, UeAmbrUlSchSwitch:Off,
UlEnhancedDopplerSwitch:On, UlRaUserSchOptSw:Off,
UlLast2RetransSchOptSwitch:On, UlInterfFssSwitch:Off,
UlSmallRBSpectralEfficiencyOptSw:Off,
PuschUsePucchRbSwitch:Off, PuschDtxSchOptSwitch:Off,
ULFSSAlgoSwitch:On, PrachRbReuseSwitch:Off,
SrSchDataAdptSw:On, UlFssUserThdStSwitch:Off,
HighOrderVMIMOSwitch:Off, VMIMOReduceMCSRiseRBSwitch:Off,
VoLTEUeVmimoSwitch:Off, TtiBundlingForVideoSwitch:Off
PsicSwitch in the CellAlgoSwitch MO is set to On only if
UlVmimoSwitch under UlSchSwitch in a CellAlgoSwitch MO is set to
On.
CellAlgoSwitch MO cannot be turned on when TtiBundlingSwitch
under the UlSchSwitch parameter is turned on.
CellAlgoSwitch MO cannot be turned on when UlIicsAlgoSwitch under
the UlSchSwitch parameter is turned on.
set to on, SpsSchSwitch of UlSchSwitch in the CellAlgoSwitch MO
must be deselected.
Options UlPAMCSwitch of UlSchExtSwitch and UlIblerAdjustSwitch of
UlSchSwitch in the CellAlgoSwitch cannot be selected simultaneously.
CellAlgoSwitch MO is selected, the SchedulerCtrlPowerSwitch option
of UlSchSwitch in the CellAlgoSwitch MO must be selected.
idle mode)
Impact on Radio Network Performance: SmartPreAllocationSwitch:
When DRX is disabled: (1) If this option is selected, the uplink delay
increases, and the uplink interference is reduced, lowering UE power
consumption. (2) If this option is deselected, the uplink delay
decreases, and the uplink interference increases, raising UE power
consumption. When DRX is enabled: (1) If this option is selected, the
uplink delay decreases, and the downlink throughput increases.
However, the uplink interference and UE power consumption increase.
(2) If this option is deselected, the uplink delay increases, and the
downlink throughput decreases. However, the uplink interference and
UE power consumption decrease. The degree of impacts on network
performance depends on the SmartPreAllocationDuration parameter
value.
UlEnhancedFssSwitch: If this option is selected, the uplink MCS order
and uplink throughput increase. If this option is deselected, the uplink
MCS order and uplink throughput decrease.
UlIicsAlgoSwitch: If this option is selected in scenarios where the
capacity of a heavily loaded cell is limited due to interference in the
uplink, parameters related to IICS algorithms in a cell can be checked
by adding the local cell ID, which does not affect network performance.
UlEnhancedSrSchSwitch: If uplink traffic is light in the cell and DRX is
enabled, selecting this option decreases the uplink IBLER and
retransmission BLER, increases the RB and scheduling resource
usage, reduces interference to neighboring cells, and increases the
cell throughput. However, uplink SR re-scheduling is performed only
when the On Duration timer for the DRX long cycle starts. If a normal
uplink SR scheduling fails, the ping delay increases. In scenarios
where the uplink traffic volume of a UE is large or DRX is disabled,
selecting this option has no impact on network performance.
SchedulerCtrlPowerSwitch: If this option is selected in a network with
a medium or light load, the average uplink transmit power increases by
0.2 dBm to 0.5 dBm, the uplink MCS order increases, and uplink
throughput increases for UEs not at the cell center. The uplink
throughput of UEs at the cell center does not change. If this option is
selected in a network with a heavy load (for example, when the RB
usage is greater than 70%), uplink interference slightly increases and
the throughput of UEs affected by uplink interference slightly
decreases.
UlMinGbrSwitch: If this option is deselected, the uplink data rate of
non-GBR services cannot be ensured. There is a possibility that no
resource can be allocated to non-GBR services, and service drop
occurs. If this option is selected, the minimum GBRs of non-GBR
services are configured based on QCIs, and the uplink data rates of
non-GBR services are ensured, but the cell capacity may decrease as
the eNodeB attempts to ensure the minimum GBR of CEUs.
UlMbrCtrlSwitch: If this option is selected and the MBR is greater than
the GBR and a GBR bearer is set up for a UE, the eNodeB allocates
more RBs to uplink GBR services, and the uplink traffic volume on the
GBR bearer increases when uplink resources are not restricted. If the
MBR is equal to the GBR, selecting this option has no impacts on the
network performance. If this option is deselected, the eNodeB
performs scheduling based only on the GBR for uplink GBR bearers
and network performance is not affected.
MbrDlSchSwitch/UeAmbrDlSchSwitch: If this option is selected,
throughput of UEs with higher MBR/AMBR increases, and throughput
of UEs with lower MBR/AMBR decreases. In addition, the system
throughput may also be affected. The impact on the system
throughput depends on the differences between MBRs/AMBRs of UEs
and the distribution of UEs in the cell. If this option is deselected, the
throughput differences between UEs with different MBRs/AMBRs
decrease. In addition, the system throughput is not affected,
regardless of the differences between MBRs/AMBRs of UEs or the
distribution of UEs in the cell.
UlEnhancedDopplerSwitch: If this option is selected, the performance
of low-speed UEs increases. The cell coverage and user-perceived
rate of CEUs increase, and the PRB usage decreases.
UlRaUserSchOptSw: If this option is selected, the priority of UEs'
access signaling is increased, improving the network access
performance (denoted by KPIs such as the RRC connection setup
success rate and average RRC connection setup delay). However,
performance counters related to uplink throughput may decrease
because uplink data transmission is interrupted in the following
scenarios: (1) Many UEs initiate random access procedures; (2)
Congestion occurs during signaling scheduling. If this option is
UlLast2RetransSchOptSwitch: Optimization on the scheduling policy
for the last two retransmissions is enabled only if this option is
selected.
If this option is deselected, the default scheduling policy is used and
the network performance is not affected.
Selecting this option decreases the RBLER in the uplink in most
cases. However, the downlink cell throughput decreases when the last
two retransmissions consume excessive PDCCH resources. In
addition, the uplink cell throughput decreases and the delay for
scheduling UEs not at the cell edge increases when excessive
PDCCH resources or RBs are consumed by too many UEs scheduled
in the last two retransmissions.
UlInterfFssSwitch: Selecting this option decreases the uplink RBLER.
Other network KPIs are not affected.
PuschUsePucchRbSwitch: The number of activated L2 UEs in each
TTI is used to determine whether the cell serves a single UE. If the
number of activated L2 UEs is 1, the cell serves a single UE. In this
case, if this option is selected, PUCCH RBs can be occupied by the
PUSCH, the peak rate of UEs in the cell center increases, and
interference to the PUCCH may increase. If the number of activated
L2 UEs is greater than 1, this option does not take effect, and the
UlIblerAdjustSwitch: If this option is selected, the uplink throughput in
benchmark drive tests increases. In live networks, if large-packet
services need to be transmitted in the uplink, selecting this option
increases uplink throughput, increases throughput of CEUs, and
slightly increases the residual block error rate (RBLER). If no large-
packet services need to be transmitted in the uplink in live networks,
selecting this option has no impact on KPIs.
PuschDtxSchOptSwitch: If this option is selected, uplink scheduling
resources can be saved and the cell throughput increases. If this
option is deselected, the network performance is not affected.
PrachRbReuseSwitch: If this option is selected, the uplink data rate
increases but the RRC connection setup success rate may decrease.
If this option is deselected, the RRC connection setup success rate is
not affected but the uplink data rate decreases.
ULFSSAlgoswitch: If this option is selected, uplink frequency-selective
scheduling is enabled when the network load is light, which improves
the uplink MCS order and increases the throughput, and uplink
frequency-selective scheduling is disabled when the network load is
heavy, which reduces the number of resource fragments and
increases the throughput. If this option is deselected, uplink frequency-
selective scheduling is disabled. The uplink MCS order and throughput
decrease when the network load is light.
SrSchDataAdptSw: If this option is deselected, data amount
adaptation in SR-based scheduling is disabled, and ping latency may
increase.
If this option is selected (the default setting), data volume adaption in
SR-based scheduling is enabled, and the network performance is not
affected.
UlFssUserThdStSwitch: If this option is selected, the proportion of UEs
that are selected for frequency selective scheduling increases, uplink
user data rate increases, and uplink RBLER decreases.
If this option is deselected, network performance is not affected.
HighOrderVMIMOSwitch: If this option is selected, a maximum of four
UEs can use the same time-frequency resource to transmit data,
which increases the overall uplink throughput of a cell.
If this option is deselected, four UEs cannot use the same time-
frequency resource to transmit data, which does not increase the
overall uplink throughput of a cell.
VMIMOReduceMCSRiseRBSwitch: If this option is selected, VMIMO
pairing is performed for UEs whose MCS index is reduced to increase
the number of RBs, which increases the uplink throughput of a cell.
If this option is deselected, VMIMO pairing is not performed for UEs
whose MCS index is reduced to increase the number of RBs, which
decreases the uplink throughput of a cell.
VoLTEUeVmimoSwitch: If this option is selected, VMIMO pairing is
performed for VoLTE UEs, which increases the number of VoLTE UEs
supported by a cell.
If this option is deselected, VMIMO pairing is not performed for VoLTE
UEs, which decreases the number of VoLTE UEs supported by a cell.
TtiBundlingForVideoSwitch: If this option is selected, TTI bundling is
enabled for UEs running video services in weak coverage areas,
improving video service coverage at the cell edge. If this option is
deselected, TTI bundling is disabled for UEs running video services in
weak coverage areas.
Applicable Mode: L
DacqEnhanceme DACQ Meaning: Indicates whether to enable dynamic AMBR control by QCI
ntSwitch Enhancem (DACQ) enhancement functions.
ent Switch EnhancementCtrlSwitch: Indicates whether to enable enhanced
DACQ. If this option is selected, enhanced DACQ is enabled. If this
option is deselected, enhanced DACQ is disabled. This option can be
selected only if the DacqSwitch parameter is set to ON(On). This
CaUserLimitOptSwitch: If this option is deselected, DACQ is
performed to restrict the total rate of each CA UE identified as a rate-
restricted UE. If this option is selected, DACQ is performed to restrict
the rate of CA UEs identified as rate-restricted UEs on specific
carriers. Before selecting this option, select the
EnhancementCtrlSwitch option of the DacqEnhancementSwitch
parameter. This option applies only to LTE TDD.
GUI Value Range: EnhancementCtrlSwitch(EnhancementCtrlSwitch),
CaUserLimitOptSwitch(CaUserLimitOptSwitch)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: EnhancementCtrlSwitch, CaUserLimitOptSwitch
Recommended Value: EnhancementCtrlSwitch:Off,
CaUserLimitOptSwitch:Off
If the EnhancementCtrlSwitch option of the DacqEnhancementSwitch
parameter in a CellAlgoSwitch is selected, the DacqSwitch parameter
in the same MO must be set to ON.
The EnhancementCtrlSwitch option of the DacqEnhancementSwitch in
the CellAlgoSwitch must be selected when the CaUserLimitOptSwitch
option of the DacqEnhancementSwitch in the CellAlgoSwitch is
selected.
idle mode)
Impact on Radio Network Performance: EnhancementCtrlSwitch: If
this option is selected, the eNodeB performs differentiated rate limit for
different UEs or multi-level rate control, increasing the accuracy of
DACQ and improving user experience.
CaUserLimitOptSwitch: None
Applicable Mode: L
RanShareModeS RAN Meaning: Indicates whether to enable RAN sharing for admission and
witch Sharing scheduling. If this switch is turned on, operators share data channel
Mode resources according to the specified percentages, and operators share
Switch UE context resources according to the specified percentages on NB-
IoT networks. This parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
Unit: None
Applicable Mode: L
FreqPriorityHoSwi Based on Meaning: Indicates whether to enable frequency-priority-based inter-

tch Frequency frequency handover algorithms. This parameter includes the following
Priority HO options:
Switch FreqPriorIFHOSwitch: Frequency-priority-based inter-frequency
handover is applicable when the two E-UTRAN frequencies provide
the same coverage and one frequency is preferred for carrying
services. If this option is selected, the frequency-priority-based inter-
frequency handover will be triggered even when the serving cell
provides a good signal quality. If this option is deselected, the
frequency-priority-based inter-frequency handover is disabled, and the
inter-frequency handover can be triggered only when other handover
conditions are met. This option applies only to LTE FDD and LTE
TDD.
FreqPriorIFBlindHOSwitch: If this option is selected, frequency-priority-
based inter-frequency handovers are performed in a blind manner. If
this option is deselected, frequency-priority-based inter-frequency
handovers are performed based on measurements. This option takes
effect only when the FreqPriorIFHOSwitch option is selected. This
MlbBasedFreqPriHoSwitch: Indicates whether to enable frequency-
priority-based inter-frequency handovers when MLB is triggered. If this
option is selected, the eNodeB stops performing frequency-priority-
based inter-frequency handovers on UEs that newly access the cell
with MLB enabled. If this option is deselected, the eNodeB continues
performing frequency-priority-based inter-frequency handovers on UEs
that newly access the cell with MLB enabled. This option takes effect
only when the FreqPriorIFHOSwitch option is selected. This option
A2BasedFreqPriHoSwitch: Indicates whether measurements for
frequency-priority-based handovers are triggered based on event A2.
If this option is selected, new UEs (including UEs that newly access
the cell, handed over to the cell, and reestablish RRC connections in
the cell) that meet the conditions of triggering event A2 perform
measurements on high-priority frequencies. If this option is deselected,
new UEs that meet conditions of triggering event A1 perform
measurements on high-priority frequencies or perform blind
handovers. This option takes effect only when the
FreqPriorIFHOSwitch option is selected. This option applies only to
LoadTriggerFreqPriHoSwitch: Indicates whether to trigger frequency-
priority-based handovers based on the load of the target cell. If this
option is selected, the serving cell obtains loads in candidate
neighboring cells for handovers. If there is a candidate neighboring cell
that has not triggered UE-number-based MLB, the candidate
neighboring cell can be selected as the target cell for frequency-
priority-based handovers from the serving cell. Only a candidate
neighboring cell that has not triggered UE-number-based MLB can be
selected as the target cell in frequency-priority-based handovers. If all
candidate neighboring cells have triggered UE-number-based MLB,
frequency-priority-based handovers cannot be triggered for UEs in the
serving cell. If the option is deselected, the serving cell does not
consider loads of candidate neighboring cells when determining
whether to trigger frequency-priority-based handovers. This option
GUI Value Range: FreqPriorIFHOSwitch(FreqPriorIFHOSwitch),
FreqPriorIFBlindHOSwitch(FreqPriorIFBlindHOSwitch),
MlbBasedFreqPriHoSwitch(MlbBasedFreqPriHoSwitch),
A2BasedFreqPriHoSwitch(A2BasedFreqPriHoSwitch),
LoadTriggerFreqPriHoSwitch(LoadTriggerFreqPriHoSwitch)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: FreqPriorIFHOSwitch,
FreqPriorIFBlindHOSwitch, MlbBasedFreqPriHoSwitch,
A2BasedFreqPriHoSwitch, LoadTriggerFreqPriHoSwitch
Recommended Value: FreqPriorIFHOSwitch:Off,
FreqPriorIFBlindHOSwitch:On, MlbBasedFreqPriHoSwitch:Off,
A2BasedFreqPriHoSwitch:Off, LoadTriggerFreqPriHoSwitch:Off
idle mode)
Impact on Radio Network Performance: FreqPriorIFHOSwitch: If this
option is selected, UEs are handed over to other cells based on
frequency-priority-based inter-frequency handovers. The number of
handovers increases, and the service rate increases.
FreqPriorIFBlindHOSwitch: If this option is selected, the number of
gap-assisted measurements decreases. To ensure the handover
success rate, strictly set the trigger condition of the frequency-priority-
based inter-frequency handovers (that is, setting the threshold related
to event A1 to a large value).
MlbBasedFreqPriHoSwitch: If this option is selected, MLB is triggered,
and the target frequency for frequency-priority-based handovers is the
frequency used to offload traffic of the source cell during MLB, then
the loads in the network can be centrally managed based on the MLB
algorithms when the network is heavily loaded, thereby improving
resource usage. If this option is deselected, the target frequency
selected based on target frequency configuration in a frequency-
priority-based handover is different from the target frequency selected
for load balancing, thereby improving resource usage.
A2BasedFreqPriHoSwitch: Selecting this option applies when cells
working at high-priority frequencies and cells working at low-priority
frequencies are served by different eNodeBs. Deselecting this option
applies when cells working at high-priority frequencies and cells
working at low-priority frequencies are served by the same eNodeB.
LoadTriggerFreqPriHoSwitch: If this option is selected and the target
cell for frequency-priority-based handovers is enabled with MLB, the
serving cell determines whether to trigger frequency-priority-based
handovers to the target cell based on the fact that whether UE-
number-based MLB has been triggered in the target cell. In this way,
the number of invalid gap-assisted measurements decreases,
handover preparation failures can be avoided, average user
throughput increases, and signaling overheads related to load
exchange over the X2 interfaces increase. Deselecting this option will
generate a large number of invalid gap-assisted measurements and
cause a large number of handover preparation failures, but does not
increase signaling overheads related to load exchange over the X2
interfaces.
Applicable Mode: L
MuBfAlgoSwitch MUBF Meaning: Indicates whether to enable multi-user beamforming (MU

Algorithm beamforming). This parameter is valid only if the BfSwitch option of the
Switch BfAlgoSwitch parameter is selected.
MuBfSwitch: Indicates whether to enable MU beamforming in the
downlink for a cell. If this option is selected, MU beamforming in the
downlink is enabled for a cell (or an SFN physical cell). If this option is
deselected, MU beamforming in the downlink is disabled for a cell (or
an SFN physical cell). This option applies only to LTE TDD.
TM9MuBfSwitch: Indicates whether to enable MU beamforming in the
downlink for closed-loop TM9 UEs in a cell. The setting of this option
takes effect only when the MuBfSwitch option of this parameter or the
SfnCbfSwitch option of the SfnAlgoSwitch parameter is selected. If this
option is selected, the MuBfSwitch option of this parameter or the
SfnCbfSwitch option of the SfnAlgoSwitch parameter is selected, and
the TM9Switch option of the EnhMIMOSwitch parameter is selected,
MU beamforming in the downlink is enabled for closed-loop TM9 UEs
in a cell. If this option is deselected, MU beamforming in the downlink
is disabled for closed-loop TM9 UEs in a cell. This option applies only
to LTE TDD.
HighOrderMubfSwitch: Indicates whether to enable high-order MU
beamforming for a cell. The setting of this option takes effect only
when the MuBfSwitch option of this parameter or the SfnCbfSwitch
option of the SfnAlgoSwitch parameter is selected. If this option is
selected and the MuBfSwitch option of this parameter or the
SfnCbfSwitch option of the SfnAlgoSwitch parameter is selected, high-
order MU beamforming in the downlink is enabled for a cell. If this
option is deselected, high-order MU beamforming is disabled for a cell.
MubfResAdjSwitch: Indicates whether to enable MU beamforming
resource adjustment. The setting of this option takes effect only when
the MuBfSwitch option of this parameter or the SfnCbfSwitch option of
the SfnAlgoSwitch parameter is selected. If this option is selected and
the MuBfSwitch option of this parameter or the SfnCbfSwitch option of
the SfnAlgoSwitch parameter is selected, downlink resource
adjustment for MU beamforming is enabled for the cell. If this option is
deselected, downlink resource adjustment for MU beamforming is
disabled for the cell. This option applies only to LTE TDD.
HarqRetranPairSwitch: Indicates whether to enable MU beamforming
for UEs subjected to HARQ retransmissions. This option is valid only if
the MuBfSwitch option of this parameter is selected. If the MuBfSwitch
option and this option are selected, MU beamforming is enabled for
UEs subjected to HARQ retransmissions in the cell. If this option is
deselected, MU beamforming is disabled for UEs subjected to HARQ
retransmissions in the cell. This option applies only to LTE TDD.
DisuseStatement: HighOrderMubfSwitch: This option will be removed
in later versions. Although the configuration interface in this version
supports synchronization and delivery of the setting of this option, the
system does not use this option. Therefore, you are advised to avoid
using this parameter. This option can be controlled by the MuBfSwitch
option of the MuBfAlgoSwitch parameter in the CellAlgoSwitch MO.
GUI Value Range: MuBfSwitch(MuBfSwitch),
TM9MuBfSwitch(TM9MuBfSwitch),
HighOrderMubfSwitch(HighOrderMubfSwitch),
MubfResAdjSwitch(MubfResAdjSwitch),
HarqRetranPairSwitch(HarqRetranPairSwitch)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: MuBfSwitch, TM9MuBfSwitch,
HighOrderMubfSwitch, MubfResAdjSwitch, HarqRetranPairSwitch
Recommended Value: MuBfSwitch:Off, TM9MuBfSwitch:Off,
HighOrderMubfSwitch:Off, MubfResAdjSwitch:Off,
HarqRetranPairSwitch:Off
In the CellAlgoSwitch MO, the TM9MuBfSwitch check box can be
selected under the MuBfAlgoSwitch parameter only if the MuBfSwitch
check box is selected under the MuBfAlgoSwitch parameter or the
SfnCbfSwitch check box is selected under the SfnAlgoSwitch
parameter.
In the CellAlgoSwitch MO, the MubfResAdjSwitch check box can be
selected under the MuBfAlgoSwitch parameter only if both the
following conditions are met:
The MuBfSwitch check box is selected under the MuBfAlgoSwitch
parameter or the SfnCbfSwitch check box is selected under the
SfnAlgoSwitch parameter.
If DMIMOJTSwitch of DMIMOAlgoSwitch in a CellAlgoSwitch MO is
set on, MuBfSwitch of MuBfAlgoSwitch in the CellAlgoSwitch MO must
be set on.
When the NoSrsSccMuBfSwitch option of the NoSrsSccBfAlgoSwitch
parameter in a CellAlgoSwitch MO is selected, the MuBfSwitch option
of the MuBfAlgoSwitch parameter in this CellAlgoSwitch MO must be
selected.
-Others:
In the CellAlgoSwitch, SsrdAlgoSwitch and MuBfAlgoSwitch cannot be
set to On simultaneously.
idle mode)
Impact on Radio Network Performance: The TM9MuBfSwitch and
MubfResAdjSwitch options can be selected only when the MuBfSwitch
option of this parameter or the SfnCbfSwitch option of the
SfnAlgoSwitch parameter is selected. The HarqRetranPairSwitch
option can be selected only when the MuBfSwitch option is selected.
If the MuBfSwitch option of this parameter or the SfnCbfSwitch option
of the SfnAlgoSwitch parameter is selected, MU beamforming is
enabled. The pairing can be performed between a maximum of two
layers for LBBPd boards or four layers for UBBP boards, which
increases the average downlink cell throughput in heavy-load
scenarios.
It is recommended that the MubfResAdjSwitch option be selected.
MubfResAdjSwitch: If this option is selected, MU beamforming can be
used to adjust resources in light-load scenarios, reducing the
interference of the cell to neighboring cells or the number of residual
small packets generated when two UEs are paired for MU
beamforming.
TM9MuBfSwitch: If this option is selected, MU beamforming is enabled
for closed-loop TM9 UEs in a heavily loaded cell, increasing the
average downlink cell throughput. Do not select this option if a cell is
lightly loaded or MU beamforming is not required for closed-loop TM9
UEs in a cell. It is recommended that the TM9MuBfSwitch option be
deselected because multi-user pairing for such UEs has poorer
performance than TM8 or open-loop TM9 multi-user paring UEs.
HarqRetranPairSwitch: If this option is selected, MU beamforming is
enabled for UEs subjected to HARQ retransmissions, increasing the
average downlink cell throughput. However, the downlink BLER may
increase. If this option is deselected, MU beamforming is disabled for
UEs subjected to HARQ retransmissions, decreasing the average
downlink cell throughput, but stabilizing the downlink BLER.
Applicable Mode: L
DistBasedHoSwit Distance- Meaning: Indicates the switch used to enable or disable distance-
ch based based handovers. If this switch is turned on, distance-based
Handover handovers are allowed. If this switch is turned off, distance-based
Switch handovers are prohibited. This parameter applies only to LTE FDD
and LTE TDD.
Unit: None
idle mode)
Impact on Radio Network Performance: If this switch is turned on,
distance-based handovers are allowed and the handover success rate
increases. If this switch is turned off, distance-based handovers are
prohibited and the handover success rate decreases.
Applicable Mode: L
AcBarAlgoSwitch AcBar Meaning: Indicates the switch for the access barring algorithm. If this
algorithms parameter is set to ACBAR_SWITCH_DYNAMIC, dynamic access
switch barring is enabled. In this situation, the access probability factors for
mobile-originated data and mobile-originated signaling are dynamically
adjusted based on the cell load. If this parameter is set to
ACBAR_SWITCH_STATIC, static access barring is enabled. In this
situation, the access probability factors and average access barring
durations are configured in the access barring information. If this
parameter is set to ACBAR_SWITCH_DISABLE, access barring is
disabled. This parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
GUI Value Range: ACBAR_SWITCH_DYNAMIC(dynamic
configuration), ACBAR_SWITCH_STATIC(static configuration),
ACBAR_SWITCH_DISABLE(Disable)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: ACBAR_SWITCH_DYNAMIC,
ACBAR_SWITCH_STATIC, ACBAR_SWITCH_DISABLE
Recommended Value: ACBAR_SWITCH_STATIC(static configuration)
In the CellAlgoSwitch MO, if AcBarAlgoSwitch is set to
ACBAR_SWITCH_DYNAMIC, either the DYNAMIC_FOR_MO or
DYNAMIC_FOR_SSAC option of AcBarAlgoforDynSwitch must be
selected.
idle mode)
Impact on Radio Network Performance: If this parameter is set to
ACBAR_SWITCH_DYNAMIC, the access probability factor for mobile-
originated calls and mobile-originated signaling are dynamically
adjusted based on the current cell load. In this way, the probabilities of
UEs accessing the cell can be controlled to relieve the cell load.
Applicable Mode: L
SfnUlSchSwitch SFN UL Meaning: Indicates the SFN uplink scheduling mode. The uplink
Scheduling scheduling modes include the joint scheduling mode, and the auto-
Switch selection mode between joint scheduling and independent scheduling.
This parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
GUI Value Range: ADAPTIVE(Adaptive scheduling), JOINT(Joint
scheduling)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: ADAPTIVE, JOINT
Recommended Value: FDD: SFN: JOINT(Joint scheduling); TDD:
Indoor SFN: JOINT(Joint scheduling), Outdoor SFN:
ADAPTIVE(Adaptive scheduling), Cell combination: JOINT(Joint
scheduling).
In the CellAlgoSwitch MO, if SfnUlSchSwitch is set to ADAPTIVE or
SfnDlSchSwitch is set to ADAPTIVE, SuperCombCellSwitch of
SfnAlgoSwitch must be deselected.
idle mode)
Impact on Radio Network Performance: If the cell load is high,
adaptive shceduling between joint scheduling and independent
scheduling is used to improve the total throughput of the cell.
Applicable Mode: L
SfnDlSchSwitch SFN DL Meaning: Indicates the SFN downlink scheduling mode. The downlink
Scheduling scheduling modes include the joint scheduling mode, and the auto-
Switch selection mode between joint scheduling and independent scheduling.
GUI Value Range: ADAPTIVE(Adaptive scheduling), JOINT(Joint
scheduling)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: ADAPTIVE, JOINT
Recommended Value: FDD: SFN: JOINT(Joint scheduling); TDD:
Indoor SFN: JOINT(Joint scheduling), Outdoor SFN:
ADAPTIVE(Adaptive scheduling), Cell combination: JOINT(Joint
scheduling).
In a CellAlgoSwitch, if SfnDlSchSwitch is not set to ADAPTIVE, then
the SfnAlgoSwitch in CellAlgoSwitch could not turn on
SfnPdcchSdmaSwitch.
idle mode)
Impact on Radio Network Performance: If the cell load is high,
adaptive shceduling between joint scheduling and independent
scheduling is used to improve the total throughput of the cell.
Applicable Mode: L
IrcSwitch IRC Switch Meaning: Indicates whether to apply MRC/IRC adaptation to the
PUCCH/PRACH in a cell.
PucchIrcSwitch: If this option is selected, MRC/IRC adaptation applies
to the PUCCH. If this option is deselected, MRC applies to the
PUCCH. The LBBPc does not support PUCCH MRC or IRC.This
PrachIrcSwitch: When the eNodeB is equipped with LBBPc boards
and uses one or two RX antennas, PrachIrcSwitch of the IrcSwitch
parameter and the PrachIntrfRejSwitch parameter together control the
interference rejection technique applied to the PRACH. If the
PrachIntrfRejSwitch parameter is set to off, interference rejection is not
applied to the PRACH. When the PrachIntrfRejSwitch parameter is set
to on, PrachIrcSwitch of the IrcSwitch parameter takes effect. 1. If the
PrachIrcSwitch option is deselected, MRC is applied to the PRACH. 2.
If the PrachIrcSwitch option is selected, MRC/IRC adaptation is
applied to the PRACH.
If the eNodeB is equipped with LBBPc boards and uses more than two
RX antennas, interference rejection is not supported.
If the eNodeB is equipped with LBBPd, UBBPd, or UBBPe boards, the
PrachIntrfRejSwitch parameter setting does not take effect. 1. If the
PrachIrcSwitch option is deselected, MRC is applied to the PRACH. 2.
If the PrachIrcSwitch option is selected, MRC/IRC adaptation is
applied to the PRACH. This option applies only to LTE FDD and LTE
TDD.
GUI Value Range: PucchIrcSwitch, PrachIrcSwitch
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: PucchIrcSwitch, PrachIrcSwitch
Recommended Value: PucchIrcSwitch:Off, PrachIrcSwitch:Off
idle mode)
Impact on Radio Network Performance: If the PrachIrcSwitch option of
this parameter is selected, the PRACH false alarm probability
decreases, the success rates of access, handovers,
resynchronization, and RRC connection reestablishments through the
RACH increase. However, the probability that UEs in weak coverage
areas attempt to access the network increases, thereby decreasing
the RRC connection setup success rate.
Applicable Mode: L
DynDrxSwitch Dynamic Meaning: Indicates whether to enable dynamic discontinuous
DRX reception (DRX) or smart DRX. Smart DRX applies only to LTE TDD
switch cells and requires the mobility speed of UEs to be reported.
DynDrxSwitch: If this switch is on, dynamic DRX applies to newly
admitted UEs to reduce signaling overheads or decrease UE power
consumption. If this switch is off, dynamic DRX does not apply to
newly admitted UEs. Dynamic DRX applies to carrier aggregation (CA)
UEs only when this switch is on in both the primary serving cell (PCell)
and secondary serving cell (SCell).
SmartDrxSwitch: If this switch is on, smart DRX applies to newly
admitted UEs that support mobility speed reporting. The eNodeB
dynamically sets DRX-related parameters based on UE mobility
speeds. If this switch is off, smart DRX does not apply to newly
admitted UEs. Smart DRX applies to CA UEs only when this switch is
on in both the PCell and SCell. If DynDrxSwitch is on, setting the
DrxAlgSwitch parameter to ON cannot ensure that DRX is enabled on
synchronized UEs. This option applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
GUI Value Range: DynDrxSwitch(DynDrxSwitch),
SmartDrxSwitch(SmartDrxSwitch)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: DynDrxSwitch, SmartDrxSwitch
Recommended Value: DynDrxSwitch:Off, SmartDrxSwitch:Off
idle mode)
Impact on Radio Network Performance: When this switch is on, the
dynamic DRX feature reduces the signaling overhead and decreases
UE power consumption, achieving a trade-off between the signaling
overhead and UE power consumption.
Applicable Mode: L
HighMobiTrigIdle High Meaning: Indicates whether to enable the high-mobility-triggered-idle

ModeSwitch Mobility switch. When this parameter is set to ENABLE, UEs in high mobility
Triggered are released and enter the idle mode, and therefore the signaling
Idle Mode impact on the network caused by frequent handovers are reduced.
Switch When this parameter is set to DISABLED, UEs in high mobility are not
released. This parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
GUI Value Range: DISABLE(Disable), ENABLE(Enable)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: DISABLE, ENABLE
Recommended Value: DISABLE(Disable)
idle mode)
Applicable Mode: L
AvoidInterfSwitch Interferenc Meaning: Indicates whether to enable interference avoidance in the
e cell.
avoidance AvoidGeranInterfSwitc: Indicates whether to enable the GSM and LTE
switch buffer zone optimization feature.
If this option is selected, the feature is optimized.
Before selecting this option, pay attention to the following:
1. To modify the uplink and downlink cell bandwidth for an LTE cell in
advance, expand the cell bandwidth to the immediate higher level of
standard bandwidths. For example, the bandwidth of a 15 MHz cell
must be changed to 20 MHz.
2. It is recommended that this option be deselected if the cell
bandwidth is 1.4 MHz, 3 MHz, 5 MHz, or 10 MHz.
3. To avoid co-channel interference to the PUCCH from GERAN cells,
select the PucchFlexCfgSwitch option under the PucchAlgoSwitch
parameter.
TddAvoidUpPTSInterfSwitch: Indicates whether to enable UpPTS
interference detection and avoidance. If this option is selected, UpPTS
interference detection and avoidance are enabled for LTE TDD.
AvoidPrachInterfSwitch: Indicates whether to enable PRACH
interference avoidance in the frequency domain. If this option is
selected, PRACH interference avoidance is enabled for LTE TDD.
AvoidUtranInterfSwitch: Indicates whether to optimize the UL
refarming zero buffer zone feature. If this option is selected, the
feature is optimized. This option applies only to LTE FDD.
IntraBandInterfMonitorSwitch: Indicates whether to enable in-band
interference monitoring. If this option is selected, in-band interference
monitoring is enabled for the cell. If this option is deselected, in-band
interference monitoring is disabled for the cell. This option does not
apply to cells served by LBBPc boards. This option applies only to LTE
TDD.
AvoidSpurEmissInterfSwitch: Indicates whether to enable spurious
interference avoidance. If this option is selected, spurious interference
avoidance is enabled. This option applies only to LTE FDD.
UlInterfSuppressionSwitch: Indicates whether to automatically adjust
uplink power control parameters based on interference and perform
conservative scheduling for access signaling. If this option is selected,
uplink power control parameters are automatically adjusted based on
interference, and conservative scheduling is performed for access
signaling. This option applies only to LTE TDD.
AvoidCDMAInterfSwitch: Indicates whether to enable CDMA and LTE
zero buffer zone. It is recommended that this option be selected at the
buffer zone of CDMA and LTE refarming. Because of frequency band
differences between RATs, the CDMA and LTE zero buffer zone
feature is mutually exclusive with the GL DSS, GSM and LTE buffer
zone optimization, and UL refarming zero buffer zone features. You
are advised not to enable CDMA and LTE zero buffer zone with GL
DSS, GL zero buffer zone, or UL buffer zone optimization. This option
GUI Value Range: AvoidGeranInterfSwitch(AvoidGeranInterfSwitch),
TddAvoidUpPTSInterfSwitch(TddAvoidUpPTSInterfSwitch),
AvoidPrachInterfSwitch(AvoidPrachInterfSwitch),
AvoidUtranInterfSwitch(AvoidUtranInterfSwitch),
IntraBandInterfMonitorSwitch(IntraBandInterfMonitorSwitch),
AvoidSpurEmissInterfSwitch(AvoidSpurEmissInterfSwitch),
UlInterfSuppressionSwitch(UlInterfSuppressionSwitch),
AvoidCDMAInterfSwitch(AvoidCDMAInterfSwitch)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: AvoidGeranInterfSwitch,
TddAvoidUpPTSInterfSwitch, AvoidPrachInterfSwitch,
AvoidUtranInterfSwitch, IntraBandInterfMonitorSwitch,
AvoidSpurEmissInterfSwitch, UlInterfSuppressionSwitch,
AvoidCDMAInterfSwitch
Recommended Value: AvoidGeranInterfSwitch:Off
TddAvoidUpPTSInterfSwitch:Off
AvoidPrachInterfSwitch:Off
AvoidUtranInterfSwitch:Off
IntraBandInterfMonitorSwitch:Off
AvoidSpurEmissInterfSwitch:Off
UlInterfSuppressionSwitch:Off
AvoidCDMAInterfSwitch:Off
idle mode)
Impact on Radio Network Performance: 1. AvoidGeranInterfSwitch: If
this option is deselected, the LTE frequency spectrum does not
overlap the GSM frequency spectrum and network KPIs are not
affected. If this option is selected, the actual available bandwidth of the
E-UTRAN cell increases. In this situation, more resource blocks (RBs)
can be dynamically used to improve the average cell throughput based
on whether UEs can resist GERAN interference. However, because
the LTE frequency spectrum may overlap the GSM frequency
spectrum, the access success rate and handover success rate may
decrease, and the service drop rate may increase.
2. TddAvoidUpPTSInterfSwitch: If this option is deselected, downlink
beamforming does not take effect for CEUs when UpPTS interference
is severe. If this option is selected, the eNodeB adjusts the SRSs
originally transmitted on the UpPTS to common uplink subframes after
severe UpPTS interference occurs, and downlink beamforming
becomes effective for CEUs. After SRSs are adjusted to common
uplink subframes, the last symbol in each uplink subframe cannot be
used to transmit the PUSCH. Only 10 instead of 11 symbols are used
to transfer data in each uplink subframe after SRSs are adjusted to the
uplink subframe. If the number of RBs used by a UE and the MCS
index remain unchanged, the uplink throughput of the UE decreases
by 9% under the worst conditions.
3. AvoidPrachInterfSwitch: If this option is deselected, the PRACH
demodulation quality is poor if severe PRACH interference occurs, and
access to the cell becomes difficult for UEs. If this option is selected,
the eNodeB moves the PRACH to a frequency domain position with
weak interference if severe PRACH interference occurs, thereby
improving the PRACH demodulation quality and access experience.
4. AvoidUtranInterfSwitch: If this option is deselected, LTE uplink
scheduling may cause strong interference to UMTS intra-frequency
neighboring cells in the uplink. If this option is selected, the eNodeB
restricts uplink RB scheduling to alleviate interference to UMTS intra-
frequency neighboring cells, reducing LTE uplink capacity.
5. AvoidSpurEmissInterfSwitch: If this option is deselected, RBs
experiencing severe interference may be allocated to cell-edge UEs in
uplink scheduling, decreasing the throughput of these UEs, access
success rate, and handover success rate and increasing the service
drop rate. If this option is selected, RBs experiencing severe
interference can be allocated only to non-cell-edge UEs in uplink
scheduling, increasing the access success rate and handover success
rate and decreasing the service drop rate; however, uplink capacity is
negatively affected.
6. UlInterfSuppressionSwitch: If this option is selected, KPIs such as
the service drop rate and handover success rate are optimized when
uplink interference exceeds the value of the UlInterfsuppressionThd
parameter in the UlInterfSuppressCfg MO.
7. AvoidCDMAInterfSwitch: If this option is selected, the eNodeB
restricts uplink and downlink RB scheduling to alleviate interference to
CDMA intra-frequency neighboring cells, reducing LTE uplink and
downlink capacity. If this option is deselected, LTE uplink and downlink
scheduling may cause strong interference to CDMA intra-frequency
neighboring cells in the uplink and downlink.
8. TddAvoidUpPTSInterfSwitch: Selecting this option may lead to
automatic cell reestablishment when interference occurs or required
signal quality recovers from deterioration due to interference.
Applicable Mode: L
GLPwrShare GL power Meaning: Indicates the switch used to enable or disable the GL
share dynamic power sharing algorithm. This algorithm can be used when
switch the GSM and LTE carriers share the same power amplifier. This
improves power usage and service quality of LTE UEs adopting
quadrature phase shift keying (QPSK) as their modulation scheme in
case that the GSM and LTE busy hours appear at different time points
or that the traffic is unbalanced. This parameter indicates the switch
for the GL dynamic power sharing feature at the LTE side. This
Unit: None
The DlCellCoverEnhanceAlgoSw option of CellDlCoverEnhanceSwitch
in the CellAlgoSwitch MO can be selected only if GLPwrShare of the
CellAlgoSwitch MO is set to OFF.
In the CellAlgoSwitch MO, if the Virtual4T4RSwitch option of
EmimoSwitch is selected, GLPwrShare must be set to OFF.
idle mode)
Applicable Mode: L
EicicSwitch Eicic Meaning: Indicates whether to disable the TDM-based eICIC algorithm
Switch or apply the static or dynamic mode to the eICIC algorithm. In a
heterogeneous network (HetNet), the eICIC function is used together
with the cell range expansion (CRE) function of the micro base station
to expand the coverage and increase the number of users absorbed
by the micro cell. To implement the eICIC function, ensure that the
value of this parameter must be set consistently for macro and micro
cells. Static mode applies only to TDD, and dynamic mode applies
only to FDD. This parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
GUI Value Range: OFF(Off), STATIC(Static), DYNAMIC(Dynamic)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: OFF, STATIC, DYNAMIC
EicicSwitch in the CellAlgoSwitch MO cannot be set to STATIC or
DYNAMIC when OutOfBandRelaySwitch under the RelaySwitch
parameter is turned on.
In the CellAlgoSwitch MO, if the AvoidCDMAInterfSwitch option of
AvoidInterfSwitch is selected, EicicSwitch must be set to OFF.
In the CellAlgoSwitch MO, if FeicicSwitch is set to ABS, EicicSwitch
must be set to DYNAMIC.
idle mode)
Impact on Radio Network Performance: If this parameter is set to OFF,
TDM-based eICIC is disabled. The number of UEs absorbed by the
micro cell is small, and users have different user experience in the
macro cell and in the micro cell. If this parameter is set to STATIC or
DYNAMIC, TDM-based eICIC is enabled. In this case, if a CRE is not
configured, throughput in the macro cell decreases. If a proper CRE is
configured, the number of UE handovers from the macro cell to the
micro cell increases, the number of UEs absorbed by the micro cell
increases, user experience in the macro cell and that in the micro cell
becomes almost the same, and throughput of network edge UEs
increases. In a HetNet, dynamic eICIC provides higher cell edge user
throughput in a more stable manner than static eICIC.
Applicable Mode: L
PUSCHMaxRBP PUCCH Meaning: Indicates whether RBs are allocated to the PUCCH based
UCCHAdjSwitch Resource on the uplink peak rate. If this parameter is set to ON(On), PUCCH
Switch resources are flexibly allocated based on the principle that fewer RBs
Based on are allocated to the PUCCH when there are only a few UEs. This
UL Peak option applies only to LTE TDD.
Rate GUI Value Range: OFF(Off), ON(On)
Unit: None
Recommended Value: OFF(off)
idle mode)
Impact on Radio Network Performance: If there are only a few UEs,
setting this parameter to ON(On) improves the uplink throughput but
does not ensure the CAPS specifications of admitted UEs. As a result,
the RRC connection setup success rate may decrease in large-CAPS
scenarios.
Applicable Mode: L
DlCompSwitch Downlink Meaning: Indicates whether to enable downlink coordinated multipoint

CoMP transmission (DL CoMP).
algorithms When the option IntraDlCompSwitch is selected, and the options
switch InterDlCompDcsSwitch and InterDlCompCbfSwitch are deselected,
intra-BBP adaptive DL CoMP is enabled and the eNodeB adaptively
selects dynamic cell selection (DCS), coordinated beamforming (CBF),
or joint transmission (JT) as the transmission mode.
When the IntraDlCompSwitch and InterDlCompDcsSwitch options are
selected and the InterDlCompCbfSwitch option is deselected, intra-
BBP adaptive DL CoMP, inter-BBP DCS, and inter-eNodeB DCS are
enabled.
When the options IntraDlCompSwitch, InterDlCompDcsSwitch, and
InterDlCompCbfSwitch option are selected, intra-BBP adaptive DL
CoMP, inter-BBP adaptive DL CoMP, and inter-eNodeB adaptive DL
CoMP are enabled. In inter-BBP adaptive DL CoMP and inter-eNodeB
adaptive DL CoMP, the eNodeB adaptively selects DCS or CBF as the
transmission mode. The options IntraDlCompSwitch,
InterDlCompDcsSwitch, and InterDlCompCbfSwitch apply only to LTE
TDD.
FDDHomNetDlCompSwitch: Indicates whether to enable DL CoMP in
a homogeneous network (consisting of only macro or micro cells)
under a Cloud BB architecture. DL CoMP is enabled in such a network
only if this option is selected. This option applies only to LTE FDD.
FDDHetNetDlCompSwitch: Indicates whether to enable DL CoMP in a
heterogeneous network (consisting of macro and micro cells) under a
Cloud BB architecture. DL CoMP is enabled in such a network only if
this option is selected. This option applies only to LTE FDD.
GUI Value Range: IntraDlCompSwitch(IntraDlCompSwitch),
InterDlCompDcsSwitch(InterDlCompDcsSwitch),
InterDlCompCbfSwitch(InterDlCompCbfSwitch),
FDDHomNetDlCompSwitch(FDDHomNetDlCompSwitch),
FDDHetNetDlCompSwitch(FDDHetNetDlCompSwitch)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: IntraDlCompSwitch, InterDlCompDcsSwitch,
InterDlCompCbfSwitch, FDDHomNetDlCompSwitch,
FDDHetNetDlCompSwitch
Recommended Value: IntraDlCompSwitch:Off,
InterDlCompDcsSwitch:Off,
InterDlCompCbfSwitch:Off,
FDDHomNetDlCompSwitch:Off,
FDDHetNetDlCompSwitch:Off
If the InterDlCompCbfSwitch check box under the DlCompSwitch
parameter is selected, the InterDlCompDcsSwitch check box cannot
be cleared.
If the FddTddInd parameter in the Cell MO is set to CELL_TDD, and
InterDlCompCbfSwitch or InterDlCompDcsSwitch under the
DlCompSwitch parameter in the CellAlgoSwitch MO is set to 1,
IntraDlCompSwitch under the DlCompSwitch parameter in the
CellAlgoSwitch MO must be set to 1.
The SfnJtSwitch option of the SfnAlgoSwitch parameter in the
FDDHomNetDlCompSwitch and FDDHetNetDlCompSwitch options of
the DlCompSwitch parameter in the CellAlgoSwitch MO are
deselected.
idle mode)
Impact on Radio Network Performance: If the IntraDlCompSwitch
option is selected, the throughput of CEUs increases, but the average
cell throughput may decrease.
If the InterDlCompCbfSwitch or InterDlCompDcsSwitch option is
selected, the throughput of CEUs in an inter-site cluster increases, but
the average cell throughput may decrease.
If the DL CoMP feature is disabled, the throughput of CEUs decreases
due to intra-frequency interference.
Applicable Mode: L
PsicSwitch PSIC Meaning: Indicates whether to enable parallel soft interference

algorithm cancellation (PSIC). In the case of FDD, PSIC can be used in cells
switch established on UBBP or LBBPd boards in 2x2 UL MU-MIMO
scenarios. In the case of TDD, PSIC can be used in cells established
on UBBP boards in 2x4 UL MU-MIMO scenarios. This parameter
GUI Value Range:
MumimoPuschPsicSwitch(MumimoPuschPsicSwitch)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: MumimoPuschPsicSwitch
Recommended Value: MU-MIMO PUSCH PSIC:Off
PsicSwitch in the CellAlgoSwitch MO is set to On only if
UlVmimoSwitch under UlSchSwitch in a CellAlgoSwitch MO is set to
On.
idle mode)
Impact on Radio Network Performance: If the
MumimoPuschPsicSwitch option is selected and there are UEs paired
for 2x2 MU MIMO on FDD networks, cell throughput increases.
If the MumimoPuschPsicSwitch option is selected and there are UEs
paired for 2x4 MU MIMO on TDD networks, cell throughput increases.
Applicable Mode: L
MlbHoMode Load Meaning: Indicates whether to enable or disable handovers triggered

Balancing by mobility load balancing (MLB), based on which the eNodeB
Handover determines handover policies.
Policy If the InterFreqMlbBlindHo option of this parameter is selected, the
eNodeB preferentially performs a blind handover to an intra-RAT inter-
frequency neighboring cell for load balancing. Otherwise, the eNodeB
does not perform the blind handover. This option applies only to LTE
FDD and LTE TDD.
If the InterRatMlbBlindHo option of this parameter is selected, the
eNodeB preferentially performs a blind handover from an E-UTRAN
cell to a UTRAN or GERAN cell for load balancing. Otherwise, the
eNodeB does not perform the blind handover. This option applies only
If the InterFreqMlbRedirect option of this parameter is selected, the
eNodeB performs a load-based redirection to an intra-RAT inter-
frequency neighboring cell. Otherwise, the eNodeB does not perform
the redirection. This option applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
If the InterRatMlbRedirect option of this parameter is selected, the
eNodeB performs a redirection from an E-UTRAN cell to a UTRAN or
GERAN cell. Otherwise, the eNodeB does not perform the redirection.
GUI Value Range: InterFreqMlbBlindHo(InterFreqMlbBlindHo),
InterRatMlbBlindHo(InterRatMlbBlindHo),
InterFreqMlbRedirect(InterFreqMlbRedirect),
InterRatMlbRedirect(InterRatMlbRedirect)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: InterFreqMlbBlindHo, InterRatMlbBlindHo,
InterFreqMlbRedirect, InterRatMlbRedirect
Recommended Value: InterFreqMlbBlindHo:Off,
InterRatMlbBlindHo:Off, InterFreqMlbRedirect:Off,
InterRatMlbRedirect:Off
idle mode)
Impact on Radio Network Performance: If the InterFreqMlbBlindHo
option of this parameter is selected, inter-frequency blind handovers
are triggered for load balancing. This reduces the signaling for gap-
assisted measurements but decreases the handover success rate
when blind-handover neighboring cells are not properly configured. If
the InterFreqMlbBlindHo option of this parameter is deselected, GAP-
measurement-based inter-frequency handovers are triggered for load
balancing. This increases the signaling overheads for gap-assisted
measurements but ensures the handover success rate.
If the InterRatMlbBlindHo option of this parameter is selected, inter-
RAT blind handovers are triggered for load balancing. This reduces
the signaling for gap-assisted measurements but decreases the
handover success rate when blind-handover neighboring cells are not
properly configured. If the InterRatMlbBlindHo option of this parameter
is deselected, GAP-measurement-based inter-RAT handovers are
triggered for load balancing. This increases the signaling overheads
for gap-assisted measurements but ensures the handover success
rate.
If the InterFreqMlbRedirect option of this parameter is selected, UEs
that do not support inter-frequency handovers can perform inter-
frequency load balancing based on inter-frequency redirections. If the
InterFreqMlbRedirect option of this parameter is deselected, UEs that
do not support inter-frequency handovers cannot perform inter-
frequency load balancing.
If the InterRatMlbRedirect option of this parameter is selected, UEs
that do not support inter-RAT handovers can perform inter-RAT load
balancing based on inter-RAT redirections. If the InterRatMlbRedirect
option of this parameter is deselected, UEs that do not support inter-
RAT handovers cannot perform inter-RAT load balancing.
Applicable Mode: L
UplinkCompSwitc Uplink Meaning: Indicates whether to enable uplink coordinated multipoint

h Comp reception (UL CoMP) for a cell.
Switch If all of UlJointReceptionSwitch, UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch,
UlJointReception3CellSwitch, and UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch
options are deselected, UL CoMP is disabled.
If the UlJointReceptionSwitch is selected, and the
UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch, UlJointReception3CellSwitch, and
UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch options are deselected, intra-site UL
CoMP is enabled, and each UE supports UL CoMP in at most two
cells.
If the UlJointReceptionSwitch and the UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch
options are selected, and the UlJointReception3CellSwitch and
UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch options are deselected, intra-eNodeB
intra-site and inter-site UL CoMP is enabled in cloud BB scenarios,
and each UE supports UL CoMP in at most two cells.
If the UlJointReceptionSwitch, UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch, and
UlJointReception3CellSwitch options are selected, and the
UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch option is deselected, intra-eNodeB
intra-site and inter-site UL CoMP is enabled in cloud BB scenarios,
and each UE supports UL CoMP in at most three cells.
If the UlJointReceptionSwitch, UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch, and
UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch options are selected and the
UlJointReception3CellSwitch is deselected, UL CoMP is enabled in
HetNet networking, intra-eNodeB intra-site and inter-site UL CoMP is
enabled in cloud BB scenarios, and each UE supports UL CoMP in at
most two cells.
If the UlJointReceptionSwitch, UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch,
UlJointReception3CellSwitch, and UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch
options are selected, UL CoMP is enabled in HetNet networking, intra-
eNodeB intra-site and inter-site UL CoMP is enabled in cloud BB
scenarios, and each UE supports UL CoMP in at most three cells.
The UlJointReceptionSwitch option applies only to LTE FDD and LTE
TDD.
The UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch option applies only to LTE FDD
and LTE TDD.
The UlJointReception3CellSwitch option applies only to LTE FDD and
LTE TDD.
The UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch option applies only to LTE FDD
and LTE TDD.
UlCompRollbackSwitch: Indicates whether a CoMP UE is not selected
any more for UL CoMP and becomes a non-CoMP UE. If this option is
selected, the eNodeB detects signal qualities and interference
changes of the serving and coordinating cells of a CoMP UE in real
time. If the eNodeB detects that the interference from signals of UEs in
the coordinating cell cannot be mitigated using UL CoMP, the eNodeB
no longer selects the CoMP UE in UL CoMP, and the UE becomes a
non-CoMP UE. If this option is deselected, the eNodeB always selects
the CoMP UE in UL CoMP, and the UE will never become a non-
CoMP UE. This option applies only to cells established on LBBPc
boards. This option applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
UlJointReception3CellSwitch: Indicates whether three-sector UL
CoMP is enabled in the serving cell. The coordinating cell cannot
determine whether it is involved in three-sector UL CoMP. Assume
that the UlJointReception3CellSwitch option is selected for cell A and
the UlJointReceptionSwitch option is selected for cell B. Then, three-
cell UL CoMP is enabled in cell A that acts as the serving cell, while
three-cell UL CoMP does not need to be enabled for cell B that acts as
a coordinating cell.
UlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw: Indicates whether to enable
automatic or manual configuration of a macro cell's neighboring cell list
for measurement and a micro cell's homing macro cell. If this option is
deselected, automatic configuration is enabled. If this option is
selected, manual configuration is enabled. One micro cell can belong
to only one macro cell. This option applies only to LTE FDD and LTE
TDD.
UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw: If this option is deselected, A3-based
measurement is used for selecting coordinating cells in macro-micro
scenarios. If this option is selected, A3-based measurement is used in
macro-macro scenarios, and UL-RSRP- or A3-based measurement is
used in macro-micro scenarios. This option takes effect only when the
UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch option is selected. This option applies
SimplePairedCompSw: Indicates whether to select UL CoMP UEs for
VMIMIO pairing. If this option and the UlJointReceptionSwitch option
of this parameter and the UlVmimoSwitch option of the UlSchSwitch
parameter are selected, UL CoMP UEs in cells working in 8R mode
can be selected for VMIMO pairing. This option applies only to LTE
TDD.
VoipPrioSw: Indicates whether to prioritize VoIP UEs. If this option is
selected, VoIP UEs have a higher priority than other UEs. If this option
is deselected, VoIP UEs have a lower priority than other UEs. This
UlCompInterBoardType2Sw: Indicates whether to enable inter-BBP
UL CoMP for type-2 UEs. If this option and the
UlJointReceptionSwitch and UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch options
are selected, inter-BBP UL CoMP for type-2 UEs is enabled. This
UlCompForVideoSwitch: Indicates whether to enable UL CoMP for
uplink video services. If this option is selected, UL CoMP can be
enabled exclusively for UEs running video services. If this option is
deselected, UL CoMP cannot be enabled exclusively for UEs running
video services. This option applies only to LTE FDD.
WideRangeCompSwitch: Indicates whether to perform UL CoMP in a
wider scope. If this option is selected, the eNodeB performs UL CoMP
in a wider scope. If this option is deselected, the eNodeB cannot
perform UL CoMP in a wider scope. This option applies only to LTE
FDD.
DisuseStatement: The setting of the UlCompRollbackSwitch option is
still synchronized between the U2000 and the eNodeB, but it is no
longer used internally. The UlCompRollbackSwitch option will be
removed in later versions. Therefore, you are advised not to use this
option.
GUI Value Range: UlJointReceptionSwitch(UlJointReceptionSwitch),
UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch(UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch),
UlCompRollbackSwitch(UlCompRollbackSwitch),
UlJointReception3CellSwitch(UlJointReception3CellSwitch),
UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch(UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch),
UlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw(UlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw),
UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw(UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw),
SimplePairedCompSw(SimplePairedCompSw),
VoipPrioSw(VoipPrioSw),
UlCompInterBoardType2Sw(UlCompInterBoardType2Sw),
UlCompForVideoSwitch(UlCompForVideoSwitch),
WideRangeCompSwitch(WideRangeCompSwitch)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: UlJointReceptionSwitch,
UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch, UlCompRollbackSwitch,
UlJointReception3CellSwitch, UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch,
UlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw, UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw,
SimplePairedCompSw, VoipPrioSw, UlCompInterBoardType2Sw,
UlCompForVideoSwitch, WideRangeCompSwitch
Recommended Value: UlJointReceptionSwitch:Off,
UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch:Off, UlCompRollbackSwitch:On,
UlJointReception3CellSwitch:Off, UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch:Off,
UlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw:Off,
UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw:Off, SimplePairedCompSw:Off,
VoipPrioSw:Off, UlCompInterBoardType2Sw:Off,
UlCompForVideoSwitch:Off, WideRangeCompSwitch:Off
In the CellAlgoSwitch MO, if UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch under
UplinkCompSwitch is turned on, UlJointReceptionSwitch under
UplinkCompSwitch must also be turned on.
In the CellAlgoSwitch MO, if UlJointReception3CellSwitch under
UplinkCompSwitch is turned on, UlJointReceptionSwitch under
In the CellAlgoSwitch, if UlCompInterBoardType2Sw under
UplinkCompSwitch is turned on, UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch under
idle mode)
Impact on Radio Network Performance: UlJointReceptionSwitch:If this
switch is on, the average uplink throughput of both cells and cell edge
users (CEUs) increases. The improved uplink throughput of CEUs
indicates better uplink coverage.
UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch:If this switch is on, inter-BBP UL
CoMP is enabled, supporting more UL CoMP UEs and having better
performance than intra-BBP UL CoMP.
UlCompRollbackSwitch:If this switch is on, the service drop rate
decreases in strong interference scenarios, but the uplink throughput
also decreases. Turning off this switch results in the opposite effects.
UlJointReception3CellSwitch:If this switch is off, 3-cell UL CoMP is
disabled. If this switch is on, 3-cell UL CoMP is enabled, with better
performance than 2-cell UL CoMP.
UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch:If this switch is on, the uplink
throughput of macro and micro cells increase.
UlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw:The setting of this switch has no
impact on network performance.
UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw:If this switch is on, the uplink throughput
of macro-cell CEUs close to the micro cell.
SimplePairedCompSw:If this switch is on, UL CoMP UEs can be
selected for MU-MIMO, UL CoMP performance improves, and the UE
pairing rate increases. If this switch is off, UL CoMP UEs cannot be
selected for MU-MIMO.
VoipPrioSw:If this switch is on, VoIP UEs take priority over other UEs.
UlCompInterBoardType2Sw:If there are inter-BBP intra-frequency
neighboring cells, turning on this switch increases the average cell
throughput by mitigating interference between CEUs in these cells.
Turning off this switch results in the opposite effect.
UlCompForVideoSwitch:When this option is selected, UL CoMP is
enabled independently for video services to increase the UL video
service throughput of intra-eNodeB CEUs, address the UL limitations
encountered by CEUs running video services, and improve video
service experience of CEUs.
WideRangeCompSwitch:If this option is selected, the eNodeB
performs UL CoMP in a wider scope, increasing the uplink throughput.
If this option is deselected, the eNodeB cannot perform UL CoMP in a
wider scope. In this case, the uplink throughput does not increase.
Applicable Mode: L
AntCalibrationAlg Antenna Meaning: Indicates whether to enable the antenna calibration

oSwitch calibration algorithm. This parameter applies only to TDD cells.
algorithm CrossPolaCalibrationSwitch: If this option is selected, virtual antenna
switch mapping (VAM) performance is improved for two groups of 4T cross-
polarized antennas. If this option is deselected, the antenna calibration
algorithm is disabled. It is recommended that this option be selected
for two groups of 4T cross-polarized antennas. This option applies
only to LTE TDD.
GUI Value Range:
CrossPolaCalibrationSwitch(CrossPolaCalibrationSwitch)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: CrossPolaCalibrationSwitch
Recommended Value: It is recommended that this switch be on for two
groups of 4T cross-polarized antennas.
idle mode)
Impact on Radio Network Performance: If this switch is on, the
downlink cell throughput increases.
Applicable Mode: L
DynSpectrumSha Dynamic Meaning: Indicates whether to enable dynamic spectrum sharing in the
reSwitch Spectrum E-UTRAN cell, including GSM and LTE (GL) dynamic spectrum
Share sharing and GL zero bufferzone.
Switch GLDynSpectrumShareSwitch: The GSM and LTE Dynamic Spectrum
Sharing(LTE FDD) feature is enabled only when this option is
selected. This option applies only to LTE FDD.
GLZeroBufferZoneSwitch: The GSM and LTE Zero Bufferzone feature
is enabled only when this option is selected. This option applies only to
LTE FDD. Before the GLDynSpectrumShareSwitch or
GLZeroBufferZoneSwitch option is selected, parameters
HighFreqShareRbNum and LowFreqShareRbNum must be set. By
means of spectrum sharing, the idle GERAN spectrum can be used by
the E-UTRAN cell, thereby increasing the bandwidth and throughput of
the E-UTRAN cell.
GUI Value Range:
GLDynSpectrumShareSwitch(GLDynSpectrumShareSwitch),
GLZeroBufferZoneSwitch(GLZeroBufferZoneSwitch)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: GLDynSpectrumShareSwitch,
GLZeroBufferZoneSwitch
Impact on Radio Network Performance: GLDynSpectrumShareSwitch:
If this option is selected, the E-UTRAN cell can use more spectrum
resources, and therefore the E-UTRAN capacity is increased.
GLZeroBufferZoneSwitch: If this option is selected, the E-UTRAN cell
in the GL bufferzone can use the spectrum overlap between the GSM
and LTE, and therefore the E-UTRAN capacity is increased. If this
option is deselected, the E-UTRAN cell in the GL bufferzone cannot
use the spectrum overlap between the GSM and LTE.
Applicable Mode: L
SfnLoadBasedAd SFN Load- Meaning: Indicates whether to enable load-based adaptive adjustment
ptSwitch based in the adaptive SFN/SDMA feature. If this parameter is set to ON(On),
load-based adaptive adjustment is enabled, which increases the
Adaptive proportion of joint-scheduling UEs and improves user experience
Switch when the network load is light, and increases the proportion of
independent-scheduling UEs and ensures the spectral efficiency when
the network load is heavy. If this parameter is set to OFF(Off), load-
based adaptive adjustment in the adaptive SFN/SDMA feature cannot
be enabled. This parameter applies only to LTE TDD.
Unit: None
The SfnDl2LoadLevelAdptSwitch check box cannot be selected under
the SfnAlgoSwitch parameter in the CellAlgoSwitch MO if the
SfnLoadBasedAdptSwitch parameter in the CellAlgoSwitch is set to
OFF.
idle mode)
ON(On), load-based adaptive adjustment is enabled, which increases
the proportion of joint-scheduling UEs and improves user experience
when the network load is light, and increases the proportion of
independent-scheduling UEs and ensures the spectral efficiency when
the network load is heavy. If this parameter is set to OFF(Off), load-
based adaptive adjustment in the adaptive SFN/SDMA feature cannot
be enabled.
Applicable Mode: L
PuschIrcAlgoSwit PUSCH Meaning: Indicates whether to apply the interference rejection

ch IRC combining (IRC) algorithms to the PUSCH. This parameter includes
algorithm the MrcIrcAdptSwitch, SmartIrcSwitch, MrcIrcAdaptivefor2R, and
switch NoIntrfSmartIRCEnhSwitch options.The SmartIrcSwitch option applies
only to 8R, 4R CoMP, and massive MIMO scenarios. The
NoIntrfSmartIRCEnhSwitch option applies only to 8R scenarios. The
SmartIRCSwitch and NoIntrfSmartIRCEnhSwitch options apply only to
LTE TDD macro cells.
MrcIrcAdptSwitch: Indicates whether to apply MRC/IRC adaptation to
the PUSCH. If this option is selected, MRC/IRC adaptation is applied
to the PUSCH. If this option is deselected, the MRC algorithm is
applied to the PUSCH. This option applies only to LTE FDD and LTE
TDD.
SmartIrcSwitch: Indicates whether to apply the smart IRC algorithm to
the PUSCH. If this option is selected, the smart IRC algorithm is
applied to the PUSCH. If this option is deselected, the smart IRC
algorithm is not applied to the PUSCH. This option applies only to LTE
TDD.
MrcIrcAdaptivefor2R: Indicates whether to apply MRC/IRC adaptation
to the PUSCH in 2R scenarios. This option takes effect only when the
MrcIrcAdptSwitch option is selected. If this option is selected,
MRC/IRC adaptation is applied to the PUSCH in 2R scenarios. If this
option is deselected, the MRC algorithm is applied to the PUSCH. This
NoIntrfSmartIRCEnhSwitch: Indicates whether to apply the enhanced
interference cancellation algorithm to the PUSCH. If this option is
selected, the enhanced interference cancellation algorithm is applied
to the PUSCH. If this option is deselected, the enhanced interference
cancellation algorithm is not applied to the PUSCH. This option applies
only to LTE TDD. For 2R cells established on LBBPc boards, if the
MrcIrcAdptSwitch option is selected, the IRC algorithm is applied to
the PUSCH. If the MrcIrcAdptSwitch option is deselected, the MRC
algorithm is applied to the PUSCH. For 2R cells established on LBBPd
boards, the setting of the MrcIrcAdaptivefor2R option takes effect only
when the MrcIrcAdptSwitch option is selected. If the MrcIrcAdptSwitch
and MrcIrcAdaptivefor2R options are selected, MRC/IRC adaptation is
applied to the PUSCH. If the MrcIrcAdptSwitch option is selected and
the MrcIrcAdaptivefor2R option is deselected, the IRC algorithm is
applied to the PUSCH. If the MrcIrcAdptSwitch option is deselected,
the MRC algorithm is applied to the PUSCH. For 2R cells established
on UBBP boards, if the MrcIrcAdptSwitch option is selected, IRC/MRC
adaptation is applied to the PUSCH. If the MrcIrcAdptSwitch option is
deselected, the MRC algorithm is applied to the PUSCH. For 4R cells
established on LBBPc, LBBPd, or UBBP boards, if the
MrcIrcAdptSwitch option is selected, IRC/MRC adaptation is applied to
the PUSCH. If the MrcIrcAdptSwitch option is deselected, the MRC
algorithm is applied to the PUSCH.
GUI Value Range: MrcIrcAdptSwitch(MrcIrcAdptSwitch),
SmartIrcSwitch(SmartIrcSwitch),
MrcIrcAdaptivefor2R(MrcIrcAdaptivefor2R),
NoIntrfSmartIRCEnhSwitch(NoIntrfSmartIRCEnhSwitch)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: MrcIrcAdptSwitch, SmartIrcSwitch,
MrcIrcAdaptivefor2R, NoIntrfSmartIRCEnhSwitch
Recommended Value: MrcIrcAdptSwitch:On, SmartIrcSwitch:Off,
MrcIrcAdaptivefor2R:Off, NoIntrfSmartIRCEnhSwitch:Off
In the CellAlgoSwitch MO, if SmartIrcSwitch under
PuschIrcAlgoSwitch is turned on, MrcIrcAdptSwitch under
PuschIrcAlgoSwitch must also be turned on.
idle mode)
Impact on Radio Network Performance: MrcIrcAdptSwitch: If this
option is selected, both the uplink coverage in interference scenarios
and the uplink throughput of cell edge UEs (CEUs) increase. After this
option is deselected, the uplink coverage decreases.
SmartIrcSwitch: If this option is selected, both the uplink average
throughput and throughput at the cell edge increase. In addition, the
service drop rate decreases. After this option is deselected, both the
uplink average throughput and throughput at the cell edge decrease in
interference scenarios. In addition, the service drop rate increases.
MrcIrcAdaptivefor2R: This option takes effect for 2-antenna reception
only when the MrcIrcAdptSwitch option of this parameter is selected.
When the MrcIrcAdaptivefor2R option is selected, adaptive switching
between MRC and IRC is used for 2-antenna reception; when this
option is deselected, IRC is used for 2-antenna reception. If adaptive
switching between MRC and IRC is used for 2-antenna reception, the
uplink coverage improves when spatially colored interference is not
present but the uplink coverage deteriorates when spatially colored
interference is present.
NoIntrfSmartIRCEnhSwitch: When this option is selected, interference
suppression gains can be obtained and network performance in no-
interference scenarios improves. When this option is deselected,
smart IRC is used and only interference suppression gains can be
obtained.
Applicable Mode: L
AsAlgoSwitch Accelerate Meaning: Indicates whether to enable network service acceleration

Service guarantee over the air interface. If this parameter is set to ON(ON),
Algorithm network service acceleration guarantee-related functions and
Switch parameters for acceleration-involved UEs take effect. If this parameter
is set to OFF(OFF), network service acceleration guarantee-related
functions and parameters for acceleration-involved UEs do not take
effect. This parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
GUI Value Range: OFF(OFF), ON(ON)
Unit: None
Recommended Value: OFF(OFF)
idle mode)
ON(ON), uplink and downlink data rates of air interface acceleration
UEs increase and user experience in web browsing improves. If this
parameter is set to OFF(OFF), data rates of UEs in a cell are not
affected.
Applicable Mode: L
ReselecPriAdapt Reselectio Meaning: Indicates whether to enable or disable adaptive dedicated

Switch n Priority cell reselection priority. If this switch is turned on, the eNodeB delivers
Adaptive the dedicated cell reselection priority to a UE when the following
Switch conditions are met: (1) The UE requests to set up an RRC connection
with the cause value being mo-Signalling. (2) The MME instructs the
eNodeB to release the S1 bearer. (3) The eNodeB fails to obtain the
UE capability. If this switch is turned off, the eNodeB does not deliver
dedicated cell reselection priority to a UE even if the eNodeB fails to
obtain the UE capability information. This parameter applies only to
Unit: None
idle mode)
Applicable Mode: L
AnrFunctionSwitc ANR Meaning: Indicates whether intra-RAT or inter-RAT neighbor

h Function relationship optimization takes effect. This parameter has two options:
Switch One option controls intra-RAT neighbor relationship optimization, and
the other option controls inter-RAT neighbor relationship optimization.
INTRA_RAT_ANR_SW: Intra-RAT neighbor relationship optimization
takes effect only if this option is selected. This option applies only to
INTER_RAT_ANR_SW: Inter-RAT neighbor relationship optimization
takes effect only if this option is selected. This option applies only to
GUI Value Range: INTRA_RAT_ANR_SW(INTRA_RAT_ANR_SW),
INTER_RAT_ANR_SW(INTER_RAT_ANR_SW)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: INTRA_RAT_ANR_SW, INTER_RAT_ANR_SW
idle mode)
Applicable Mode: L
SfnAlgoSwitch SFN Meaning: Indicates whether to enable algorithms related to single

Algorithm frequency networks (SFNs).
Switch SfnPdcchDcsSwitch: Indicates whether to enable selective
transmission of PDCCH data for an SFN cell. This option applies only
to LTE TDD. If this option is selected, selective transmission of
PDCCH data is performed when adaptive SFN/SDMA is enabled. If
this option is deselected, joint transmission or SDMA-based
transmission of PDCCH data is performed when adaptive SFN/SDMA
is enabled.
SfnUll2SelectiveRcvSwitch: Indicates whether to enable selective
reception of L2 data for an SFN cell. This option applies only to LTE
TDD. If this option is selected, one of the working RRUs serving a UE
is selected to receive L2 data of this UE. If this option is deselected,
only the target RRU of a UE is fixedly used to receive L2 data of this
UE.
SfnPdcchSdmaSwitch: Indicates whether to enable SDMA-based
transmission of PDCCH data for an SFN cell. This option applies only
to LTE TDD. If this option is selected, SDMA-based transmission of
PDCCH data is performed when adaptive SFN/SDMA is enabled. If
this option is deselected, joint transmission or selective transmission of
PDCCH data is performed when adaptive SFN/SDMA is enabled.
SfnPucchAckSdmaSwitch: Indicates whether to enable SDMA-based
transmission and reception of dynamic ACK over the PUCCH for an
SFN cell. This option applies only to LTE TDD. If this option is
selected, SDMA-based transmission and reception of dynamic ACK
over the PUCCH can be performed when adaptive SFN/SDMA is
enabled. If this option is deselected, SDMA-based transmission and
reception of dynamic ACK over the PUCCH cannot be performed
when adaptive SFN/SDMA is enabled.
SuperCombCellSwitch: Indicates whether to enable the super
combined cell feature. This option applies only to LTE FDD and LTE
TDD. If this option is selected, the super combined cell feature is
enabled. If this option is deselected, the super combined cell feature is
disabled.
SfnDl2LoadLevelAdptSwitch: Indicates whether to enable downlink
two-load-level adaptation for an SFN cell. This option applies only to
LTE TDD. If this option is selected, downlink two-load-level adaptation
is enabled when adaptive SFN/SDMA is enabled. If this option is
deselected, downlink two-load-level adaptation is disabled when
adaptive SFN/SDMA is enabled.
SfnDlSchAttriAdjsSwitch: Indicates whether to adjust downlink
scheduling attributes for an SFN cell. This option applies only to LTE
FDD and LTE TDD. If this option is selected, downlink scheduling
attributes are adjusted when adaptive SFN/SDMA is enabled. If this
option is deselected, downlink scheduling attributes are not adjusted
when adaptive SFN/SDMA is enabled.
SfnCbfSwitch: Indicates whether to enable coordinated beamforming
(CBF) for an SFN cell. This option applies only to LTE TDD. If this
option is selected, CBF is performed when adaptive SFN/SDMA is
enabled. If this option is deselected, CBF is not performed when
adaptive SFN/SDMA is enabled.
SfnVoLteDlJSchSwitch: Indicates whether to jointly schedule VoLTE
UEs in the downlink in an adaptive SFN cell. This option applies only
to LTE FDD. If this option is selected, VoLTE UEs are always jointly
scheduled when adaptive SFN/SDMA is enabled. If this option is
deselected, VoLTE UEs are adaptively scheduled when adaptive
SFN/SDMA is enabled.
SfnTarRruSelEnhSwitch: Indicates whether to enhance the selection
of an uplink target RRU. When the distance between physical cells of
an SFN cell is greater than 500 m, select this option. This option
applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD. If this option is selected, the
physical layer calibrates received uplink signals based on TA
measurements so that a more appropriate target RRU can be
selected. If this option is deselected, the physical layer does not
calibrate received uplink signals for target RRU selection.
SfnTarRruAdptSelSwitch: Indicates the uplink signal quality criteria for
target RRU selection. This option applies only to LTE FDD and LTE
TDD. If this option is selected, the eNodeB chooses either the uplink
SINR or the uplink RSRP based on the UE location for target RRU
selection. If this option is deselected, the eNodeB always uses the
uplink SINR for target RRU selection.
SfnVoLteUlJSchSwitch: Indicates whether to jointly schedule VoLTE
UEs in the uplink in an adaptive SFN cell. This option applies only to
LTE FDD. If this option is selected, VoLTE UEs are always jointly
scheduled in the uplink when adaptive SFN/SDMA is enabled. If this
option is deselected, VoLTE UEs are adaptively scheduled in the
uplink when adaptive SFN/SDMA is enabled.
SfnDlRblerOptSwitch: Indicates whether to optimize the mechanism of
determining the UE scheduling attribute when the downlink RBLER of
the UE is not 0 for more than two consecutive times. This option
applies only to LTE FDD. If this option is selected, multiple RRUs are
used for joint scheduling for a single UE when the downlink RBLER of
this UE is not 0 for two consecutive times in the downlink. If this option
is deselected, the eNodeB determines the scheduling attribute of a UE
based on the preset isolation threshold and does not optimize the
scheduling attribute of a UE based on the RBLER.
SfnJtSwitch: Indicates whether to enable joint transmission for
TM9/TM10 UEs in the overlapping areas of an SFN cell. This option
applies only to LTE FDD. If this option is selected, the SFN joint
transmission function is enabled. If this option is deselected, the SFN
joint transmission function is disabled.
GUI Value Range: SfnPdcchDcsSwitch(SFNPDCCHDCSSWITCH),
SfnUll2SelectiveRcvSwitch(SfnUll2SelectiveRcvSwitch),
SfnPdcchSdmaSwitch(SFNPDCCHSDMASWITCH),
SfnPucchAckSdmaSwitch(SFNPUCCHACKSDMASWITCH),
SuperCombCellSwitch(SuperCombCellSwitch),
SfnDl2LoadLevelAdptSwitch(SfnDl2LoadLevelAdptSwitch),
SfnDlSchAttriAdjsSwitch(SfnDlSchAttriAdjsSwitch),
SfnCbfSwitch(SfnCbfSwitch),
SfnVoLteDlJSchSwitch(SfnVoLteDlJSchSwitch),
SfnTarRruSelEnhSwitch(SfnTarRruSelEnhSwitch),
SfnTarRruAdptSelSwitch(SfnTarRruAdptSelSwitch),
SfnVoLteUlJSchSwitch(SfnVoLteUlJSchSwitch),
SfnDlRblerOptSwitch(SfnDlRblerOptSwitch), SfnJtSwitch(SfnJtSwitch)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: SfnPdcchDcsSwitch, SfnUll2SelectiveRcvSwitch,
SfnPdcchSdmaSwitch, SfnPucchAckSdmaSwitch,
SuperCombCellSwitch, SfnDl2LoadLevelAdptSwitch,
SfnDlSchAttriAdjsSwitch, SfnCbfSwitch, SfnVoLteDlJSchSwitch,
SfnTarRruSelEnhSwitch, SfnTarRruAdptSelSwitch,
SfnVoLteUlJSchSwitch, SfnDlRblerOptSwitch, SfnJtSwitch
Recommended Value: SfnPdcchDcsSwitch:Off,
SfnUll2SelectiveRcvSwitch:Off, SfnPdcchSdmaSwitch:Off,
SfnPucchAckSdmaSwitch:Off, SuperCombCellSwitch:Off,
SfnDl2LoadLevelAdptSwitch:Off, SfnDlSchAttriAdjsSwitch:Off,
SfnCbfSwitch:Off, SfnVoLteDlJSchSwitch:Off,
SfnTarRruSelEnhSwitch:Off, SfnTarRruAdptSelSwitch:Off,
SfnVoLteUlJSchSwitch:Off, SfnDlRblerOptSwitch:Off, SfnJtSwitch:Off
In the CellAlgoSwitch,SfnAlgoSwitch can not turn on
SfnPdcchDcsSwitch and SfnPdcchSdmaSwitch simultaneously.
In a CellAlgoSwitch, if SfnDlSchSwitch is not set to ADAPTIVE, then
the SfnAlgoSwitch in CellAlgoSwitch could not turn on
SfnPdcchSdmaSwitch.
If either PucchSwitch or PucchFlexCfgSwitch of PucchAlgoSwitch in
the CellAlgoSwitch MO is selected, SuperCombCellSwitch of
SfnAlgoSwitch in the CellAlgoSwitch MO must be deselected.
set to on, SpsSchSwitch of DlSchSwitch in the CellAlgoSwitch MO
must be deselected.
set to on, SpsSchSwitch of UlSchSwitch in the CellAlgoSwitch MO
must be deselected.
If the SuperCombCellSwitch check box under the SfnAlgoSwitch
parameter in the CellAlgoSwitch MO is selected, the
SrsSubframeRecfSwitch check box under the SrsAlgoSwitch
parameter in the CellAlgoSwitch MO must not be selected.
The SfnDl2LoadLevelAdptSwitch check box cannot be selected under
the SfnAlgoSwitch parameter in the CellAlgoSwitch MO if the
SfnLoadBasedAdptSwitch parameter in the CellAlgoSwitch is set to
OFF.
In the CellAlgoSwitch MO, the TM9MuBfSwitch check box can be
selected under the MuBfAlgoSwitch parameter only if the MuBfSwitch
check box is selected under the MuBfAlgoSwitch parameter or the
SfnCbfSwitch check box is selected under the SfnAlgoSwitch
parameter.
In the CellAlgoSwitch MO, the MubfResAdjSwitch check box can be
selected under the MuBfAlgoSwitch parameter only if both the
following conditions are met:
The MuBfSwitch check box is selected under the MuBfAlgoSwitch
parameter or the SfnCbfSwitch check box is selected under the
SfnAlgoSwitch parameter.
In the CellAlgoSwitch, the SfnTarRruSelEnhSwitch and
SfnTarRruAdptSelSwitch check boxes cannot be both selected under
the SfnAlgoSwitch.
FDDHomNetDlCompSwitch and FDDHetNetDlCompSwitch options of
the DlCompSwitch parameter in the CellAlgoSwitch MO are
deselected.
SuperCombCellSwitch option of the SfnAlgoSwitch parameter in the
CellAlgoSwitch MO is deselected.
idle mode)
Impact on Radio Network Performance: SfnPdcchDcsSwitch:
If this option is selected, PDCCH coverage and capacity improve when
the PDCCH is heavily loaded and suffers severe interference.
If this option is deselected, PDCCH reliability can be ensured when the
PDCCH is lightly loaded.
SfnUll2SelectiveRcvSwitch:
If this option is selected, uplink coverage improves.
If this option is deselected, only the target RRU of a UE is used to
receive L2 data of this UE.
SfnPdcchSdmaSwitch:
If this option is selected, the eNodeB uses SDMA-based transmission,
improving PDCCH capacity.
If this option is deselected, joint transmission or selective transmission
of PDCCH data is performed when adaptive SFN/SDMA is enabled.
SfnPucchAckSdmaSwitch:
If this option is selected, the SDMA-based PDCCH transmission
efficiency increases, but the dynamic ACK detection performance
deteriorates.
If this option is deselected, the dynamic ACK detection performance
improves, but the SDMA-based PDCCH transmission efficiency
decreases.
SuperCombCellSwitch:
If this option is selected, handovers between SFN cells in a super
combined cell are not perceivable, improving user experience and
increasing the average throughput of CUEs in SFN cells.
If this option is deselected, the super combined cell feature does not
take effect, and the common SFN networking mode is used.
SfnDl2LoadLevelAdptSwitch:
If this option is selected, two-load-level adaptation is enabled, making
SFN more stable.
If this option is deselected, load levels are not distinguished.
SfnDlSchAttriAdjsSwitch:
If this option is selected, user-perceived rates increase.
If this option is deselected, scheduling is not optimized.
SfnCbfSwitch:
If this option is selected, inter-RRU CBF reduces interference and
increases the cell capacity.
If this option is deselected, inter-RRU CBF is disabled.
SfnVoLteDlJSchSwitch:
If this option is selected, joint scheduling is enabled for VoLTE UEs,
improving user experience.
If this option is deselected, adaptive scheduling is enabled for VoLTE
UEs, increasing the cell capacity but degrading user experience.
SfnTarRruSelEnhSwitch:
If this option is selected, the physical layer calibrates received uplink
signals based on TA measurements so that a more appropriate target
RRU can be selected. However, TA measurements may be inaccurate
when the distance between physical cells is too large.
If this option is deselected, target RRUs can be correctly selected
when the timing offset of received uplink signals is small, but may be
incorrectly selected when the timing offset is large.
SfnTarRruAdjSelSwitch:
When this option is selected:(1) If the timing offset of received uplink
signals is large, the result of SINR measurement at a non-target RRU
is inaccurate. In this case, RSRP is used to select a target RRU,
ensuring correct selection of a target RRU. (2) If the timing offset of
received uplink signals is small, uplink SINR is used to select a target
RRU.
When this option is deselected, uplink SINR is always used to select a
target RRU. If the timing offset of received uplink signals is small,
correct selection of a target RRU can be ensured. If the timing offset of
received uplink signals is large, correct selection of a target RRU
cannot be ensured.
SfnVoLteUlJSchSwitch:
If this option is selected, uplink joint scheduling is enabled for VoLTE
UEs, improving uplink voice service experience of these UEs.
If this option is deselected, uplink adaptive scheduling is enabled for
VoLTE UEs, increasing the uplink cell capacity but degrading uplink
voice service experience of these UEs.
SfnDlRblerOptSwitch:
If this option is selected, the RBLER decreases, but downlink resource
multiplexing gains are reduced.
If this option is deselected, UE attributes do not change in the
downlink to ensure downlink resource multiplexing gains with an
appropriate percentage of resources multiplexed, but the RBLER
increases.
SfnJtSwitch:
If this option is selected, TM9/TM10 UEs in the overlapping areas of
an SFN cell support multi-stream spatial multiplexing. This increases
the user-perceived data rate of TM9/TM10 UEs in the overlapping
areas. However, the scheduling performance of non-TM9/TM10 UEs is
poor on CSI-RS subframes. Therefore, the average user-perceived
data rate of these UEs decreases when this option is selected. When
the penetration rate of TM9/TM10 UEs is low and CSI-RS is
configured for a cell, selecting this option negatively affects the
average cell throughput and user-perceived data rate.
If this option is deselected, SFN joint transmission does not take
effect, and the setting does not affect the performance of the SFN
network.
Applicable Mode: L
PrachIntrfRejSwit Prach Meaning: Indicates whether to suppress interference on the PRACH.

ch Interferenc This parameter takes effect only on the eNodeB using the LBBPc and
e Rejection one or two RX antennas. If this parameter is set to OFF, the
Switch interference on the PRACH is not suppressed. If this parameter is set
to ON, the PrachIrcSwitch option of the IrcSwitch parameter takes
effect. If the PrachIrcSwitch option of the IrcSwitch parameter is
deselected, interference on the PRACH is suppressed based on the
maximum ratio combining (MRC). If the PrachIrcSwitch option of the
IrcSwitch parameter is selected, interference on the PRACH is
suppressed based on the MRC or the interference rejection combining
(IRC). This parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
Unit: None
idle mode)
the number of false alarms increases in scenarios of strong
interference on the PRACH. If this parameter is set to ON, the number
of false alarms in the PRACH decreases, random access success
rate, handover success rate, resynchronization rate, and RRC
reestablishment success rate increase. However, UEs in areas with
weak coverage may attempt to access the network, which decreases
the RRC setup success rate.
Applicable Mode: L
EnhMIMOSwitch Enhanced Meaning: Indicates the switch used to enable or disable enhanced
MIMO MIMO. Admitted UEs are allowed to enter TM9 or TM10 mode only if
Switch the TM9Switch or TM10Switch option is selected. The
TM4TM9AdaptiveSwitch option can be selected only after the
TM9Switch option is selected. If the TM4TM9AdaptiveSwitch option is
selected, UEs meeting certain conditions are allowed to adaptively
enter TM4 and TM9 mode. Otherwise, UEs are prohibited from
adaptively entering TM4 and TM9 mode. Enhanced MIMO does not
apply to the LBBPc. The TM4TM9AdaptiveSwitch and TM10Switch
options apply only to LTE FDD. If the ChannelRecSwitch option is
selected, channel reconstruction optimization is enabled. If the
ChannelRecSwitch option is deselected, channel reconstruction
optimization is disabled. This parameter applies only to LTE FDD.
GUI Value Range: TM9Switch(TM9Switch),
TM4TM9AdaptiveSwitch(TM4TM9AdaptiveSwitch),
TM10Switch(TM10Switch), ChannelRecSwitch(ChannelRecSwitch)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: TM9Switch, TM4TM9AdaptiveSwitch,
TM10Switch, ChannelRecSwitch
Recommended Value: TM9Switch:Off, TM4TM9AdaptiveSwitch:Off,
TM10Switch:Off, ChannelRecSwitch:Off
Options TM10Switch and TM9Switch of EnhMIMOSwitch in the
CellAlgoSwitch cannot be selected simultaneously.
If the Virtual4T4RSwitch option of EmimoSwitch in the CellAlgoSwitch
MO is selected, options of TM9Switch and TM10Switch of
EnhMIMOSwitch must be deselected.
idle mode)
Impact on Radio Network Performance: TM4TM9AdaptiveSwitch takes
effect when TM9Switch is on, and its setting determines the
transmission modes that the eNodeB with multiple antennas can
select for TM9-supporting UEs. The specific impact of this switch is as
follows:
1) If this switch is off, the transmission modes of all TM9-supporting
UEs in the cell is TM9. For its impact, see the description of
TM9Switch.
2) If this switch is on, the transmission modes of TM9-supporting UEs
of category 6, 7, 9, 10, 11, 12, or 13 in the cell can only be TM4 or
TM9, and the peak rates of UEs in TM9 increase.
Applicable Mode: L
InterfRandSwitch Interferenc Meaning: Indicates the interference randomization algorithm applied to

e TDD and FDD eNodeBs.
Randomiz If this parameter is set to OFF, the interference randomization
e algorithm is disabled.
Algorithm
Switch If this parameter is set to ECO_BASED, the eCoordinator-based
interference randomization algorithm is enabled, which applies only to
TDD eNodeBs.
If this parameter is set to ENB_BASED, the eNodeB-based
interference randomization algorithm is enabled, which applies to both
TDD and FDD eNodeBs. This parameter applies only to LTE FDD and
LTE TDD.
GUI Value Range: OFF(OFF), ECO_BASED(ECO_BASED),
ENB_BASED(ENB_BASED)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: OFF, ECO_BASED, ENB_BASED
idle mode)
Impact on Radio Network Performance: This parameter applies to
lightly-loaded networks. If this parameter is set to ENB_BASED,
interference is reduced in a lightly-loaded cell and the spectrum
efficiency is improved, and the MCS is more evenly distributed. If this
parameter is set to ECO_BASED, the eCO-based interference
randomization is enabled and the cell spectrum efficiency is improved.
Applicable Mode: L
RepeaterSwitch Repeater Meaning: Indicates the type of reference signal (RS) power to be
Switch delivered in system information block type 2 (SIB2). If the
AntRsPwrSwitch option is selected, the RS power calculated based on
the transmit power of the antenna port and output power rate is
delivered in SIB2. If the AntRsPwrSwitch option is deselected, the RS
power specified by the ReferenceSignalPwr parameter is delivered in
SIB2. This parameter applies only to LTE FDD and NB-IoT.
GUI Value Range: AntRsPwrSwitch(AntRsPwrSwitch)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: AntRsPwrSwitch
Recommended Value: AntRsPwrSwitch:Off
Applicable Mode: L
MultiFreqPriContr Multi Meaning: Indicates whether to prioritize frequencies in a multi-

olSwitch Frequency frequency network. FixedMeasObjIDSwitch: Indicates whether the
Priority eNodeB maps each neighboring frequency to a MeasObjectID based
Control on the frequency measurement priorities. If this switch is on, the
Switch eNodeB maps each neighboring frequency to a corresponding
MeasObjectID based on the frequency measurement priorities. A
higher-priority frequency is mapped to a smaller MeasObjectID. If this
switch is off, the eNodeB does not map neighboring frequencies to
MeasObjectIDs based on the frequency measurement priorities. This
VoipMeasFreqPriSwitch: Indicates whether the frequency priority
specified by the VoipPriority parameter takes effect during coverage-
based handovers for VoIP UEs. If this switch is on, the eNodeB only
delivers the highest-priority intra-RAT frequencies different from the
serving frequency based on the settings of the VoipPriority parameter
when the eNodeB delivers the measurement configurations to VoIP
UEs for coverage-based inter-frequency handovers. If this switch is
off, the eNodeB does not consider the settings of the VoipPriority
parameter when delivering the measurement configurations to VoIP
UEs for coverage-based inter-frequency handovers. This option
GUI Value Range: FixedMeasObjIDSwitch(FixedMeasObjIDSwitch),
VoipMeasFreqPriSwitch(VoipMeasFreqPriSwitch),
PsMeasFreqPriSwitch(PsMeasFreqPriSwitch)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: FixedMeasObjIDSwitch, VoipMeasFreqPriSwitch,
PsMeasFreqPriSwitch
Recommended Value: FixedMeasObjIDSwitch:Off,
VoipMeasFreqPriSwitch:Off,PsMeasFreqPriSwitch:On
idle mode)
Impact on Radio Network Performance: FixedMeasObjIDSwitch: If this
switch is on, UEs that preferentially measure neighboring frequencies
with a small MeasObjectID can more easily measure neighboring
frequencies with high priorities, and therefore these UEs can
preferentially be handed over to cells on these neighboring
frequencies. VoipMeasFreqPriSwitch: If this switch is on, during the
measurements of coverage-based inter-frequency handovers for VoIP
UEs, the frequencies to be measured are fixed. In this case, VoIP UEs
can preferentially be handed over to frequencies with high priorities.
This mechanism applies to scenarios where operators require UEs to
be handed over to low frequencies with good coverage, so that the
number of handovers can be reduced during continuous UE
movement and the voice quality can be improved. If the bandwidth of a
low frequency is small, the service data rate of the VoIP UE
decreases.
Applicable Mode: L
HarqAlgoSwitch Harq Meaning: Indicates whether to enable HARQ-related algorithms.
Algorithm TddAckFbModeCfgOptSwitch: Indicates whether to optimize the
Switch HQRQ-ACK feedback mode for LTE TDD. If this option is selected, the
HARQ-ACK feedback mode is reconfigured for a UE based on service
conditions of the UE. If this option is deselected, the HARQ-ACK
feedback mode is not reconfigured for a UE based on service
conditions of the UE. This option applies only to LTE TDD.
GUI Value Range:
TddAckFbModeCfgOptSwitch(TddAckFbModeCfgOptSwitch)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: TddAckFbModeCfgOptSwitch
Recommended Value: TddAckFbModeCfgOptSwitch:Off
idle mode)
TddAckFbModeCfgOptSwitch is on, the TDD HARQ-ACK feedback
mode is adaptively configured based on the PDCCH load and UE
services in the cell, which leads to increased UEs with the TDD
HARQ-ACK feedback mode configured to multiplexing mode.
Compared with the bundling mode, the multiplexing mode increases
the MCSs. However, due to no DTX state in multiplexing mode, the
CCE aggregation level of PDCCH data cannot be accurately
determined and the PDCCH power control cannot be accurately
performed, which reduces the PDCCH reliability. As a result, the
handover success rate, call drop rate, ping delay, and PUCCH
coverage performance may deteriorate, while the cell throughput,
single user throughput, and perceptive rate may increase. If the
TddAckFbModeCfgOptSwitch is off, the TDD HARQ-ACK feedback
mode is not reconfigured based on the PDCCH load and UE services.
Most UEs use the bundling mode for HARQ-ACK feedback, without
reducing the PDCCH reliability. In addition, the handover success rate,
call drop rate, ping delay, PUCCH coverage performance, and access
delay may be optimized, while the cell throughput, single user
throughput, and perceptive rate may decrease.
Applicable Mode: L
CovBasedInterFr Coverage Meaning: Indicates the coverage-based inter-frequency handover

eqHoMode Based mode.
Inter If this parameter is set to HANDOVERIMMEDIATELY(Handover
Frequency Immediately), the eNodeB immediately determines whether to perform
Handover a coverage-based inter-frequency handover when receiving a
Mode measurement report.
If this parameter is set to BASEDONSIGNALSTRENGTH(Based on
Signal Strength), the eNodeB waits a moment and then determines
whether to perform a coverage-based inter-frequency handover to the
strongest neighboring cell indicated by the received measurement
reports.
If this parameter is set to BASEDONFREQPRIORITY(Based on
Frequency Priority), the eNodeB waits a moment and then determines
whether to perform a coverage-based inter-frequency handover to a
cell whose frequency has a relatively low priority.
GUI Value Range:
HANDOVERIMMEDIATELY(HANDOVERIMMEDIATELY),
BASEDONSIGNALSTRENGTH(BASEDONSIGNALSTRENGTH),
BASEDONFREQPRIORITY(BASEDONFREQPRIORITY)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: HANDOVERIMMEDIATELY,
BASEDONSIGNALSTRENGTH, BASEDONFREQPRIORITY
idle mode)
HANDOVERIMMEDIATELY, the eNodeB immediately determines
whether to perform a coverage-based inter-frequency handover when
receiving a measurement report. This ensures that UEs are handed
over in time. If this parameter is set to BASEDONSIGNALSTRENGTH,
UEs can be handed over to the strongest neighboring cells. However,
the waiting time puts off the handover, increases the handover failure
rate, and causes service drops. If this parameter is set to
BASEDONFREQPRIORITY, the possibility that UEs are handed over
to neighboring cells whose frequency has a high priority increases.
This helps these neighboring cells absorb more traffic, but puts off the
handover, increases the handover failure rate, and causes service
drops.
Applicable Mode: L
LteUtcBroadcastS Lte Utc Meaning: Indicates whether the eNodeB broadcasts the coordinated
witch Broadcast universal time (UTC) in the LTE system over the air interface. If this
Switch parameter is set to 1, the eNodeB broadcasts the UTC in the LTE
system using system information block type 16 (SIB16). If this
parameter is set to 0, the eNodeB does not broadcast the UTC in the
LTE system.
Unit: None
idle mode)
Impact on Radio Network Performance: Setting this parameter to ON
increases air interface overheads for broadcasting UTC in the LTE
system through SIB16.
Applicable Mode: L
CellSchStrategyS Cell Meaning: Indicates whether to enable a specific scheduling policy in

witch Schedule the uplink and downlink.
Strategy AbnUeSchSwitch: Indicates whether to disable scheduling of abnormal
Switch UEs. If this switch is on, abnormal UEs are not scheduled. If this
switch is off, abnormal UEs are scheduled. This option applies only to
GUI Value Range: AbnUeSchSwitch(AbnUeSchSwitch)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: AbnUeSchSwitch
Recommended Value: AbnUeSchSwitch:Off
idle mode)
Impact on Radio Network Performance: AbnUeSchSwitch: Turning off
this switch has no impact on network performance. If this switch is on,
scheduling of abnormal UEs is disabled in the uplink and downlink,
and resource efficiency increases. As a result, cell throughput
increases in scenarios where resources are insufficient. However, the
scheduling delay increases, perceived throughput decreases, and
service drop rate increases for UEs in weak coverage areas.
Applicable Mode: L
SsrdAlgoSwitch SSRD Meaning: Indicates whether to enable the soft split resource duplex
Algorithm (SSRD) algorithm.
Switch Ssrd8T8RAlgoSwitch: If this option is selected, multi-user soft split
pairing is enabled for the cell in the downlink. If this option is
deselected, multi-user soft split pairing is disabled for the cell in the
downlink. This option applies only to LTE TDD.
GUI Value Range: Ssrd8T8RAlgoSwitch(Ssrd8T8RAlgoSwitch)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: Ssrd8T8RAlgoSwitch
Recommended Value: Ssrd8T8RAlgoSwitch:Off
In the CellAlgoSwitch, SsrdAlgoSwitch is set to On only when
BfAlgoSwitch has been set to On.
-Others:
In the CellAlgoSwitch, SsrdAlgoSwitch and MuBfAlgoSwitch cannot be
set to On simultaneously.
idle mode)
Impact on Radio Network Performance: Ssrd8T8RAlgoSwitch: If this
switch is turned on, the average downlink throughput of a heavily
loaded cell increases. If a cell is lightly loaded or soft split multi-user
pairing is not required, turn off this switch.
Applicable Mode: L
SfnUplinkCompS SFN Meaning: Indicates whether to enable uplink coordinated multipoint

witch Uplink reception (UL CoMP) for an SFN cell.
Comp If both the IntraBaseBandSwitch and InterBaseBandSwitch options are
Switch deselected, UL CoMP is disabled for an SFN cell.
If the IntraBaseBandSwitch option is selected and the
InterBaseBandSwitch option is deselected, intra-BBP UL CoMP is
enabled for an SFN cell.
If both the IntraBaseBandSwitch and InterBaseBandSwitch options are
selected, intra- and inter-BBP UL CoMP is enabled for an SFN cell.
If the IntraBaseBandSwitch option is deselected and the
InterBaseBandSwitch option is selected, this setting is invalid.
The IntraBaseBandSwitch option applies only to LTE FDD and LTE
TDD. The InterBaseBandSwitch option applies only to LTE FDD and
LTE TDD.
ComCoverUlCompSwitch: If this option is selected, UL CoMP is
supported when multiple RRUs provide the same coverage in an SFN
cell. If this option is deselected, UL CoMP is not supported when
multiple RRUs provide the same coverage in an SFN cell. This option
SfnUplinkComp3CellSwitch: This option takes effect when the
IntraBaseBandSwitch or InterBaseBandSwitch option is selected. This
If this option is selected, UL CoMP in three physical cells of an SFN
cell is supported.
If this option is deselected, UL CoMP in two physical cells of an SFN
cell is supported.
GUI Value Range: IntraBaseBandSwitch(IntraBaseBandSwitch),
InterBaseBandSwitch(InterBaseBandSwitch),
ComCoverUlCompSwitch(ComCoverUlCompSwitch),
SfnUplinkComp3CellSwitch(SfnUplinkComp3CellSwitch)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: IntraBaseBandSwitch, InterBaseBandSwitch,
ComCoverUlCompSwitch, SfnUplinkComp3CellSwitch
Recommended Value: IntraBaseBandSwitch: Turning on this switch is
recommended because intra-BBP UL CoMP can increase the average
uplink throughput and improve the uplink coverage of an SFN cell.
InterBaseBandSwitch: Turning on this switch is recommended
because intra-BBP UL CoMP can increase the average uplink
throughput and improve the uplink coverage of an SFN cell.
ComCoverUlCompSwitch: Turning off this switch is recommended if
multiple RF modules provide different coverages in an SFN cell.
SfnUplinkComp3CellSwitch: Turning on this switch is recommended
when an SFN cell is composed of three or more physical cells.
If the InterBaseBandSwitch check box under the
SfnUplinkCompSwitch parameter in the CellAlgoSwitch MO is
selected, the IntraBaseBandSwitch check box under the
SfnUplinkCompSwitch parameter must be selected.
If the SfnUplinkComp3CellSwitch check box under the
SfnUplinkCompSwitch parameter in the CellAlgoSwitch MO is
selected, the IntraBaseBandSwitch check box under the
SfnUplinkCompSwitch parameter must be selected.
idle mode)
Impact on Radio Network Performance: IntraBaseBandSwitch: Turning
on this switch increases the uplink throughput of cell edge users
(CEUs in the overlapping coverage areas of multiple RF modules in an
SFN cell) and the average uplink throughput of the SFN cell. The
increase in the uplink CEU throughput indicates that the uplink
coverage improves.
InterBaseBandSwitch: Turning on this switch enables inter-BBP UL
CoMP in an SFN cell. This further increases the uplink CEU
throughput and the average uplink throughput of the SFN cell. The
increase in the uplink CEU throughput indicates that the uplink
coverage improves.
ComCoverUlCompSwitch: Turning on this switch increases the uplink
CEU throughput when multiple RF modules provide the same
coverage in an SFN cell and the average uplink throughput of the SFN
cell. The increase in the uplink CEU throughput indicates that the
uplink coverage improves.
SfnUplinkComp3CellSwitch: Turning on this switch enables UL CoMP
to be performed on qualified UEs in three physical cells of an SFN cell.
This further increases the uplink CEU throughput and the average
uplink throughput of the SFN cell.
Applicable Mode: L
LowSpeedInterFr Low Speed Meaning: Indicates whether to enable the inter-frequency directional
eqHoSwitch User Inter- handover algorithm for low-speed UEs. If this switch is turned on, the
frequency eNodeB instructs low-speed UEs in RRC_CONNECTED mode on
Handover high-speed railway networks to be handed over to low-speed inter-
Switch frequency neighboring cells.
Unit: None
idle mode)
Impact on Radio Network Performance: If this switch is turned on, low-
speed UEs are handed over to inter-frequency neighboring cells with
low-speed frequencies, ensuring that the capacity of high-speed
railway networks is not occupied by UEs on macro networks.
Applicable Mode: L
RelaySwitch Relay Meaning: Indicates whether to enable or disable the relay-related

Switch functions.
OutOfBandRelaySwitch: Indicates whether to enable or disable the
out-of-band relay feature. If this switch is on, the out-of-band relay
feature is enabled. If this switch is off, the out-of-band Relay function is
disabled. This option applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
GUI Value Range: OutOfBandRelaySwitch(OutOfBandRelaySwitch)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: OutOfBandRelaySwitch
Recommended Value: OutOfBandRelaySwitch:Off
EicicSwitch in the CellAlgoSwitch MO cannot be set to STATIC or
DYNAMIC when OutOfBandRelaySwitch under the RelaySwitch
parameter is turned on.
CellAlgoSwitch MO cannot be turned on when
MBSFNShutDownSwitch under the DlSchSwitch parameter is turned
on.
CellAlgoSwitch MO cannot be turned on when TtiBundlingSwitch
under the UlSchSwitch parameter is turned on.
CellAlgoSwitch MO cannot be turned on when UlIicsAlgoSwitch under
the UlSchSwitch parameter is turned on.
idle mode)
Impact on Radio Network Performance: OutOfBandRelaySwitch: If this
switch is on, the number of common UEs that can access the cell
decreases, both the total throughput of common UEs in the cell and
the peak throughput of a single common UE decrease (the decrease
rate is in positive correlation with the number of resources occupied by
relay subframes), and the relayed UEs can access the cell. If this
switch is off, the number of common UEs that can access the cell
increases, throughput of common UEs may increase, and relayed UEs
that have accessed the cell are released, and services of the relayed
UEs are interrupted.
Applicable Mode: L
InterFreqDirectHo Inter- Meaning: Indicates whether to enable the inter-frequency directional

Switch frequency handover algorithm. If this switch is turned on, the eNodeB instructs
Directional UEs in RRC_CONNECTED mode on high-speed railway networks to
Handover measure inter-frequency cells so that the UEs can be handed over to
Switch high-speed inter-frequency cells. This parameter applies only to LTE
FDD and LTE TDD.
Unit: None
idle mode)
Applicable Mode: L
PwrDeratSwitch Power Meaning: Indicates whether to apply the power decrease mechanism
Derating on reference signal (RS) power and physical synchronization channel
Switch (PSCH) power. If this parameter is set OFF, the physical downlink
shared channel (PDSCH) transmit power is lowered, the RS power
and PSCH power are not lowered. If this parameter is set to ON, all of
the PDSCH power, RS power, and PSCH power are lowered. This
Unit: None
idle mode)
the cell coverage does not shrink and cell throughput decreases. If this
parameter is set to ON, the cell coverage shrinks and cell throughput
does not decrease.
Applicable Mode: L
DetectionAlgoSwi DetectionA Meaning: CqiReliableSwitch: Indicates whether channel quality

tch lgoSwitch indicator (CQI) detection errors can be identified when interference
occurs. If this option is selected, the eNodeB can identify CQI
detection errors when interference occurs and use a historical CQI. If
this option is deselected, the eNodeB cannot identify CQI detection
errors when interference occurs. This option applies only to LTE FDD
and LTE TDD.
GUI Value Range: CqiReliableSwitch(CqiReliableSwitch)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: CqiReliableSwitch
Recommended Value: CqiReliableSwitch:Off
idle mode)
Applicable Mode: L
PucchIRCEnhanc Pucch IRC Meaning: Indicates whether the eNodeB determines interference
e Enhance strength. The eNodeB determines interference strength only when this
switch is turned on, which ensures accurate adaptive switchover
between maximum ratio combining (MRC) and interference rejection
combining (IRC). This parameter takes effect only when
PucchIrcSwitch of the IrcSwitch parameter is turned on.
Turning on both this switch and PucchIrcSwitch provides better
PUCCH detection performance than turning off both switches.
If PucchIrcSwitch is turned on, turning on this switch decreases the
number of false PUCCH detections and also slightly decreases
PUCCH detection performance.
Unit: None
Recommended Value: ON(On)
idle mode)
Impact on Radio Network Performance: This parameter takes effect
only when PucchIrcSwitch of the IrcSwitch parameter is on. When
PucchIrcSwitch is off, setting the PucchIRCEnhance parameter to ON
and turning on PucchIrcSwitch improves the PUCCH detection
performance. When PucchIrcSwitch is on, setting the
PucchIRCEnhance parameter to ON decreases the number of fault
PUCCH detections, and therefore decreasing uplink block error rate
(BLER). In addition, setting the PucchIRCEnhance parameter to ON
causes slight deterioration of PUCCH detection performance, which
slightly increases the ping latency.
Applicable Mode: L
AcBarAlgoforDyn Ac Bar Meaning: Indicates whether to enable dynamic access barring

Switch Algorithm algorithms. This parameter controls whether to enable dynamic access
Switch for barring on mobile-originated (MO) signaling, MO data, service specific
Dynamic access control (SSAC) for multimedia telephony (MMTEL) voice
services, or SSAC for MMTEL video services. This parameter takes
effect only when the AcBarAlgoSwitch parameter in the
CellAlgoSwitch MO is set to ACBAR_SWITCH_DYNAMIC.
DYNAMIC_FOR_MO: Indicates whether to enable dynamic access
barring on UEs running MO signaling or MO data.
If this switch is on, dynamic access barring applies to UEs running MO
signaling or MO data.
If this switch is off, dynamic access barring does not apply to UEs
running MO signaling or MO data. This option applies only to LTE FDD
and LTE TDD.
DYNAMIC_FOR_SSAC: Indicates whether to enable dynamic access
barring on UEs running MMTEL voices services or MMTEL video
services.
If this switch is on, dynamic access barring applies to UEs running
MMTEL voices services or MMTEL video services.
If this switch is off, dynamic access barring does not apply to UEs
running MMTEL voices services or MMTEL video services. This option
GUI Value Range: DYNAMIC_FOR_MO(DYNAMIC_FOR_MO),
DYNAMIC_FOR_SSAC(DYNAMIC_FOR_SSAC)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: DYNAMIC_FOR_MO, DYNAMIC_FOR_SSAC
Recommended Value: DYNAMIC_FOR_MO:On,
DYNAMIC_FOR_SSAC:Off
In the CellAlgoSwitch MO, if AcBarAlgoSwitch is set to
ACBAR_SWITCH_DYNAMIC, either the DYNAMIC_FOR_MO or
DYNAMIC_FOR_SSAC option of AcBarAlgoforDynSwitch must be
selected.
idle mode)
Impact on Radio Network Performance: DYNAMIC_FOR_MO: If this
switch is on, the access probability factor for MO Data and MO
signaling are dynamically adjusted based on the current cell load. In
this way, the probability of UEs accessing the cell can be controlled to
relieve the cell load. However, user experience of barred UEs is
affected. If this switch is off, has the opposite effects.
DYNAMIC_FOR_SSAC: If this switch is on, the access probability
factor for MMTEL voice services and MMTEL video services are
dynamically adjusted based on the current cell load. In this way, the
probability of UEs accessing the cell can be controlled to relieve the
cell load. However, user experience of barred UEs is affected. If this
switch is off, has the opposite effects.
Applicable Mode: L
CreSwitch CRE Meaning: Indicates whether the CellRangeExpansion parameter takes

Switch effect in a HetNet.
If this parameter is set to OFF and static or dynamic eICIC is enabled,
the CellRangeExpansion parameter takes effect. If this parameter is
set to OFF and eICIC is disabled, the CellRangeExpansion parameter
does not take effect. If this parameter is set to ON and dynamic eICIC
is enabled, the CellRangeExpansion parameter takes effect according
to the dynamic eICIC algorithm; If this switch is turned on in other
cases (that is, dynamic eICIC is disabled, static eICIC is enabled, or
static eICIC is disabled), the CellRangeExpansion parameter takes
effect for all UEs (including R8 and R9 UEs) in the cell. For macro and
micro cells in a HetNet, it is recommended that this parameter be set
to the same value. This parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE
TDD.
DisuseStatement: This parameter will be removed in later versions. In
this version, the parameter can be used. When using the
corresponding function, you are advised to avoid using this parameter
and use the EicicAdaptiveSwitch parameter in the CellEicic MO to
substitute for this parameter.
Unit: None
idle mode)
Impact on Radio Network Performance: If this parameter is set to ON
for a HetNet, the CellRangeExpansion parameter can be set to
increase the number of UEs that a micro cell can accommodate,
balance loads between macro and micro cells, and improve cell edge
coverage. However, if the CellRangeExpansion parameter value
exceeds a threshold while eICIC is not enabled, the handover success
rate may decrease and the service drop rate may increase. If this
parameter is set to OFF, a micro cell can accommodate a few number
of UEs; in this case, the CellRangeExpansion parameter cannot be
used to balance loads between macro and micro cells or improve cell
edge coverage.
Applicable Mode: L
BackoffAlgoSwitc Backoff Meaning: Indicates whether to enable MLB for low-efficiency UEs.
h Algorithm InterFreqBackoffSwitch: Indicates whether to enable inter-neighboring-
Switch cell inter-frequency MLB for low-efficiency UEs. If this option is
selected, inter-frequency MLB is enabled for low-efficiency UEs. If this
option is deselected, inter-frequency MLB is disabled for low-efficiency
UEs. This option applies only to LTE TDD.
GUI Value Range: InterFreqBackoffSwitch(InterFreqBackoffSwitch)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: InterFreqBackoffSwitch
Recommended Value: InterFreqBackoffSwitch:Off
idle mode)
Impact on Radio Network Performance: When the
InterFreqBackoffSwitch check box is selected, low-efficiency UEs are
selected for MLB, thereby improving the average cell throughput.
When this check box is deselected, low-efficiency UEs are not
selected for MLB. In this situation, the average cell throughput cannot
reach its maximum.
Applicable Mode: L
HoAllowedSwitch Handover Meaning: Indicates whether to enable eNodeB-level handovers to be

Allowed activated in the cell when related eNodeB-level handover switches are
Switch on.
SrvBasedInterFreqHoSw: Indicates whether to enable service-based
inter-frequency handover to be activated in the cell. Service-based
inter-frequency handover is allowed to be activated in the cell only
when this switch is on. This option applies only to LTE FDD and LTE
TDD.
GeranSepOpMobilitySwitch: Indicates whether to differentiate mobility
policies for GERAN operators. When this switch is on, different
network policies can be applied to different GERAN operators. Such
policies include SRVCC and SI obtaining through RIM procedures.
When this switch is off, different network policies cannot be applied to
different GERAN operators. This option applies only to LTE FDD.
UtranCsfbSwitch: Indicates whether to enable CSFB for UTRAN.
When this switch is on, CSFB to UTRAN is allowed. When this switch
is off, the UTRAN CSFB algorithm is disabled. If eNodeB-level
UtranCsfbSwitch is on, local-cell-level parameter settings do not take
effect. If eNodeB-level UtranCsfbSwitch is off, local-cell-level
parameter settings take effect. This option applies only to LTE FDD
and LTE TDD.
GeranCsfbSwitch: Indicates whether to enable CSFB for GERAN.
When this switch is on, CSFB to GERAN is allowed. When this switch
is off, the GERAN CSFB algorithm is disabled. If eNodeB-level
GeranCsfbSwitch is on, local-cell-level parameter settings do not take
effect. If eNodeB-level GeranCsfbSwitch is off, local-cell-level
parameter settings take effect. This option applies only to LTE FDD
and LTE TDD.
UtranFlashCsfbSwitch: This switch does not take effect if
UtranCsfbSwitch is off. When the UtranFlashCsfbSwitch is on, flash
CSFB to UTRAN is enabled, and UTRAN system information is carried
during redirection. When the UtranFlashCsfbSwitch is off, flash CSFB
to UTRAN is disabled. If eNodeB-level UtranFlashCsfbSwitch is on,
local-cell-level parameter settings do not take effect. If eNodeB-level
UtranFlashCsfbSwitch is off, local-cell-level parameter settings take
effect. This option applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
GeranFlashCsfbSwitch: This switch does not take effect if
GeranCsfbSwitch is off. When the GeranFlashCsfbSwitch is on, flash
CSFB to GERAN is enabled, and GERAN system information is
carried during redirection. When the GeranFlashCsfbSwitch is off,
flash CSFB to GERAN is disabled. If eNodeB-level
GeranFlashCsfbSwitch is on, local-cell-level parameter settings do not
take effect. If eNodeB-level GeranFlashCsfbSwitch is off, local-cell-
level parameter settings take effect. This option applies only to LTE
FDD and LTE TDD.
CsfbAdaptiveBlindHoSwitch: This switch does not take effect if
BlindHoSwitch is off. If BlindHoSwitch is on and
UFCsfbBlindHoDisSwitch is also on, CsfbAdaptiveBlindHoSwitch does
not take effect and UEs fall back to UTRAN or GERAN through ultra-
flash CSFB. When this switch is on, CSFB adaptive blind handover is
enabled. In this situation, an optimal handover mode is used
depending on UE position in the CSFB scenario. When this switch is
off, CSFB adaptive blind handover is disabled. If eNodeB-level
CsfbAdaptiveBlindHoSwitch is on, local-cell-level parameter settings
do not take effect. If eNodeB-level CsfbAdaptiveBlindHoSwitch is off,
local-cell-level parameter settings take effect. This option applies only
UtranCsfbSteeringSwitch: UTRAN CSFB steering is enabled when this
switch is on. In this case, RRC_IDLE UEs can use separate
configuration policies when triggering CSFB. UTRAN CSFB steering is
disabled when this switch is off. If eNodeB-level
UtranCsfbSteeringSwitch is on, local-cell-level parameter settings do
not take effect. If eNodeB-level UtranCsfbSteeringSwitch is off, local-
cell-level parameter settings take effect. This option applies only to
GeranCsfbSteeringSwitch: GERAN CSFB steering is enabled when
this switch is on. In this case, RRC_IDLE UEs can use separate
configuration policies when triggering CSFB. GERAN CSFB steering is
disabled when this switch is off. If eNodeB-level
GeranCsfbSteeringSwitch is on, local-cell-level parameter settings do
not take effect. If eNodeB-level GeranCsfbSteeringSwitch is off, local-
cell-level parameter settings take effect. This option applies only to
ServBasedHoBackSwitch: Indicates whether to allow service- or
service-request-based inter-frequency handovers to source
frequencies for UEs that have been handed over from the source
frequencies to target frequencies. Such handovers to the source
frequencies are allowed only if this switch is on. This switch takes
effect for TDD cells with ServiceHoBearerPolicy set to
SERVICE_HO_QCI_ALLOWED and does not take effect for TDD cells
with ServiceHoBearerPolicy set to
SERVICE_HO_QCI_NOT_ALLOWED. This option applies only to LTE
FDD and LTE TDD.
ServiceReqInterFreqHoSwitch: If this option is selected, service-
request-based inter-frequency handovers are enabled and UEs using
a specific type of services can be handed over to inter-frequency cells.
If this option is deselected, service-request-based inter-frequency
handovers are disabled. This option applies only to LTE FDD and LTE
TDD.
GUI Value Range:
SrvBasedInterFreqHoSw(SrvBasedInterFreqHoSw),
GeranSepOpMobilitySwitch(GeranSepOpMobilitySwitch),
UtranCsfbSwitch(UtranCsfbSwitch),
GeranCsfbSwitch(GeranCsfbSwitch),
UtranFlashCsfbSwitch(UtranFlashCsfbSwitch),
GeranFlashCsfbSwitch(GeranFlashCsfbSwitch),
CsfbAdaptiveBlindHoSwitch(CsfbAdaptiveBlindHoSwitch),
UtranCsfbSteeringSwitch(UtranCsfbSteeringSwitch),
GeranCsfbSteeringSwitch(GeranCsfbSteeringSwitch),
ServBasedHoBackSwitch(ServBasedHoBackSwitch),
ServiceReqInterFreqHoSwitch(ServiceReqInterFreqHoSwitch)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: SrvBasedInterFreqHoSw,
GeranSepOpMobilitySwitch, UtranCsfbSwitch, GeranCsfbSwitch,
UtranFlashCsfbSwitch, GeranFlashCsfbSwitch,
CsfbAdaptiveBlindHoSwitch, UtranCsfbSteeringSwitch,
GeranCsfbSteeringSwitch, ServBasedHoBackSwitch,
ServiceReqInterFreqHoSwitch
Recommended Value: SrvBasedInterFreqHoSw:On,
GeranSepOpMobilitySwitch:Off, UtranCsfbSwitch:Off,
GeranCsfbSwitch:Off, UtranFlashCsfbSwitch:Off,
GeranFlashCsfbSwitch:Off, CsfbAdaptiveBlindHoSwitch:Off,
UtranCsfbSteeringSwitch:Off, GeranCsfbSteeringSwitch:Off,
ServBasedHoBackSwitch:Off, ServiceReqInterFreqHoSwitch:Off
idle mode)
Impact on Radio Network Performance: SrvBasedInterFreqHoSw: If
ServiceBasedInterFreqHoSwitch of the HoAlgoSwitch parameter in the
ENodeBAlgoSwitch MO is off, the setting of SrvBasedInterFreqHoSw
has no impact on network performance. If
ServiceBasedInterFreqHoSwitch of the HoAlgoSwitch parameter in the
ENodeBAlgoSwitch MO is on, turning on SrvBasedInterFreqHoSw
enables the cell to use the same service steering policies as other
cells and improves the network performance based on service
steering; turning off SrvBasedInterFreqHoSw disables the cell to use
service steering.
GeranSepOpMobilitySwitch: When this switch is on, different network
policies can be applied to different GERAN operators. Such policies
include SRVCC and SI obtaining through RIM procedures. In this way,
operators supporting SRVCC or RIM procedures can select an optimal
network policy to achieve the best performance. When this switch is
off, a uniform network policy is applied to different GERAN operators.
That is, operators cannot utilize the best network performance
according to their network characteristics.
ServBasedHoBackSwitch: When this switch is off, service steering
cannot be implemented. When this switch is on, service steering can
be implemented, improving network performance.
ServiceReqInterFreqHoSwitch: If this option is selected, the E-RAB
setup success rate of voice-related QCIs decreases and the number of
voice service handovers increases.
Applicable Mode: L
NCellClassMgtSw Neighbor Meaning: Indicates neighboring cell classification management. This

Cell parameter includes the following options:
Classificati INTRA_RAT_NCELL_CLASS_SW: If this option is selected, intra-RAT
on Mgt event-triggered ANR or intra-RAT fast ANR is enabled, and the ANR
Switch indicator is set to ALLOWED for this frequency, the eNodeB
automatically marks the NCellClassLabel parameter value as
FORMAL or EXTENDED for intra-RAT neighboring cells based on
handover-related statistic results. This option applies only to LTE FDD
and LTE TDD.
NCELL_CLASS_HO_POLICY_SW: If this option is selected, intra-RAT
event-triggered ANR is enabled, and the ANR indicator is set to
ALLOWED for this frequency, target cells for handovers must be
determined based on E-UTRAN cell global identifier (ECGI) reading on
intra-RAT neighboring cells whose NCellClassLabel parameter value
is EXTENDED. This option applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
NCELL_CLASS_PCI_CONFLICT_SW: If this option is selected and
PCI conflict detection is enabled, PCI conflict detection and reporting
are not performed on the neighboring cells whose NCellClassLabel
parameter value is EXTENDED. This option applies only to LTE FDD
and LTE TDD.
UTRAN_NCELL_CLASS_SW: If this option is selected, event-
triggered ANR with UTRAN or fast ANR with UTRAN is enabled, and
the ANR indicator is set to ALLOWED for this UTRAN frequency, the
eNodeB automatically marks the NCellClassLabel parameter value as
FORMAL or EXTENDED for neighboring UTRAN cells based on
and LTE TDD.
GERAN_NCELL_CLASS_SW: If this option is selected, event-
triggered ANR with GERAN or fast ANR with GERAN is enabled, and
the ANR indicator is set to ALLOWED for this GERAN frequency, the
eNodeB automatically marks the NCellClassLabel parameter value as
FORMAL or EXTENDED for neighboring GERAN cells based on
and LTE TDD.
EXTENDED_NCELL_MNG_SW: In intra-RAT neighboring cells, if this
option is selected, the eNodeB writes intra-RAT neighboring cells
whose NCellClassLabel parameter value is EXTENDED in the
memory to the configuration database when any of the following
conditions is met: (a). The IntraRatNcellMgtMode parameter value is
changed from INTERNAL_STORAGE_MODE(StorageMode) to
CONFIGURATION_MODE(ConfigMode). (b). Intra-RAT event-
triggered ANR and intra-RAT fast ANR are disabled. (c). The
INTRA_RAT_NCELL_CLASS_SW option is deselected. (d). The ANR
indicator is set to NOT_ALLOWED for an intra-RAT frequency. (e).
The value of the OptMode parameter in the ANR MO is changed from
FREE(FREE) to CONTROLLED(CONTROLLED). If this option is
deselected, the eNodeB directly discards intra-RAT neighboring cells
memory. In neighboring UTRAN (or GERAN) cells, if this option is
selected, the eNodeB writes neighboring UTRAN (or GERAN) cells
memory to the configuration database when any of the following
conditions is met: (a). Event-triggered ANR with UTRAN (or GERAN)
and fast ANR with UTRAN (or GERAN) are disabled. (b). The
UTRAN_NCELL_CLASS_SW (or GERAN_NCELL_CLASS_SW)
option is deselected. (c). The ANR indicator is set to NOT_ALLOWED
for the UTRAN (or GERAN) frequency. (d). The value of the OptMode
parameter in the ANR MO is changed from FREE(FREE) to
CONTROLLED(CONTROLLED). If this option is deselected, the
eNodeB directly discards neighboring UTRAN (or GERAN) cells
memory. This option applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
GUI Value Range:
INTRA_RAT_NCELL_CLASS_SW(INTRA_RAT_NCELL_CLASS_SW
),
NCELL_CLASS_HO_POLICY_SW(NCELL_CLASS_HO_POLICY_S
W),
NCELL_CLASS_PCI_CONFLICT_SW(NCELL_CLASS_PCI_CONFLI
CT_SW),
UTRAN_NCELL_CLASS_SW(UTRAN_NCELL_CLASS_SW),
GERAN_NCELL_CLASS_SW(GERAN_NCELL_CLASS_SW),
EXTENDED_NCELL_MNG_SW(EXTENDED_NCELL_MNG_SW)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: INTRA_RAT_NCELL_CLASS_SW,
NCELL_CLASS_HO_POLICY_SW,
NCELL_CLASS_PCI_CONFLICT_SW, UTRAN_NCELL_CLASS_SW,
GERAN_NCELL_CLASS_SW, EXTENDED_NCELL_MNG_SW
idle mode)
Impact on Radio Network Performance:
NCELL_CLASS_HO_POLICY_SW: If this option is selected and the
NCellClassLabel parameter value is EXTENDED in intra-RAT
neighboring cells, the target cells for handovers are determined based
on ECGI reading. ECGI reading helps detect potential neighboring
cells with conflicted PCIs but affects user experience. If this option is
deselected, the efficiency of detecting potential neighboring cells with
conflicted PCIs decreases, and the probability of handovers to
inappropriate cells with conflicted PCIs increases. As a result, the
handover success rate decreases.
INTRA_RAT_NCELL_CLASS_SW/NCELL_CLASS_PCI_CONFLICT_
SW: The settings of these options have no impact on network
performance.
EXTENDED_NCELL_MNG_SW: If this option is deselected,
neighboring cells whose NCellClassLabel parameter value is
EXTENDED in the memory are discarded, and CGIs of these
neighboring cells must be re-read if handovers to these neighboring
cells are initiated. CGI re-reading decreases UE throughput and
delays handovers. As a result, service drops may occur. Selecting this
option has no impact on network performance.
Applicable Mode: L
SpePCIBasedPoli Specified Meaning: Indicates whether to enable PCI-based algorithms. This

cySw PCI Based parameter includes the following options:
Policy IntraAnrPolicySwitch: Indicates whether to enable PCI-based intra-
Switch RAT ANR. If this option is selected and intra-RAT event-triggered ANR
or intra-RAT fast ANR is enabled, PCI-based intra-RAT ANR is
enabled to construct and optimize neighboring relationships between
common cells and cells with specified PCIs. This option applies only to
PciConflictDetectPolicySwitch: Indicates whether to enable PCI-based
PCI conflict detection. If this option is selected and PCI confusion
detection is enabled, PCI-based PCI conflict detection is enabled. If
the eNodeB attempts to configure a cell with a specified PCI that
operates on the same frequency and has the same PCI with any
configured neighboring cell of a common cell as another neighboring
cell of the common cell, PCI confusion detection is not performed on
the cell with a specified PCI. This option applies only to LTE FDD and
LTE TDD.
NCellAddProhibitPolicySwitch: If this option is selected, the eNodeB
does not add cells with specified PCIs to the NRT or NCL when adding
neighbor relationships. If this option is deselected, cells with specified
PCIs can be added to the NRT or NCL. This option applies only to LTE
FDD and LTE TDD.
If the PCI of a cell is within the value range specified by parameters in
EutranSpePciCell MOs, this cell is a cell with specified PCI; otherwise,
this cell is a common cell.
GUI Value Range:
IntraAnrPolicySwitch(INTRA_ANR_POLICY_SWITCH),
PciConflictDetectPolicySwitch(PCI_CONFLICT_DETECT_POLICY_S
WITCH),
NCellAddProhibitPolicySwitch(NCELL_ADD_PROHIBIT_POLICY_SW
ITCH)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: IntraAnrPolicySwitch,
PciConflictDetectPolicySwitch, NCellAddProhibitPolicySwitch
Recommended Value: IntraAnrPolicySwitch:Off,
PciConflictDetectPolicySwitch:Off, NCellAddProhibitPolicySwitch:Off
idle mode)
Impact on Radio Network Performance: IntraAnrPolicySwitch: If this
option is selected, a UE reads CGIs of neighboring cells to discover
neighboring cells and to enable the eNodeB to maintain the NRT and
determine the target cells for handovers during the movement from a
common cell towards cells with specified PCIs. CGI reading helps
decrease handover failures caused by PCI confusion but decreases
UE throughput. If this option is deselected, a UE does not distinguish
common cells from cells with specified PCIs during handovers.
Instead, the UE selects target cells based on neighbor relationships in
NRTs. As a result, the handover success rate decreases when PCI
confusion occurs between neighboring cells.
PciConflictDetectPolicySwitch: If this option is selected, the eNodeB
attempts to configure a cell with a specified PCI that operates on the
same frequency and has the same PCI with any configured
neighboring cell of a common cell as another neighboring cell of the
common cell, and PCI confusion detection is not performed on the cell
with a specified PCI. Selecting this option has no impact on network
performance.
NCellAddProhibitPolicySwitch: If this option is selected, the eNodeB
does not add cells with specified PCIs to the NRT. In this case,
functions involving neighbor relationships such as CA ANGC and
eICIC ANGC are unavailable when such cells must be used.
Applicable Mode: L
CellPIMInterMitig Cell Meaning: Indicates whether to enable passive intermodulation (PIM)

Switch Passive interference mitigation in the cell.
Inter- This parameter applies only to macro eNodeBs. This parameter
Modulation applies only to LTE FDD.
Interferenc
e GUI Value Range: OFF(Off), ON(On)
Mitigation Unit: None
Switch Actual Value Range: OFF, ON
Recommended Value: The parameter value ON(On) is recommended
in scenarios with the presence of PIM interference.
The parameter value OFF(Off) is recommended in other scenarios.
idle mode)
Impact on Radio Network Performance: In scenarios with the presence
of PIM interference, setting this parameter to ON improves uplink
performance and cell throughput.
Applicable Mode: L
PrachJointRecept Prach Joint Meaning: Indicates whether to enable joint reception on the PRACH
ionSwitch Reception for 16T16R LTE TDD networks. This parameter applies only to
Switch 16T16R LTE TDD networks. If this parameter is set to ON(On), joint
reception is enabled on the PRACH. If this parameter is set to
OFF(Off), joint reception is disabled on the PRACH. This option
Unit: None
idle mode)
Impact on Radio Network Performance: If joint reception on the
PRACH is enabled in 16T16R LTE TDD networks, the RACH access
success rate and re-synchronization or RRC connection
reestablishment success rate increase. If joint reception on the
PRACH is disabled in 16T16R coverage-limited networks, the
demodulation performance of the PRACH is poorer than that of the
PUSCH, the access success rate of CEUs decreases.
Applicable Mode: L
FeicicSwitch FeICIC Meaning: Indicates whether to enable the FeICIC algorithm. In a

Switch heterogeneous network (HetNet), this algorithm can be used together
the Dynamic TDM eICIC algorithm and CRE function to extend the
micro cell coverage area and increase the number of UEs served by
the micro cell. To support the FeICIC algorithm, set the EicicSwitch
parameter to DYNAMIC in both the macro and micro cells. This
GUI Value Range: OFF(Off), ABS(ABS)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: OFF, ABS
In the CellAlgoSwitch MO, if FeicicSwitch is set to ABS, EicicSwitch
must be set to DYNAMIC.
In the CellAlgoSwitch MO, if the AvoidCDMAInterfSwitch option of
AvoidInterfSwitch is selected, FeicicSwitch must be set to OFF.
idle mode)
Impact on Radio Network Performance: When the switch is turned on,
the permissible value of CRE increases, allowing micro base stations
to serve more users. When the switch is turned off, the permissible
value of CRE decreases, allowing micro base stations to serve fewer
users. When the CRE is assigned an appropriate value, macro-to-
micro handovers increase, allowing micro base stations to serve more
users. In this way, user experience is equally improved on macro and
micro networks, improving the edge throughput on the entire network.
Applicable Mode: L
CamcSwitch Coordinate Meaning: Indicates whether to enable coordinated AMC for the cell.
d AMC UlCamcSw: Indicates whether to enable uplink coordinated AMC for
Switch the cell. This option applies only to LTE TDD.
UlInterEnbCamcSw: Indicates whether to enable uplink inter-eNodeB
coordinated AMC for the cell. This option applies only to LTE TDD.
GUI Value Range: UlCamcSw(UlCamcSw),
UlInterEnbCamcSw(UlInterEnbCamcSw)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: UlCamcSw, UlInterEnbCamcSw
Recommended Value: UlCamcSw:Off
UlInterEnbCamcSw:Off
idle mode)
Impact on Radio Network Performance: UlCamcSw:
If this check box is selected, uplink coordinated AMC is used for uplink
MCS selection. Uplink coordinated AMC helps predict interference and
SINR based on the scheduling in the coordinating cell group, ensuring
accurate MCS selection. Selecting this check box increases cell
throughput and UE throughput, improves uplink coverage and PUSCH
coverage, and increases the user-perceived rate in scenarios where
interference fluctuates. Uplink coordinated AMC produces higher gains
when the interference fluctuates more violently. Uplink coordinated
AMC does not generate gains in interference-free or steady
interference scenarios. If this check box is deselected, uplink
coordinated AMC is not used for uplink MCS selection, and network
UlInterEnbCamcSw:
If this check box is selected, uplink inter-eNodeB coordinated AMC is
used for uplink MCS selection. Uplink inter-eNodeB coordinated AMC
helps predict interference and SINR based on the scheduling in the
coordinating cell group, ensuring accurate MCS selection. Selecting
this check box increases cell throughput and UE throughput, improves
uplink coverage and PUSCH coverage, and increases the user-
perceived rate in scenarios where interference fluctuates. Uplink inter-
eNodeB coordinated AMC produces higher gains when the
interference fluctuates more violently. Uplink inter-eNodeB coordinated
AMC does not generate gains in interference-free or steady
interference scenarios. If this check box is deselected, uplink inter-
eNodeB coordinated AMC is not used for uplink MCS selection, and
Applicable Mode: L
RruUeMapSwitch RU Ue Meaning: Indicates whether to enable MPMU-level UE identification in

Map LampSite eNodeBs. If this parameter is set to ON(On), the eNodeB
Switch generates the mapping between UEs and MPMUs for MPMU-level
maintenance and commissioning based on CHRs and counters. This
Unit: None
Recommended Value: OFF
CellAlgoSwitch MO can be selected only when the RruUeMapSwitch
parameter in the same CellAlgoSwitch MO is set to OFF.
idle mode)
uplink throughput decreases by less than 1%.
Applicable Mode: L
HighSpeedSchOp High Meaning: Indicates whether to enable scheduling optimization in high-

tSwitch Speed speed or high-speed railway scenarios.
Optimized InterfHighSpeedSW: Indicates whether coordinated scheduling and
Switch anti-interference are enabled in high-speed railway scenarios. If this
option is selected, coordinated scheduling and anti-interference are
enabled in high-speed railway scenarios and the eNodeB works with
the eCoordinator to perform coordinated scheduling between public
and dedicated networks. If this option is deselected, coordinated
scheduling and anti-interference are disabled in high-speed railway
scenarios. This option applies only to LTE TDD.
HighSpeedUserRedirectSwitch: Indicates whether high-speed UEs
can be redirected to high-speed frequencies. It is recommended that
this option be selected only for common cells adjacent to a high-speed
railway. This option applies only to LTE TDD.
DlAfcSwitch: Indicates whether to enable downlink AFC. This option
applies only to high-speed multi-RRU combination cells. The eNodeB
performs AFC for downlink data received by UEs in such cells,
reducing the performance loss caused by high-speed mobility. If this
option is selected, downlink AFC is enabled. If this option is
deselected, downlink AFC is disabled. This option applies only to LTE
FDD and LTE TDD.
ProcSwitchBasedOnUserSpeed: Indicates whether to enable UE-rate-
based differentiated processing for high-speed railway cells. If this
option is selected, the eNodeB identifies rate attributes of UEs in the
cell and performs differentiated processing on functions and
parameters related to such rate attributes. If this option is deselected,
the eNodeB does not perform differentiated processing on functions
and parameters related to such rate attributes.
SpeedBasedMimoAdpSwitch: Indicates whether to enable rate-based
differentiated adaptive MIMO for high-speed railway cells. If this option
is selected, the eNodeB identifies rate attributes of UEs in the cell and
performs differentiated processing on functions and parameters
related to such rate attributes. If this option is deselected, the eNodeB
does not perform differentiated processing on functions and
parameters related to such rate attributes. This option takes effect only
when the ProcSwitchBasedOnUserSpeed option of this parameter is
selected. This option applies only to LTE FDD.
FastAutoFreqControlSwitch: Indicates whether to quickly compensate
for uplink frequency deviation for high-speed UEs.
HighSpeedVolteRedirectSwitch: Indicates whether to redirect high-
speed VoLTE UEs to high-speed frequencies. This option applies only
to high-speed railway scenarios. If this option is selected for common
cells adjacent to a high-speed railway, the eNodeB redirects frequently
handed-over VoLTE UEs to a high-speed railway dedicated network. It
is recommended that this option be deselected in other scenarios. This
LowSpeedBlindRedirect: Indicates whether to redirect low-speed UEs
to low-speed frequencies. Select this option only for high-speed cells
in high-speed railway scenarios. This option applies only to LTE TDD.
HSCABlindRedirectSw: Indicates whether to perform inter-frequency
blind redirections for high-speed CA UEs. This option applies only to
LTE TDD.
GUI Value Range: InterfHighSpeedSW(InterfHighSpeedSW),
HighSpeedUserRedirectSwitch(HighSpeedUserRedirectSwitch),
DlAfcSwitch(DlAfcSwitch),
ProcSwitchBasedOnUserSpeed(ProcSwitchBasedOnUserSpeed),
SpeedBasedMimoAdpSwitch(SpeedBasedMimoAdpSwitch),
FastAutoFreqControlSwitch(FastAutoFreqControlSwitch),
HighSpeedVolteRedirectSwitch(HighSpeedVolteRedirectSwitch),
LowSpeedBlindRedirect(LowSpeedBlindRedirect),
HSCABlindRedirectSw(HSCABlindRedirectSw)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: InterfHighSpeedSW,
HighSpeedUserRedirectSwitch, DlAfcSwitch,
ProcSwitchBasedOnUserSpeed, SpeedBasedMimoAdpSwitch,
FastAutoFreqControlSwitch, HighSpeedVolteRedirectSwitch,
LowSpeedBlindRedirect, HSCABlindRedirectSw
Recommended Value: It is recommended that the InterfHighSpeedSW
option be selected when the eNodeB is connected to the eCoordinator
and coordinated scheduling and anti-interference for high-speed
railways are required. It is recommended that this option be
deselected in other scenarios.
It is recommended that the HighSpeedUserRedirectSwitch option be
selected for normal cells adjacent to a high-speed railway. It is
recommended that this option be deselected in other scenarios.
It is recommended that the DlAfcSwitch option be selected when high-
speed UEs are mainly served by RRU combination cells deployed for
high-speed railways. It is recommended that this option be deselected
in other scenarios.
It is recommended that the ProcSwitchBasedOnUserSpeed option be
selected when a large number of low-speed UEs reside in a high-
speed railway cell.
It is recommended that this option be deselected in other scenarios.
It is recommended that the SpeedBasedMimoAdpSwitch option be
selected when a high-speed railway cell serves low-speed UEs and
closed-loop MIMO needs to be performed for such UEs. It is
FastAutoFreqControlSwitch:Off,
HighSpeedVolteRedirectSwitch: Off
It is recommended that the LowSpeedBlindRedirect option be selected
when a large number of low-speed UEs reside in a high-speed railway
cell and the neighboring public network provides poor coverage. It is
HSCABlindRedirectSw: Off
idle mode)
Impact on Radio Network Performance: InterfHighSpeedSW: This
option applies only to specific scenarios. If this option is selected, PRB
scheduling for common cells adjacent to a high-speed railway is
affected, deteriorating the performance of such cells. The severity of
the impact depends on the overlapping bandwidth and the duration
during which the train passes the common cells adjacent to the high-
speed railway. For the 20 MHz bandwidth, the performance of these
common cells deteriorates by 25% when the overlapping bandwidth is
5 MHz and deteriorates by 50% when the overlapping bandwidth is 10
MHz.
HighSpeedUserRedirectSwitch: If this option is selected, the eNodeB
may mistakenly identify UEs that are frequently handed over as high-
speed UEs and then redirect these UEs to high-speed railway
dedicated networks. During the redirection, the throughput may
decrease.
DlAfcSwitch: If this option is selected, the downlink performance is
improved for high-speed UEs in RRU combination cells served by
high-speed macro eNodeBs. If this option is deselected, downlink AFC
is disabled and the network performance is not affected.
ProcSwitchBasedOnUserSpeed: If this option is selected, the eNodeB
identifies rate attributes of UEs in the cell and performs differentiated
processing on functions and parameters related to such rate attributes,
improving the service experience of high-speed and low-speed UEs. If
this option is deselected, the eNodeB does not perform differentiated
processing on functions and parameters related to such rate attributes.
In this case, high-speed and low-speed cannot enjoy optimal service
experience.
SpeedBasedMimoAdpSwitch: If this option is selected, the eNodeB
identifies low-speed UEs and enables closed-loop MIMO for such
UEs, improving the service experience of such UEs. If this option is
deselected, the eNodeB does not perform differentiated processing on
functions and parameters related to such rate attributes. In this case,
low-speed UEs cannot enjoy optimal service experience.
FastAutoFreqControlSwitch: If this option is selected, multiple
processes concurrently handle automatic uplink frequency deviation
control for high-speed cells and ultra-high speed cells. If this option is
deselected, one process handles automatic uplink frequency deviation
control at a time for high-speed cells and ultra-high speed cells.
HighSpeedVolteRedirectSwitch: If this option is selected, the eNodeB
redirects VoLTE UEs that move at a high speed to a high-speed
railway dedicated network cell after they leave this network, improving
the quality of VoLTE services. If this option is deselected, the eNodeB
does not redirect VoLTE UEs that move at a high speed to a high-
speed railway dedicated network cell after they leave this network.
HSCABlindRedirectSw: If this option is selected, the eNodeB
preferentially triggers blind redirections for high-speed CA UEs when
there are non-serving E-UTRA in SCCs that meet the conditions for
triggering blind redirections, reducing resources used for gap-assisted
measurement. However, the service drop rate may increase if
parameters related to SCC handovers are improperly set. If this option
is deselected, the eNodeB delivers gap-assisted measurement
configurations to high-speed CA UEs, increasing resources used for
such measurement but ensuring the service drop rate. This option
Applicable Mode: L
ServiceDiffSwitch Service Meaning: Indicates whether to enable the functions related to service
Differentiat differentiation.
ed Switch VideoRateAdaptSwitch: If this option is deselected, adaptive data rate
adjustment for video services is disabled. If this option is selected,
adaptive data rate adjustment for video services is enabled. This
DownLoadRateLimitSwitch: If this option is deselected, download data
rate control during busy hours is disabled. If this option is selected,
download data rate control during busy hours is enabled. This option
GUI Value Range: VideoRateAdaptSwitch(VideoRateAdaptSwitch),
DownLoadRateLimitSwitch(DownLoadRateLimitSwitch)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: VideoRateAdaptSwitch,
DownLoadRateLimitSwitch
Recommended Value: VideoRateAdaptSwitch:Off,
DownLoadRateLimitSwitch:Off
If the DownLoadRateLimitSwitch or VideoRateAdaptSwitch option of
ServiceDiffSwitch in the CellAlgoSwitch MO is selected, the
ScVideoRateAdaptSwitch option of ScVideoOptSwitch in the
CellAlgoSwitch MO cannot be selected. If the
ScVideoRateAdaptSwitch option is selected, neither
DownLoadRateLimitSwitch nor VideoRateAdaptSwitch can be
selected.
idle mode)
Impact on Radio Network Performance: This parameter determines
whether to adjust video rates or limit download rates during busy
hours.
If the VideoRateAdaptSwitch is turned on, the eNodeB provides a
higher-priority guarantee for video.
When channel conditions are better and video rates are lower than the
guaranteed bit rate, the scheduling probability is higher and cell
throughput is higher.
When channel conditions are poorer and video rates are lower than
the guaranteed bit rate, the scheduling probability is higher and cell
throughput is lower.
If the DownLoadRateLimitSwitch is turned on, the eNodeB provides a
lower-priority guarantee for download services.
When channel conditions are better and download rates are higher
than the maximum bit rate, the scheduling probability is lower and cell
throughput is lower.
When channel conditions are poorer and download rates are higher
than the maximum bit rate, the scheduling probability is lower and cell
throughput is higher.
Applicable Mode: L
LtePttQoSSwitch PTT QoS Meaning: Indicates whether to enable GBR for dedicated bearers
Switch allocated to PTT services with extended QCIs. GBR can be enabled
for dedicated bearers allocated to PTT services in a cell only when this
parameter is set to ON(On). This parameter applies only to LTE FDD
and LTE TDD.
Unit: None
Service Interrupted After Modification: No
Applicable Mode: L
SrsPucchEnhanc SRS and Meaning: Indicates whether to enable allocation enhancement for SRS
edSwitch PUCCH and PUCCH resources. When this parameter is set to ON, allocation
Allocation enhancement for SRS and PUCCH resources is enabled and
Enhanced inaccurate resource allocation caused by the delay of cell load update
Switch no longer occurs. When this parameter is set to OFF, the general
resource allocation procedure is used and inaccurate resource
allocation caused by the delay of cell load update occurs. This
Unit: None
Recommended Value: ON(On)
idle mode)
ON, inaccurate resource allocation caused by the delay of cell load
update no longer occurs. More long-period resources are allocated
when the cell load changes from light to heavy; more short-period
resources are allocated when the cell load changes from heavy to
light. When this parameter is set to OFF, inaccurate resource
allocation caused by the delay of cell load update occurs.
Applicable Mode: L
UEInactiveTimer UE Meaning: Indicates whether the UeInactiveTimerQci1 parameter takes

QCI1Switch Inactive effect. If UEInactiveTimerQCI1Switch is on, UeInactiveTimerQci1
Timer for takes effect; when there are QCI 1 services, the UE inactivity timer
QCI1 length is specified by UeInactiveTimerQci1. If
Switch UEInactiveTimerQCI1Switch is off, UeInactiveTimerQci1 does not take
effect and the UE inactivity timer length is specified by
UeInactiveTimer. This parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE
TDD.
Unit: None
idle mode)
Impact on Radio Network Performance: If UEInactiveTimerQCI1Switch
is on and the UeInactiveTimerQci1 parameter value is less than the
UeInactiveTimer parameter value, the online time of VoLTE UEs
becomes shorter, thereby increasing the number of RRC connection
setup requests and the number of normal RRC connection releases
and decreasing the VoLTE service drop rate. If
UEInactiveTimerQCI1Switch is on and the UeInactiveTimerQci1
parameter value is greater than the UeInactiveTimer parameter value,
the online time of VoLTE UEs becomes longer, thereby decreasing the
number of RRC connection setup requests and the number of normal
RRC connection releases and increasing the VoLTE service drop rate.
If UEInactiveTimerQCI1Switch is off, the UEInactiveTimerQCI1
parameter does not take effect. If the UeInactiveTimer parameter is
set to a small value, there is a high probability that a calling UE is
released when the called UE does not answer the call and the UE
inactivity timer expires. Then, the released UE reselects a VoLTE-
incapable cell, causing a call failure.
Applicable Mode: L
UlJRAntNumCom UL JR Meaning: Indicates whether to enable UL joint reception among cells

bSw Antenna each with the specific number of RX antennas.
Number Ul1R1RJRSwitch: Indicates whether to enable UL joint reception
Combined among cells each with one RX antenna. If this option is selected, UL
Switch joint reception is enabled among such cells. You are advised to select
this option when the serving cell and coordinating cells are not
connected based on relaxed backhaul. If this option is deselected, UL
joint reception among such cells is disabled. This option applies only
to LTE FDD.
Ul1R2RJRSwitch: Indicates whether to enable UL joint reception
among cells each with one RX antenna and cells each with two RX
antennas. If this option is selected, UL joint reception among such
cells is enabled. You are advised to select this option when the serving
cell and coordinating cells are not connected based on relaxed
backhaul. If this option is deselected, UL joint reception among such
cells is disabled. This option applies only to LTE FDD.
among cells each with two RX antennas and cells each with eight RX
cells is enabled. If this option is deselected, UL joint reception among
such cells is disabled. This option applies only to LTE TDD.
among cells each with four RX antennas and cells each with eight RX
cells is enabled. If this option is deselected, UL joint reception among
such cells is disabled. This option applies only to LTE TDD.
among cells each with eight RX antennas. If this option is selected, UL
joint reception among such cells is enabled. If this option is
deselected, UL joint reception among such cells is disabled. This
option applies only to LTE TDD. When UL CoMP is enabled or
switches related to joint reception in SFN cells are turned on, UL joint
reception among cells each with two RX antennas and UL joint
reception among cells each with four RX antennas are enabled by
default.
among cells each with one RX antenna and cells each with four RX
cells is disabled. This option applies only to LTE FDD.
among cells each with two RX antennas and cells each with four RX
cells is disabled. This option applies only to LTE FDD and TDD.
GUI Value Range: Ul1R1RJRSwitch(Ul1R1RJRSwitch),
Ul1R2RJRSwitch(Ul1R2RJRSwitch),
Ul2R4RJRSwitch(Ul2R4RJRSwitch)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: Ul1R1RJRSwitch, Ul1R2RJRSwitch,
Ul2R8RJRSwitch, Ul4R8RJRSwitch, Ul8R8RJRSwitch,
Ul1R4RJRSwitch, Ul2R4RJRSwitch
Recommended Value: Ul1R1RJRSwitch:Off,
Ul1R2RJRSwitch:Off,Ul2R8RJRSwitch:Off,Ul4R8RJRSwitch:Off,Ul8R
8RJRSwitch:Off,Ul1R4RJRSwitch:Off,Ul2R4RJRSwitch:Off
idle mode)
Impact on Radio Network Performance: When the Ul1R1RJRSwitch,
Ul1R2RJRSwitch, Ul1R4RJRSwitch, or Ul2R4RJRSwitch option is
selected, UL joint reception among cells with specific number of
antennas is enabled if these cells are not connected in relaxed
backhaul mode, increasing the uplink throughput of UEs in the
overlapping area between these cells and the average uplink cell
throughput. The uplink throughput increase of CEUs indicates the
improvement of uplink coverage performance.
When the Ul2R8RJRSwitch, Ul4R8RJRSwitch, or Ul8R8RJRSwitch
option is selected, UL joint reception among cells with specific number
of antennas is enabled, increasing the uplink throughput of UEs in the
overlapping area between these cells and the average uplink cell
throughput. The uplink throughput increase of CEUs indicates the
improvement of uplink coverage performance.
Applicable Mode: L
VamPhaseShiftAl VAM Meaning: Indicates whether to enable the phase shift algorithm for
goSwitch Phase virtual antenna mapping in four-antenna scenarios with two CRS ports.
Shift This parameter applies only to LTE TDD cells.
Algorithm GUI Value Range:
Switch VamPhaseShiftAlgoSwitch(VamPhaseShiftAlgoSwitch)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: VamPhaseShiftAlgoSwitch
Recommended Value: VamPhaseShiftAlgoSwitch:Off
idle mode)
Impact on Radio Network Performance: The setting of this parameter
changes the phase of CRS ports for the virtual antenna mapping
algorithm but has no impact on the performance of the entire network.
Applicable Mode: L
AnrAlgoSwitch ANR Meaning: Indicates whether to enable automatic neighbor relation

Algorithm (ANR). This parameter provides the following options:
Switch BACKWARD_ANR_SW: When intra-RAT event-triggered ANR or
intra-RAT fast ANR is enabled and the BACKWARD_ANR_SW option
is selected for the target cell of an ANR procedure, the cell can add
the source cell to its NCL and NRT after obtaining source cell
information. If BACKWARD_ANR_SW is off, the target cell does not
add the source cell to its NCL or NRT. This option applies only to LTE
FDD and LTE TDD.
INTRA_RAT_OVERDISTANCE_SW: If this option is selected and
intra-RAT neighboring cell classification takes effect in memory mode,
the eNodeB reports information about intra-RAT neighboring cells to
the U2000 for the U2000 to detect over-distant neighboring cells and
handles the detection result returned by the U2000. If this option is
deselected, the eNodeB does not report information about intra-RAT
neighboring cells to the U2000 or handle the over-distant neighboring
cell detection result returned by the U2000. This option applies only to
UTRAN_OVERDISTANCE_SW: If this option is selected and
neighboring UTRAN cell classification takes effect, the eNodeB reports
information about neighboring UTRAN cells to the U2000 for the
U2000 to detect over-distant neighboring UTRAN cells and handles
the detection result returned by the U2000. If this option is deselected,
the eNodeB does not report information about neighboring UTRAN
cells to the U2000 or handle the over-distant neighboring UTRAN cell
detection result returned by the U2000. This option applies only to LTE
FDD and LTE TDD.
GUI Value Range: BACKWARD_ANR_SW(BACKWARD_ANR_SW),
INTRA_RAT_OVERDISTANCE_SW(INTRA_RAT_OVERDISTANCE_
SW), UTRAN_OVERDISTANCE_SW(UTRAN_OVERDISTANCE_SW)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: BACKWARD_ANR_SW,
INTRA_RAT_OVERDISTANCE_SW, UTRAN_OVERDISTANCE_SW
idle mode)
Impact on Radio Network Performance: If BACKWARD_ANR_SW is
deselected, addition of neighbor relationships by backward ANR does
not take effect, preventing the addition of redundant neighbor
relationships and PCI confusion. However, the efficiency of adding
unknown neighbor relationships decreases, reducing the handover
success rate and increasing the service drop rate in the case of PCI
confusion between neighboring cells. If BACKWARD_ANR_SW is
selected, addition of neighbor relationships by backward ANR takes
effect and unknown neighbor relationships can be added promptly.
However, redundant neighbor relationships may also be added and
confused neighboring cell PCI configurations may be introduced,
reducing the handover success rate and increasing the service drop
rate in the case of CGI reading failure before handovers.
If INTRA_RAT_OVERDISTANCE_SW is selected, the eNodeB
identifies intra-RAT over-distant neighboring cells and does not hand
over UEs to such cells, reducing handover failures and increasing
intra-RAT handover success rate. If
INTRA_RAT_OVERDISTANCE_SW is deselected, the eNodeB may
hand over UEs to over-distant neighboring cells, causing handover
failures.
If UTRAN_OVERDISTANCE_SW is selected, the eNodeB identifies
over-distant neighboring UTRAN cells and does not hand over UEs to
such cells, reducing handover failures and increasing the success rate
of handovers to neighboring UTRAN cells. If
UTRAN_OVERDISTANCE_SW is deselected, the eNodeB may hand
over UEs to over-distant neighboring UTRAN cells, causing handover
failures.
Applicable Mode: L
Dl256QamAlgoS Downlink Meaning: Indicates whether to enable the algorithms related to
witch 256QAM downlink (DL) 256 quadrature amplitude modulation (256QAM).
Algorithm Dl256QamSwitch: Indicates whether to enable DL 256QAM. If this
Switch option is selected, DL 256QAM is enabled, and the highest-order DL
modulation scheme is 256QAM for UEs that support DL 256QAM. If
this option is deselected, DL 256QAM is disabled and the highest-
order DL modulation scheme is 64QAM. The feature takes effect only
when a UBBP or LBBPd board is configured.
Dl256QamAccessorySwitch: Indicates whether to enable Downlink
256QAM Accessory. Downlink 256QAM Accessory is enabled only if
this option is selected. When this option is selected, error vector
magnitude (EVM) is optimized for 256QAM in the TTIs in which DL
256QAM takes effect. The feature takes effect only when a UBBP
board is configured.
GUI Value Range: Dl256QamSwitch(Dl256QamSwitch),
Dl256QamAccessorySwitch(Dl256QamAccessorySwitch)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: Dl256QamSwitch, Dl256QamAccessorySwitch
Recommended Value: Dl256QamSwitch:Off,
Dl256QamAccessorySwitch:Off
The Dl256QamAccessorySwitch option of the Dl256QamAlgoSwitch
parameter in a CellAlgoSwitch MO can be selected only when the
Dl256QamSwitch option of this parameter is selected.
idle mode)
Impact on Radio Network Performance: Dl256QamSwitch:When this
option is selected, the throughput and spectral efficiency of 256QAM-
capable UEs at the cell center are improved and data transmission
delay is reduced. When this option is deselected, network
performance is not affected. Dl256QamAccessorySwitch:When this
option is selected, EVM is optimized for 256QAM-capable UEs in the
TTIs in which DL 256QAM takes effect, thereby improving the
performance of these UEs and increasing user-perceived throughput
of these UEs. When this option is deselected, network performance is
not affected.
Applicable Mode: L
MlbAutoGroupSwi MLB Auto Meaning: OverlapIndAutoSwitch: Indicates whether the serving cell
tch Group evaluates its coverage overlap with neighboring cells and adds or
Configurati removes coverage overlap flags for the neighboring cells. The serving
on Switch cell performs these actions only when this option is selected. The
settings of MicroOverlapIndSwitch and MicroGroupOverlapIndSwitch
take effect only when the OverlapIndAutoSwitch option is selected.
MicroOverlapIndSwitch: Indicates whether a micro cell evaluates its
coverage overlap with the associated macro cell and instructs the
macro cell to add or remove the coverage overlap flag for the micro
cell. The micro cell performs these actions only when this option is
selected. If OverlapIndAutoSwitch and MicroOverlapIndSwitch both
are selected for a macro cell, the macro cell adds or removes the
coverage overlap flag for a micro cell when instructed to do so by the
micro cell. This option applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
MicroGroupOverlapIndSwitch: Indicates whether a macro cell
evaluates its coverage overlap with a group of associated micro cells
and adds or removes coverage overlap flags for all micro cells in the
group. The macro cell performs these actions only when this option is
selected. This option applies only to macro cells. If both
MicroOverlapIndSwitch and MicroGroupOverlapIndSwitch are selected
for a macro cell, only MicroOverlapIndSwitch takes effect. This option
GUI Value Range: OverlapIndAutoSwitch(OverlapIndAutoSwitch),
MicroOverlapIndSwitch(MicroOverlapIndSwitch),
MicroGroupOverlapIndSwitch(MicroGroupOverlapIndSwitch)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: OverlapIndAutoSwitch, MicroOverlapIndSwitch,
MicroGroupOverlapIndSwitch
Recommended Value: OverlapIndAutoSwitch:On
MicroOverlapIndSwitch:Off
MicroGroupOverlapIndSwitch:Off
idle mode)
Applicable Mode: L
CaAutoGroupSwit CA Auto Meaning: Indicates whether to enable automatic grouping for carrier
ch Group aggregation. If automatic grouping is enabled, the eNodeB identifies
Configurati the proportion of overlapping coverage between the serving and inter-
on Switch frequency neighboring cells and automatically adds, modifies, or
removes the blind SCell configuration flag for the inter-frequency
neighboring cells. This parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE
TDD.
GUI Value Range: BlindScellAutoSwitch(BlindScellAutoSwitch)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: BlindScellAutoSwitch
Recommended Value: BlindScellAutoSwitch:On
idle mode)
Applicable Mode: L
AttachCellSelfCfg Attach Cell Meaning: Indicates whether to enable automatic configuration of

Switch Auto macro-micro associations. If this parameter is set to ON, a micro cell
Config performs measurements to determine the associated macro cell. The
Switch macro-micro association is updated at the specified time. If this
parameter is set to OFF, macro-micro associations cannot be
automatically configured. Automatic configuration of macro-micro
associations requires that this parameter be set to ON for all macro
and micro cells involved. This parameter applies only to LTE FDD.
Unit: None
idle mode)
Impact on Radio Network Performance: If the macro-micro association
is automatically updated for a micro cell and the previous and new
macro cells use different ABS settings, the micro cell does not initiate
CRE and measurement set reconfiguration for UEs that accessed the
micro cell before the update. (The purpose is to control RRC signaling
overheads.) These UEs may suffer stronger interference from the
previous macro cell, and their performance deteriorates. It is
recommended that macro-micro associations be automatically
updated only when the micro cell serves few UEs.
Applicable Mode: L
CellDlCoverEnha Downlink Meaning: DlCellCoverEnhanceAlgoSw: Indicates whether to enable

nceSwitch Cell cell coverage enhancement. Enabling this function can increase the
Coverage throughput of cell edge UEs (CEUs) and improve cell coverage.
Enhancem AdptCellEdgePwrAllocSw: Indicates whether to enable adaptive power
ent Switch matching. Enabling this function in a lightly loaded wide coverage area
helps improve the performance of CEUs. This function is enabled only
when this option is selected. This option applies only to LTE FDD.
GUI Value Range:
DlCellCoverEnhanceAlgoSw(DlCellCoverEnhanceAlgoSw),
AdptCellEdgePwrAllocSw(AdptCellEdgePwrAllocSw)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: DlCellCoverEnhanceAlgoSw,
AdptCellEdgePwrAllocSw
Recommended Value: DlCellCoverEnhanceAlgoSw:off,
AdptCellEdgePwrAllocSw:off
The DlCellCoverEnhanceAlgoSw option of CellDlCoverEnhanceSwitch
in the CellAlgoSwitch MO can be selected only if GLPwrShare of the
CellAlgoSwitch MO is set to OFF.
EmimoSwitch is selected, the DlCellCoverEnhanceAlgoSw option of
CellDlCoverEnhanceSwitch must be deselected.
idle mode)
Impact on Radio Network Performance: DlCellCoverEnhanceAlgoSw:
If this option is selected, cell coverage enhancement is enabled to
increase downlink transmit power based on RRU capability for UEs
that meet a specific MCS threshold. In wide or intensive coverage
areas, this function increases the throughput of CEUs and improves
cell coverage. If this option is deselected, cell coverage enhancement
is disabled and network performance is not affected.
AdptCellEdgePwrAllocSw: If this option is selected, the throughput of
CEUs increases by about 5% in a lightly load wide coverage area. If
this option is deselected, the function is disabled and network
Applicable Mode: L
UlSchExtSwitch Uplink Meaning: Indicates whether to enable extended functions of uplink

Schedule scheduling.
Extended UlPacketLenAwareSchSw: Indicates whether to optimize uplink packet
Switch length awareness performance. Packet length awareness
performance is optimized in the uplink only if this option is selected.
EnhExtQCITtiBundlingSwitch: Indicates whether to enable TTI
bundling for push-to-talk (PTT) services with QCI 65, QCI 66, or
enhanced extended QCIs. If this option is selected, the number of
transmission opportunities increases within the air interface delay
budget of PTT services, and uplink coverage is improved. This option
EnhExtQCISpsSchSwitch: Indicates whether to enable semi-persistent
scheduling during talk spurts of PTT services with QCI 65, QCI 66, or
enhanced extended QCIs. If this option is selected, semi-persistent
scheduling is applied. If this option is deselected, dynamic scheduling
is applied. This option applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
UlVoipRbRsvSwitch: Indicates whether to reserve PUSCH RBs for
UEs running voice services in the uplink. This option does not take
effect if the uplink cell bandwidth is less than 5 MHz. This option
UlThpEnhSwitch: Indicates whether to enable the enhanced uplink
throughput improvement function. If this option is selected, the
eNodeB calculates the PUCCH overhead based on the actual number
of RBs occupied by the PUCCH when the number of UEs is small in
the cell, which improves the uplink throughput. If this option is
deselected, the eNodeB calculates the PUCCH overhead based on
the current PUCCH resource configuration. This option applies only to
LTE TDD.
UlDataFitterRbCalcSwitch: Indicates whether to enable the algorithm
of RB calculation based on uplink data volume matching. The
algorithm takes effect only when this option and the
SchedulerCtrlPowerSwitch option of the UlSchSwitch parameter are
selected. When this algorithm takes effect, the number of required
RBs is estimated based on the UE capability and the data volume to
be scheduled. If this algorithm does not take effect, the number of
required RBs is estimated based on the UE spectral efficiency and the
data volume to be scheduled. This option applies only to LTE FDD.
UlFssOptForAttach: Indicates whether to perform uplink frequency
selective scheduling based on the value of Interf in the network entry
phase. If this option is selected, uplink frequency selective scheduling
is performed based on the interference level during network access. If
this option is deselected, uplink frequency selective scheduling is
performed based on the SINR during network access. This option can
be selected when the ULFSSAlgoSwitch option of the UlSchSwitch
parameter is selected. This option applies only to LTE TDD.
SrbProbeSchSwitch: Indicates whether to proactively schedule uplink
signaling. If this option is selected, the eNodeB triggers proactive
scheduling of uplink signaling for once when the eNodeB determines
that data correctly scheduled in the downlink is control-plane signaling
that requires the uplink signaling feedback and does not receive the
feedback within a specified period of time. This option applies only to
UlSchCtrlPwrUserSetOptSw: Indicates whether to enable the
algorithm of selecting UE sets for the scheduler-controlled power
function. This algorithm takes effect only when this option and the
selected. When this algorithm takes effect, pre-scheduled UEs of a
lower priority are not included in the UE set selected by the scheduler.
When this algorithm does not take effect, all pre-scheduled UEs are
included in the UE set selected by the scheduler. This option applies
UlPttSchOptSwitch: Indicates whether to enable dynamic scheduling
for PTT services with QCI 65, QCI 66, or enhanced extended QCIs. If
this option is selected, for PTT service UEs that are scheduled
dynamically in the uplink, the eNodeB triggers uplink dynamic
scheduling when the scheduling interval is greater than the uplink
voice scheduling interval threshold. This ensures timely uplink
scheduling for voice service users in heavy traffic scenarios,
preventing packet discarding upon the timeout of PDCP packet
discarding timer. If this option is deselected, the eNodeB does not
trigger uplink dynamic scheduling for PTT services in the preceding
scenario. This option applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
UlPttDataSizeEstSwitch: Indicates whether to estimate uplink traffic
volume for dynamic scheduling of PTT services with QCI 65, QCI 66,
or enhanced extended QCIs. If this option is selected, the eNodeB
estimates uplink traffic volume for dynamic scheduling of PTT
services, reducing the packet delay and packet loss rate and
increasing voice quality of PTT services. If this option is deselected,
the function does not take effect. This option applies only to LTE FDD
and LTE TDD.
EnhancedSchForSparseSwitch: Indicates whether ping packets are
subject to the preallocation bandwidth percentage restriction and
whether to change the method of calculating the number of RBs to be
allocated for SR-based dynamic scheduling of ping packets. If this
option is selected, ping packets are not subject to the preallocation
bandwidth percentage restriction, and the number of RBs to be
allocated for SR-based dynamic scheduling of ping packets is
calculated based on the size of the ping packets. If this option is
deselected, ping packets are subject to the preallocation bandwidth
percentage restriction, and the number of RBs to be allocated for SR-
based dynamic scheduling of ping packets is calculated based on the
average spectral efficiency. For FDD, this option indicates only
whether ping packets are subject to the preallocation bandwidth
percentage restriction. This option applies only to LTE FDD and LTE
TDD.
UlSigSrSchDateLenAdapt: Indicates whether to enable data amount
adaptation for SR-based scheduling of uplink signaling. The
adaptation is enabled only if this option is selected. When the
adaptation is enabled, the eNodeB adaptively allocates the amount of
to-be-scheduled data and the number of RBs based on the signaling
identification result in SR-based scheduling of uplink signaling. This
UlFssWindSearchDirRandSw: Indicates whether to randomize the
search window direction in uplink frequency selective scheduling. The
randomization is enabled only if this option is selected. When the
randomization is enabled, the eNodeB randomly specifies a search
window direction for a cell in frequency selective scheduling. This
UlCellCenterMCSOptSwitch: Indicates whether to optimize MCSs for
uplink transmission by UEs in the cell center. The optimization is
enabled only if this option is selected. When the optimization is
enabled, the throughput of full-buffer services of UEs in or near the cell
center increases. This option applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
PuschSchEscPucchSwitch: If this option is selected, PUCCH
interference coordination takes effect, reducing PUCCH interference.
HarqMcsOptSwitch: If this option is selected, the instantaneous DMRS
measurement value can be used to select an MCS index for
retransmission. This option applies only to LTE TDD.
PreambleSchEnhSwitch: If this option is selected, the preamble
scheduling and demodulation success rates increase. If this option is
deselected, the preamble scheduling and demodulation success rates
do not increase. If this option is deselected in NB-IoT scenarios, the
maximum backoff index included in MAC PDU is 12. If this option is
selected in NB-IoT scenarios, the maximum backoff index included in
MAC PDU is 7. This accommodates certain UEs not supporting higher
backoff indexes.
UlPAMCSwitch: If this option is selected, AMC maximizing the uplink
perceived throughput takes effect and AMC adjustment and MCS
index selection are performed in an optimized way. This option applies
UlMultiClusterSwitch: Indicates whether to enable the uplink multi-
cluster function. This function is enabled only when the option is
selected. Uplink discontinuous resource allocation is supported when
this function is enabled. This option applies only to LTE FDD.
GUI Value Range:
UlPacketLenAwareSchSw(UlPacketLenAwareSchSw),
EnhExtQCITtiBundlingSwitch(EnhExtQCITtiBundlingSwitch),
EnhExtQCISpsSchSwitch(EnhExtQCISpsSchSwitch),
UlVoipRbRsvSwitch(UlVoipRbRsvSwitch),
UlThpEnhSwitch(UlThpEnhSwitch),
UlDataFitterRbCalcSwitch(UlDataFitterRbCalcSwitch),
UlFssOptForAttach(UlFssOptForAttach),
SrbProbeSchSwitch(SrbProbeSchSwitch),
UlSchCtrlPwrUserSetOptSw(UlSchCtrlPwrUserSetOptSw),
UlPttSchOptSwitch(UlPttSchOptSwitch),
UlPttDataSizeEstSwitch(UlPttDataSizeEstSwitch),
EnhancedSchForSparseSwitch(EnhancedSchForSparseSwitch),
UlSigSrSchDateLenAdapt(UlSigSrSchDateLenAdapt),
UlFssWindSearchDirRandSw(UlFssWindSearchDirRandSw),
UlCellCenterMCSOptSwitch(UlCellCenterMCSOptSwitch),
PuschSchEscPucchSwitch(PuschSchEscPucchSwitch),
HarqMcsOptSwitch(HarqMcsOptSwitch),
PreambleSchEnhSwitch(PreambleSchEnhSwitch),
UlPAMCSwitch(UlPAMCSwitch),
UlMultiClusterSwitch(UlMultiClusterSwitch)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: UlPacketLenAwareSchSw,
EnhExtQCITtiBundlingSwitch, EnhExtQCISpsSchSwitch,
UlVoipRbRsvSwitch, UlThpEnhSwitch, UlDataFitterRbCalcSwitch,
UlFssOptForAttach, SrbProbeSchSwitch,
UlSchCtrlPwrUserSetOptSw, UlPttSchOptSwitch,
UlPttDataSizeEstSwitch, EnhancedSchForSparseSwitch,
UlSigSrSchDateLenAdapt, UlFssWindSearchDirRandSw,
UlCellCenterMCSOptSwitch, PuschSchEscPucchSwitch,
HarqMcsOptSwitch, PreambleSchEnhSwitch, UlPAMCSwitch,
UlMultiClusterSwitch
Recommended Value: UlPacketLenAwareSchSw:Off,
EnhExtQCITtiBundlingSwitch:Off, EnhExtQCISpsSchSwitch:Off,
UlVoipRbRsvSwitch:Off, UlThpEnhSwitch:Off,
UlDataFitterRbCalcSwitch:On, UlFssOptForAttach:Off,
SrbProbeSchSwitch:It is recommended that this option be selected
when the RRC connection setup success rate, E-RAB setup success
rate, or service drop rate of the live network needs to be guaranteed. It
is recommended that this option be deselected if the RRC connection
setup success rate, E-RAB setup success rate, or service drop rate is
normal. UlSchCtrlPwrUserSetOptSw:Off, UlPttSchOptSwitch:Off,
UlPttDataSizeEstSwitch:Off, EnhancedSchForSparseSwitch:On,
UlSigSrSchDateLenAdapt:Off, UlFssWindSearchDirRandSw:Off,
UlCellCenterMCSOptSwitch:Off, PuschSchEscPucchSwitch:Off,
HarqMcsOptSwitch:Off, PreambleSchEnhSwitch:Off,
UlPAMCSwitch:Off, UlMultiClusterSwitch:Off
Options UlPAMCSwitch of UlSchExtSwitch and UlIblerAdjustSwitch of
UlSchSwitch in the CellAlgoSwitch cannot be selected simultaneously.
idle mode)
Impact on Radio Network Performance: UlPacketLenAwareSchSw: If
this option is deselected, packet length awareness performance
optimization is disabled, and the network performance is not affected.
If this option is selected, packet length awareness performance
optimization is enabled in the uplink, and the uplink perceived
throughput increases when the network has heavy or medium loads in
the uplink.
EnhExtQCITtiBundlingSwitch: If this option is selected, PUSCH
transmission at the cell edge improves when the channel quality for
UEs running PTT services is poor and the transmit power is limited.
EnhExtQCISpsSchSwitch: If this option is selected, the eNodeB
performs semi-persistent scheduling on PTT services with QCI 65 or
QCI 66, and PDCCH resource overhead and CQI reporting overhead
decrease, which increases the PTT UE capacity in unicast mode. If
this option is deselected, the eNodeB performs dynamic scheduling for
PTT services with QCI 65 or QCI 66, and PDCCH resource overhead
increases. As a result, the PTT UE capacity decreases in unicast
mode, but the QoS of each PTT service improves.
UlVoipRbRsvSwitch: If this option is selected, the packet loss rate and
RBLER in the uplink of UEs running voice services decrease.
However, the throughput decreases, uplink interference increases and
access performance as well as service drop performance deteriorate
slightly on UEs not running voice services, and the average UE data
rate decreases. If this option is deselected, the network performance is
not affected.
UlThpEnhSwitch: If this option is selected, the uplink throughput
increases when only a few online UEs exist in the cell. If this option is
UlDataFitterRbCalcSwitch: If this option and the
selected, the algorithm of calculating RBs based on uplink data
volume matching takes effect. In this way, cell capacity and the UE-
perceived throughput increase when the network is heavily loaded in
the uplink. If this option is deselected, the algorithm does not take
effect, and the network performance is not affected.
UlFssOptForAttach: If this option is selected, uplink frequency
selective scheduling is performed based on the value of Interf in the
network entry phase. As a result, more frequency selective scheduling
gains are obtained and the RRC connection setup success rate and E-
RAB setup success rate increase. If this option is deselected, uplink
frequency selective scheduling is performed based on the SINR in the
network entry phase. Due to insufficient SINR measurement in the
network entry phase, the measurement results cannot reflect the
signal quality of the whole bandwidth. The frequency selective
scheduling gains are smaller. The RRC connection setup success rate
and E-RAB setup success rate are lower than those achieved when
this option is selected.
SrbProbeSchSwitch: If this option is selected, uplink scheduling of
control-plane signaling can be guaranteed. In addition, the RRC
connection setup success rate, E-RAB setup success rate, and
service drop rate are ensured. If this option is deselected, the network
UlSchCtrlPwrUserSetOptSw: If this option and the
selected, the resources consumed by pre-scheduled UEs are reduced
in scenarios where the uplink PRB usage is high, improving the cell
throughput and UE-perceived throughput. If this option is deselected,
the function does not take effect, and the network performance is not
affected.
UlPttSchOptSwitch: If this option is selected, an uplink dynamic
scheduling attempt is triggered for PTT UEs adopting uplink dynamic
scheduling when the scheduling interval is greater than the uplink
scheduling interval threshold for voice services. This ensures timely
uplink scheduling on PTT UEs even when missing detections of SRs
occur, thereby avoiding packet loss caused by the expiration of the
PDCP packet discarding timer.
UlPttDataSizeEstSwitch: If this option is selected, traffic volume
estimation on dynamically scheduled uplink PTT services is enabled.
As a result, the packet delay and packet loss rate of PTT services
decrease, and PTT service quality improves. However, the number of
RBs and that of CCEs consumed by UEs running PTT services
increase, and therefore the cell throughput and UE throughput
decrease.
EnhancedSchForSparseSwitch: If this option is selected, when smart
scheduling is performed for sparse-packet services with large packet
sizes, the amount of resources prescheduled per TTI is not restricted,
preventing fragmentation and reducing delay; when dynamic
scheduling is performed for sparse-packet services, the fragmentation
probability is reduced, and the scheduling delay decreases. If this
UlSigSrSchDateLenAdapt: If this option is selected, the number of
RBs allocated to SRs is reduced, improving the cell throughput and
reducing inter-cell interference. However, the downlink CCE usage
increases slightly. If this option is deselected, the function does not
take effect, and the network performance is not affected.
UlFssWindSearchDirRandSw: If this option is deselected, the network
performance is not affected. If this option is selected, average uplink
interference decreases and the uplink cell throughput and UE
throughput increase when SRS is disabled and no external
interference arises. However, if external interference exists, the uplink
cell throughput and UE throughput may decrease.
UlCellCenterMCSOptSwitch: If this option is deselected, the network
performance is not affected. If this option is selected, the throughput of
full-buffer services increases for UEs at the cell center, and KPIs do
not change significantly in common commercial networks.
PuschSchEscPucchSwitch: If this option is selected, PUCCH
interference decreases, improving PUCCH demodulation
performance. However, more interference occurs on the PUSCH if the
uplink PUSCH resource usage is higher than 30%. If this option is
HarqMcsOptSwitch: If this option is selected, the uplink bit error rate
decreases, but the uplink PRB usage and CCE usage increase. If this
PreambleSchEnhSwitch: If this option is selected, the handover
success rate increases. If this option is deselected, the network
UlPAMCSwitch: If this option is selected, the uplink user-perceived
throughput increases, but the IBLER and RBLER also increase. If this
UlMultiClusterSwitch: Uplink spectral efficiency and uplink peak
throughput of UEs improve if this option is selected. Network
performance is not affected if this option is deselected.
Applicable Mode: L
UdcAlgoSwitch User Data Meaning: Indicates whether to enable the uplink data compression
Compressi algorithm in a cell.
on BasicUdcSwitch: Indicates whether to enable the basic uplink data
Algorithm compression algorithm in a cell. Basic uplink data compression
Switch
algorithm is enabled only if this option is selected. This option applies
UlHCodeSwitch: Indicates whether to enable the uplink HCode data
compression algorithm in a cell. The uplink HCode data compression
algorithm is enabled only if this option is selected. This option applies
GUI Value Range: BasicUdcSwitch(BasicUdcSwitch),
UlHCodeSwitch(UlHCodeSwitch)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: BasicUdcSwitch, UlHCodeSwitch
Recommended Value: BasicUdcSwitch:Off, UlHCodeSwitch:Off
idle mode)
Impact on Radio Network Performance: BasicUdcSwitch: If this option
is selected, uplink data compression is enabled. In this case, if the
number of uplink data compression-capable UEs and that of web
browsing services account for a large portion in a cell, the uplink data
rate of UEs greatly increases.
UlHCodeSwitch: If this option is selected, the uplink data rate of UEs
greatly increases when the number of uplink HCode data
compression-capable UEs and that of web browsing services account
for a large portion in a cell.
Applicable Mode: L
VoLTESwitch VoLTE Meaning: Indicates whether to enable VoLTE-related algorithms.

Switch AcBarForVoLTEPreferSwitch: Indicates whether to allow preferential
accesses for UEs initiating VoLTE services during access class
control. If this option is selected, voice preference information is
included in SIB2 to ensure that access class control does not apply to
UEs initiating MMTEL voice services, MMTEL video services, IP-
based short message services, or short message services based on
the setting of the VoLTEPreferCfgInd parameter in the CellAcBar MO.
If this option is deselected, voice preference information is not
included in SIB2, and access class control applies to UEs initiating
MMTEL voice services, MMTEL video services, IP-based short
message services, or short message services. This option applies only
VoLTEMoPrefSwitch: Indicates whether to perform preferential
processing for UEs that originate VoLTE services. If this option is
deselected, the eNodeB does not perform preferential processing for
these UEs. If this option is selected, the eNodeB optimizes procedures
such as admission, scheduling, and flow control for these UEs to
increase the VoLTE service success rate. This option applies only to
VoLTEOffOptSwitch: Indicates whether to enable the QCI 1
processing mechanism optimization function when VoLTE is disabled.
If this option is deselected, this function does not take effect. If this
option is selected, the eNodeB rejects the setup of the QCI 1 bearer
for the initial context setup, bearer setup, or bearer modification
procedure. If there are QCI 2 video phone services, the setup of the
QCI 2 bearer is also rejected so that the setup of other bearers can be
accepted. This option takes effect only if the
ServiceReqInterFreqHoSwitch option of the HoAlgoSwitch parameter
in the ENodeBAlgoSwitch MO is deselected. This option applies only
GUI Value Range:
AcBarForVoLTEPreferSwitch(AcBarForVoLTEPreferSwitch),
VoLTEMoPrefSwitch(VoLTEMoPrefSwitch),
VoLTEOffOptSwitch(VoLTEOffOptSwitch)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: AcBarForVoLTEPreferSwitch,
VoLTEMoPrefSwitch, VoLTEOffOptSwitch
Recommended Value: AcBarForVoLTEPreferSwitch:Off,
VoLTEMoPrefSwitch:Off, VoLTEOffOptSwitch:Off
idle mode)
Impact on Radio Network Performance: AcBarForVoLTEPreferSwitch:
If this option is selected, access class control does not apply to UEs
initiating MMTEL voice services, MMTEL video services, IP-based
short message services, or short message services, improving access
experience of these UEs. The service type is determined based on the
setting of the VoLTEPreferCfgInd parameter in the CellAcBar MO. If
this option is deselected, access class control applies to UEs initiating
MMTEL voice services, MMTEL video services, IP-based short
message services, and short message services, affecting access
experience of these UEs.
VoLTEMoPrefSwitch: If this option is selected, the eNodeB optimizes
access, scheduling, and flow control for UEs originating VoLTE
services, increasing the VoLTE success rate but also the service drop
rate of UEs running data services.
VoLTEOffOptSwitch: If this option is selected, the eNodeB rejects the
setup of only bearers with QCIs 1 and 2 for initial context setup, bearer
setup, or bearer modification, increasing the CQI-specific bearer setup
success rate.
Applicable Mode: L
VoipFailDecSelfR VoIP Meaning: Indicates whether to enable self-rectification on voice

ecSwitch Decryption decryption failures. When voice decryption fails due to disordered
Failure PDCP SNs, enabling this function allows detection and self-
Self rectification on voice decryption failures, and disabling this function
Recovery does not allow detection and self-rectification on voice decryption
Switch failures. This parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
GUI Value Range:
VoipFailDecSelfRecSwitch(VoipFailDecSelfRecSwitch)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: VoipFailDecSelfRecSwitch
Impact on Radio Network Performance: Selecting this option improves
the poor voice quality (such as one-way audio) due to voice decryption
failures.
Applicable Mode: L
DeprioritisationDe Deprioritis Meaning: Indicates whether the RRCConnectionReject message

liverInd ation includes the IE deprioritisationReq and the setting of the IE
Deliver deprioritisationType in the message. If this parameter is set to
Indicator UNDELIVER(UNDELIVER), the RRCConnectionReject message does
not include the IE deprioritisationReq. If this parameter is set to
FREQUENCY(FREQUENCY), the RRCConnectionReject message
includes the IE deprioritisationReq and the value of the IE
deprioritisationType is FREQUENCY. In this case, after the UE
receives an RRCConnectionReject message, the lowest cell
reselection priority is configured for the serving frequency and the
frequencies contained in the RRCConnectionReject messages that
have been received and include the IE deprioritisationReq. If this
parameter is set to EUTRA(EUTRA), the RRCConnectionReject
message includes the IE deprioritisationReq and the value of the IE
deprioritisationType is EUTRA. In this case, after the UE receives an
RRCConnectionReject message, the lowest cell reselection priority is
configured for all E-UTRAN frequencies. For details about the IEs, see
3GPP 36.331. This parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
GUI Value Range: UNDELIVER(UNDELIVER),
FREQUENCY(FREQUENCY), EUTRA(EUTRA)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: UNDELIVER, FREQUENCY, EUTRA
Recommended Value: UNDELIVER(UNDELIVER)
idle mode)
UNDELIVER, the IE deprioritisationReq is not delivered, and the UEs
that are not allowed to set up RRC connections still camp on the
serving frequency and attempt to reaccess the cell after the timer T302
expires. If this parameter is set to FREQUENCY, UEs that are not
allowed to set up RRC connections attempt to reselect other
frequencies. In this way, network congestion can be relieved and user
experience can be improved if resources are available on other
frequencies. If this parameter is set to EUTRA, UEs that are not
allowed to set up RRC connections attempt to reselect other RATs. In
this way, network congestion can be relieved and user experience can
be improved if resources are available on other RATs.
Applicable Mode: L
CmasSwitch Cmas Meaning: Indicates whether to enable commercial mobile alert system
Switch (CMAS). This parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
Unit: None
idle mode)
Applicable Mode: L
MFBIAlgoSwitch MFBI Meaning: Indicates whether to enable MFBI-related functions.

Algorithm MFBIBandAdjAlgoSwitch: Indicates whether to enable priority
Switch adjustment for a secondary MFBI frequency band. If this option is
selected, priority adjustment is enabled for a secondary MFBI
frequency band. If this option is deselected, priority adjustment is
disabled for a secondary MFBI frequency band. This option applies
MFBIX2HoSwitch: Indicates whether MFBI enhancement supports X2-
based handovers. If this option is selected, MFBI enhancement
supports X2-based handovers, and the FreqBandIndicatorPriority IE of
the local cell can be delivered over the X2 interface. If this option is
deselected, MFBI enhancement does not support X2-based
handovers, and the FreqBandIndicatorPriority IE of the local cell
cannot be delivered over the X2 interface. This option applies only to
LTE TDD.
GUI Value Range:
MFBIBandAdjAlgoSwitch(MFBIBandAdjAlgoSwitch),
MFBIX2HoSwitch(MFBIX2HoSwitch)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: MFBIBandAdjAlgoSwitch, MFBIX2HoSwitch
Recommended Value: MFBIBandAdjAlgoSwitch: Off,
MFBIX2HoSwitch: Off
idle mode)
Applicable Mode: L
PciConflictReport PCI Meaning: Indicates whether the eNodeB reports physical cell identifier
Switch Conflict (PCI) conflicts to the U2000.
Report COLLISION_REPORT_SW: If this option is selected, check results
Switch about whether PCI collisions occur between the local cell and other
intra-eNodeB cells or between the local cell and external cells are
reported to the U2000. If this option is deselected, the check results
are not reported to the U2000. For details about PCI collisions, see
3GPP TS 36.902. This option applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
CONFUSION_REPORT_SW: If this option is selected, check results
about whether PCI confusions occur between candidate target
neighboring cells whose neighbor relationships with the local cell are
recorded in the NRTs are reported to the U2000. If this option is
deselected, the check results are not reported to the U2000. For
details about PCI confusion, see 3GPP TS 36.902. This option applies
GUI Value Range:
COLLISION_REPORT_SWITCH(COLLISION_REPORT_SWITCH),
CONFUSION_REPORT_SWITCH(CONFUSION_REPORT_SWITCH)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: COLLISION_REPORT_SWITCH,
CONFUSION_REPORT_SWITCH
idle mode)
COLLISION_REPORT_SWITCH: If this option is selected and PCI
collisions occur, information about PCI collisions is displayed on the
PCI Self-Optimization page on the U2000. If the RRUs are installed
remotely, PCI collisions may be falsely detected. If this option is
deselected, information about PCI collisions is not displayed on the
PCI Self-Optimization page on the U2000.
CONFUSION_REPORT_SWITCH: If this option is selected and PCI
confusions occur, information about PCI confusions is displayed on
the PCI Self-Optimization page on the U2000. If this option is
deselected, information about PCI confusions is not displayed on the
PCI Self-Optimization page on the U2000.
Applicable Mode: L
MroSwitch MRO Meaning: Indicates the options for mobility robustness optimization
algorithm (MRO) algorithms.
switch IntraFreqMroSwitch: If this option is selected, the eNodeB dynamically
adjusts the intra-frequency handover parameters to increase the intra-
frequency handover success rate. If this option is deselected, the
adjustment is not performed. This option applies only to LTE FDD and
LTE TDD.
InterFreqMroSwitch: If this option is selected, the eNodeB dynamically
adjusts the inter-frequency handover parameters to increase the inter-
frequency handover success rate. If this option is deselected, the
adjustment is not performed. This option applies only to LTE FDD and
LTE TDD.
UtranMroSwitch: If this option is selected, the eNodeB dynamically
adjusts the UTRAN handover parameters to increase the success rate
of handovers to UTRAN. If this option is deselected, the adjustment is
not performed. This option applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
GeranMroSwitch: If this option is selected, the eNodeB dynamically
adjusts the GERAN handover parameters to increase the success rate
of handovers to GERAN. If this option is deselected, the adjustment is
not performed. This option applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
UEMroSwitch: If this option is selected, the eNodeB dynamically
adjusts the UE-level handover parameters to decrease the number of
ping-pong handovers, thereby increasing the UEs' handover success
rate. If this option is deselected, the adjustment is not performed. In
this version, the function of preventing ping-pong handovers in the UE-
level MRO algorithm takes effect only in intra-frequency handover
scenarios. This option applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
IntraFreqReselOptSwitch: If this option is selected, the eNodeB
dynamically adjusts intra-frequency cell reselection parameters, which
reduces the number of unnecessary handovers and ensures a steady
handover success rate. If this option is deselected, the eNodeB does
not adjust intra-frequency cell reselection parameters.
UtranUnnecHoOptSwitch: If this option is selected, the eNodeB
dynamically adjusts parameters about handovers from E-UTRAN to
UTRAN to reduce the number of unnecessary handovers from E-
UTRAN to UTRAN, increase the probability that UEs camp in LTE
networks, and improve user experience. If this option is deselected,
the eNodeB does not perform the adjustment. For LTE FDD, this
option takes effect only when the UnnecHoOptWithoutRIM option is
deselected. This option applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
GeranUnnecHoOptSwitch: If this option is selected, the eNodeB
dynamically adjusts parameters about handovers from E-UTRAN to
GERAN to reduce the number of unnecessary handovers from E-
UTRAN to GERAN, increase the probability that UEs camp in LTE
networks, and improve user experience. If this option is deselected,
the eNodeB does not perform the adjustment. This parameter applies
only to LTE TDD.
IntraRatCallbackSwitch: If this option is selected, after handover
parameters are optimized in intra-RAT neighboring cells, the eNodeB
monitors the ratio of abnormal handovers within an MRO period for the
neighboring cells. If the ratio increases, the eNodeB rolls back the
parameter settings. If this option is deselected, the eNodeB does not
perform the monitoring or the parameter setting rollback. This option
UnnecHoOptWithoutRIM: If this option is selected, the eNodeB uses a
Huawei proprietary non-RIM-based solution to reduce the number of
unnecessary inter-RAT handovers. If this option is deselected, the
eNodeB uses the protocol-defined RIM-based solution to reduce the
number of unnecessary inter-RAT handovers. LTE FDD supports only
the protocol-defined scheme with RIM. This option applies only to LTE
FDD and LTE TDD.
GUI Value Range: IntraFreqMroSwitch(IntraFreqMroAlgoSwitch),
InterFreqMroSwitch(InterFreqMroAlgoSwitch),
UtranMroSwitch(UtranMroSwitch), GeranMroSwitch(GeranMroSwitch),
UEMroSwitch(UeMroAlgoSwitch),
IntraFreqReselOptSwitch(IntraFreqReselOptSwitch),
UtranUnnecHoOptSwitch(UtranUnnecHoOptSwitch),
GeranUnnecHoOptSwitch(GeranUnnecHoOptSwitch),
IntraRatCallbackSwitch(IntraRatCallbackSwitch),
UnnecHoOptWithoutRIM(UnnecHoOptWithoutRIM)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: IntraFreqMroSwitch, InterFreqMroSwitch,
UtranMroSwitch, GeranMroSwitch, UEMroSwitch,
IntraFreqReselOptSwitch, UtranUnnecHoOptSwitch,
GeranUnnecHoOptSwitch, IntraRatCallbackSwitch,
UnnecHoOptWithoutRIM
Recommended Value: IntraFreqMroAlgoSwitch:Off,
InterFreqMroAlgoSwitch:Off, UtranMroSwitch:Off,
GeranMroSwitch:Off, UeMroAlgoSwitch:Off,
IntraFreqReselOptSwitch:Off, UtranUnnecHoOptSwitch:Off,
GeranUnnecHoOptSwitch:Off, IntraRatCallbackSwitch:Off,
UnnecHoOptWithoutRIM:Off
Options PrbBalanceSw of VmsSwitch and IntraFreqMroSwitch of
MroSwitch in the CellAlgoSwitch cannot be selected simultaneously.
idle mode)
Impact on Radio Network Performance: IntraFreqMroSwitch: If this
option is selected, intra-frequency handover parameters are optimized
and the number of abnormal intra-frequency handovers decreases.
MRO against delayed intra-frequency handovers increases the
number of handovers and the probability of triggering handovers. MRO
against premature and ping-pong intra-frequency handovers
decreases the number of handovers and the probability of triggering
handovers.
InterFreqMroAlgoSwitch: If this option is selected, inter-frequency
handover parameters are optimized and the number of abnormal inter-
frequency handovers decreases. MRO against delayed inter-
frequency handovers increases the number of handovers and the
probability of triggering handovers. MRO against premature and ping-
pong inter-frequency handovers decreases the number of handovers
and the probability of triggering handovers.
UtranMroSwitch: If this option is selected, parameters related to inter-
RAT handovers to UTRAN are optimized and the number of abnormal
handovers from E-UTRAN to UTRAN decreases. MRO against
delayed inter-RAT handovers to UTRAN increases the number of
handovers and the probability of triggering handovers. MRO against
premature inter-RAT handovers to UTRAN decreases the number of
handovers and the probability of triggering handovers.
GeranMroSwitch: If this option is selected, parameters related to inter-
RAT handovers to GERAN are optimized and the number of abnormal
handovers from E-UTRAN to GERAN decreases. MRO against
delayed inter-RAT handovers to GERAN increases the number of
handovers and the probability of triggering handovers. MRO against
premature inter-RAT handovers to GERAN decreases the number of
handovers and the probability of triggering handovers.
UEMroSwitch: If this option is selected, parameters related to intra-
frequency handovers are optimized, and the number of ping-pong
handovers and the number of unnecessary handovers decrease;
however, the probability of triggering handovers also decreases.
IntraFreqReselOptSwitch: If this option is selected, parameters related
to intra-frequency reselection are dynamically checked and optimized
when parameters related to intra-frequency handovers are adjusted,
reducing the number of unnecessary handovers caused by
inconsistent settings between parameters related to intra-frequency
handovers and parameters related to intra-frequency reselection and
maintaining a stable handover success rate.
UtranUnnecHoOptSwitch: If this option is selected, MRO against
unnecessary inter-RAT handovers to UTRAN can be performed,
thereby increasing the probability that UEs camp in LTE networks and
improving user experience. However, the success rate of inter-RAT
handovers to UTRAN and the service drop rate may be affected. If this
option is deselected, MRO against unnecessary inter-RAT handovers
to UTRAN cannot be performed, and KPIs are not negatively affected.
GeranUnnecHoOptSwitch: If this option is selected, MRO against
unnecessary inter-RAT handovers to GERAN can be performed,
thereby increasing the probability that UEs camp in LTE networks and
improving user experience. However, the success rate of inter-RAT
handovers to GERAN and the service drop rate may be affected. If this
option is deselected, MRO against unnecessary inter-RAT handovers
to GERAN cannot be performed, and KPIs are not negatively affected.
IntraRatCallbackSwitch: If this option is selected, after handover
parameters are optimized in intra- or inter-frequency neighboring cells,
the eNodeB monitors performance within the next MRO period for the
neighboring cells. If performance deteriorates, the eNodeB rolls back
the parameter settings. If this option is deselected, the eNodeB does
not perform the monitoring or the parameter setting rollback.
Applicable Mode: L
OpResourceGrou Operator Meaning: Indicates whether to enable RAN sharing so that admission
pShareSwitch Resource and scheduling take effect in RAN sharing mode. When the switch is
Group on, operators share the resources specified by the RAN-sharing
Share operator group. When the OpPrbGroupshareSwitch option is selected,
Switch PRB resources can be shared by operator group. This parameter
applies only to LTE FDD cells.
GUI Value Range: OpPrbGroupshareSwitch(OpPrbGroupshareSwitch)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: OpPrbGroupshareSwitch
Recommended Value: OpPrbGroupshareSwitch:Off
When the OpPrbGroupshareSwitch option of
OpResourceGroupShareSwitch in the CellAlgoSwitch MO is selected,
OpResourceGroupIndex in related CellOp MOs cannot be set to 255.
Applicable Mode: L
CellRecoverySwit Cell Meaning: NoUserCellRecoverySwitch: Indicates whether the eNodeB

ch Recovery checks the number of served UEs in a cell when reestablishing the
Switch cell. If this option is selected, the eNodeB does not check whether
there are UEs in a cell and directly reestablishes the cell with a higher
cell specification. If this option is deselected, the eNodeB checks
whether there are UEs in a cell and reestablishes the cell with a higher
cell specification only if there are no UEs in the cell. This option
GUI Value Range:
NoUserCellRecoverySwitch(NoUserCellRecoverySwitch)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: NoUserCellRecoverySwitch
Recommended Value: NoUserCellRecoverySwitch:Off
idle mode)
Impact on Radio Network Performance: NoUserCellRecoverySwitch: If
this option is selected and the service capability of a cell recovers, the
eNodeB performs cell reestablishment directly to improve cell
specifications even if the cell serves RRC_CONNECTED UEs. If this
option is deselected and the service capability of a cell recovers, the
cell is deactivated and reestablished when the cell does not serve any
RRC_CONNECTED UEs.
Applicable Mode: L
EnhancedMlbAlg Enhanced Meaning: Indicates whether to enable MLB algorithm enhancements.

oSwitch MLB SpectralEffBasedLoadEvalSw: If this option is deselected, spectral
Algorithm efficiency differences are not considered during load comparison
Switch between the local cell and inter-frequency neighboring cells for intra-
RAT UE quantity-based MLB. If this option is selected, spectral
efficiency differences are considered in the preceding scenario, and
cells with high spectral efficiency process more traffic. This option
VideoSrvLoadCtrlSw: If this option is deselected, handovers are not
triggered for video service users based on the video service load in a
cell. If this option is selected, handovers are triggered for video service
users based on the video service load in a cell, improving video
service experience. This option applies only to LTE FDD and LTE
TDD.
CaUserLoadTransferSw: If this option is deselected, a CA UE is
considered as one UL-sync UE separately in the PCell and SCell for
cell-level MLB, and RRC_CONNECTED CA UEs cannot be
transferred. If this option is selected, a CA UE is considered as one
UL-sync UE in the PCell for cell-level MLB, an RRC_CONNECTED
CA UE can be transferred during UE-quantity-based MLB. In addition,
the PCell priority for PCC anchoring is considered, and a higher
priority is allocated to the serving frequency when CA UEs with RRC
connections released are to be transferred. This option applies only to
DediPrioManageOnLowLoadSw: If this option is deselected, UEs in
lightly loaded cells do not carry the dedicated cell reselection
frequency priority generated based on the cell load when the RRC
connections of the UEs are released. If this option is selected and the
eNodeB detects a different frequency with heavy loads, UEs in lightly-
loaded cells carry the dedicated cell reselection frequency priority
generated based on the cell load when the RRC connections of the
UEs are released, and the dedicated priority of the heavy-load
frequency is lowered. This option applies only to LTE FDD and LTE
TDD.
UlHeavyTrafficBaseLoadSw: If this option is deselected, the load of
the target FDD cell is not considered during uplink traffic-based MLB.
If this option is selected, the load of the target FDD cell is considered
during uplink traffic-based MLB. If the target LTE FDD cell is heavily
loaded, UEs cannot be handed over to this cell. This option applies
only to LTE TDD.
UlExperiBasedTrafficSteerSw: If this option is deselected, the eNodeB
does not transfer UEs with heavy uplink traffic based on uplink
experience. If this option is selected, the eNodeB transfers UEs with
heavy uplink traffic based on uplink experience, improving uplink user
experience. This option takes effect only when the FreqSelectStrategy
parameter in the CellMLB MO is set to FAIRSTRATEGY(FairStrategy).
UlTrafficSteeringSw: If this option is deselected, the eNodeB transfers
UEs regardless whether uplink traffic is heavy or not during intra-RAT
inter-duplex MLB. If this option is selected, the eNodeB does not
transfer UEs regardless whether uplink traffic is heavy or not during
intra-RAT inter-duplex MLB, allowing LTE FDD networks to handle
more uplink services. This option applies only to LTE FDD. This option
takes effect only when the FreqSelectStrategy parameter in the
CellMLB MO is set to FAIRSTRATEGY(FairStrategy).
ActiveUeBasedLoadEvalSw: If this option is selected, the eNodeB
considers the difference in the number of active UEs when comparing
loads of inter-frequency cells for intra-RAT UE quantity-based MLB. If
this option is deselected, the eNodeB considers the difference of the
number of uplink synchronized UEs when comparing loads of inter-
frequency cells for intra-RAT UE quantity-based MLB. This option
DediPrioManageOnLowLoadEnhSw: If this option is selected and the
eNodeB detects a non-serving E-UTRA frequency with heavy loads,
UEs in lightly-loaded cells carry the dedicated cell-reselection
frequency priority generated based on the cell load when the RRC
connections of the UEs are released (not only the UE Inactivity Timer
timeout but also all of the other types of RRC connection releases),
and the dedicated priority for the heavy-load frequency is lowered.
GUI Value Range:
SpectralEffBasedLoadEvalSw(SpectralEffBasedLoadEvalSw),
VideoSrvLoadCtrlSw(VideoSrvLoadCtrlSw),
CaUserLoadTransferSw(CaUserLoadTransferSw),
DediPrioManageOnLowLoadSw(DediPrioManageOnLowLoadSw),
UlHeavyTrafficBaseLoadSw(UlHeavyTrafficBaseLoadSw),
UlExperiBasedTrafficSteerSw(UlExperiBasedTrafficSteerSw),
UlTrafficSteeringSw(UlTrafficSteeringSw),
ActiveUeBasedLoadEvalSw(ActiveUeBasedLoadEvalSw),
DediPrioManageOnLowLoadEnhSw(DediPrioManageOnLowLoadEnh
Sw)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: SpectralEffBasedLoadEvalSw,
VideoSrvLoadCtrlSw, CaUserLoadTransferSw,
DediPrioManageOnLowLoadSw, UlHeavyTrafficBaseLoadSw,
UlExperiBasedTrafficSteerSw, UlTrafficSteeringSw,
ActiveUeBasedLoadEvalSw, DediPrioManageOnLowLoadEnhSw
Recommended Value: SpectralEffBasedLoadEvalSw:Off,
VideoSrvLoadCtrlSw:Off, CaUserLoadTransferSw:Off,
DediPrioManageOnLowLoadSw:Off, UlHeavyTrafficBaseLoadSw:Off,
UlExperiBasedTrafficSteerSw:Off, UlTrafficSteeringSw:Off,
ActiveUeBasedLoadEvalSw:Off,
DediPrioManageOnLowLoadEnhSw:Off
idle mode)
SpectralEffBasedLoadEvalSw: If this option is selected, UEs have
similar average throughput in multi-band cells. If this option is
deselected, similar amount of resources are allocated to UEs in multi-
band cells, but UEs have a distinctly different average throughput.
VideoSrvLoadCtrlSw: If this option is selected, video service UEs in
multi-band cells are more likely to require the same amount of
bandwidths. If this option is deselected, video service UEs in multi-
band cells are more likely to require different amount of bandwidths.
CaUserLoadTransferSw: If this option is selected, the MLB
performance and user experience of CA UEs improve when a large
proportion of UEs are CA UEs with SCells activated, but the number of
handovers for CA UEs increases when the eNodeB transfers
RRC_CONNECTED CA UEs. If this option is deselected, loads in cells
may be imbalanced when the proportion of CA UEs with SCells
activated is high, and the number of handovers for CA UEs does not
increase because the eNodeB does not transfer RRC_CONNECTED
CA UEs.
DediPrioManageOnLowLoadSw: If this option is selected, the eNodeB
prevents UEs from being transferred back to high-load cells for MLB in
the network where multiple frequency bands with different priorities are
used. This avoids ping-pong cell reselections and ping-pong
handovers. If this option is deselected, the number of ping-pong cell
reselections or ping-pong handovers may increase.
UlHeavyTrafficBaseLoadSw: If this option is selected, the load of the
target FDD cell is considered during uplink-traffic-based MLB to LTE
FDD. If the cell load is high, UEs cannot be handed over to the target
FDD cell, avoiding user experience deterioration and ping-pong
handovers.
UlExperiBasedTrafficSteerSw: If this option is selected, the eNodeB
can transfer heavy-uplink-traffic UEs when uplink user experience
deteriorates. This improves uplink user experience. If this option is
deselected, the eNodeB does not consider the impact of the uplink
traffic volume.
UlTrafficSteeringSw: If this option is selected, the eNodeB does not
transfer heavy-uplink-volume UEs in inter-duplex-mode MLB. In this
case, FDD cells can carry more uplink traffic, improving uplink user
experience. If this option is deselected, the eNodeB does not consider
the impact of the heavy uplink traffic volume when transferring UEs in
inter-duplex-mode MLB.
ActiveUeBasedLoadEvalSw: Selecting this option improves average
UE throughput compared with deselecting this option when MLB is
performed among three or more frequencies with different Uu interface
capabilities.
DediPrioManageOnLowLoadEnhSw: If this option is selected, the
eNodeB prevents UEs from being transferred back to high-load cells
for MLB in the network where multiple frequency bands with different
priorities are used or in roaming scenarios. This avoids ping-pong cell
reselections and ping-pong handovers. If this option is deselected, the
number of ping-pong cell reselections or ping-pong handovers may
increase.
Applicable Mode: L
TrafficMlbSwitch Traffic Meaning: Indicates whether to enable traffic-based MLB algorithms.

MLB UlHeavyTrafficMlbSwitch: Indicates whether to enable uplink heavy
Switch traffic-based MLB. If this option is selected, uplink heavy traffic-based
MLB is enabled, and UEs with heavy traffic in the uplink are handed
over to the target neighboring cell. If this option is deselected, uplink
heavy traffic-based MLB is disabled. This option applies only to LTE
TDD.
UlHeavyTrafficMlbTFCASw: Indicates whether to enable uplink heavy
traffic-based MLB for FDD+TDD CA UEs. If this option is selected,
uplink heavy traffic-based MLB for LTE FDD+TDD CA UEs is enabled.
LTE FDD+TDD CA UEs with heavy traffic in the uplink are handed
over to the target neighboring cell. If this option is deselected, uplink
heavy traffic-based MLB for LTE FDD+TDD CA UEs is disabled. This
GUI Value Range:
UlHeavyTrafficMlbSwitch(UlHeavyTrafficMlbSwitch),
UlHeavyTrafficMlbTFCASw(UlHeavyTrafficMlbTFCASw)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: UlHeavyTrafficMlbSwitch,
UlHeavyTrafficMlbTFCASw
Recommended Value: UlHeavyTrafficMlbSwitch:Off,
UlHeavyTrafficMlbTFCASw:Off
idle mode)
Impact on Radio Network Performance: UlHeavyTrafficMlbSwitch: If
this option is deselected, UEs with large uplink traffic volumes exert a
negative impact on UE throughput maximization in the cell. If this
option is selected, the number of handovers will increase, but the
handover of UEs with large uplink traffic volumes helps to maximize
UE throughput in the cell.
UlHeavyTrafficMlbTFCASw: If this option is deselected, TDD+FDD CA
UEs with large uplink traffic volumes exert a negative impact on UE
throughput maximization in the cell. If this option is selected, the
number of handovers will increase, but the handover of TDD+FDD CA
UEs with large uplink traffic volumes helps to maximize UE throughput
in the cell.
Applicable Mode: L
MtcSwitch MTC Meaning: Indicates whether to enable machine type communication

Switch (MTC).
If this parameter is set to ON(On), category 0 UEs can access the cell.
If this parameter is set to OFF(Off), category 0 UEs cannot access the
cell.
This parameter applies only to LTE FDD.
Unit: None
idle mode)
access of a large number of category 0 UEs to the cell may cause the
PRB usage and cell throughput to decrease. In addition, the service
drop rate may increase because category 0 UEs do not support
handovers. If this parameter is set to OFF, the PRB usage and
throughput of the cell may increase.
Applicable Mode: L
UlIcSwitch Uplink Meaning: Indicates whether to enable the uplink interference

Interferenc coordination algorithm. If the UL_ICS_SWITCH(UlIcSwitch) option is
e deselected, the uplink interference coordination algorithm does not
Coordinati take effect. If the UL_ICS_SWITCH(UlIcSwitch) option is selected, the
on Switch uplink interference coordination algorithm is enabled. This parameter
GUI Value Range: UL_ICS_SWITCH(UlIcSwitch)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: UL_ICS_SWITCH
Recommended Value: UlIcSwitch:Off
-Others:
1 When the UlIcSwitch option is selected, the uplink coverage is
improved, the throughput of UEs at the cell edge increases, and the
service drop rate decreases in severe uplink interference scenarios.
Deselection of this option does not affect the network.
UL_ICS_SWITCH(UlIcSwitch) is selected, the uplink coverage is
improved, the throughput of UEs at the cell edge increases, and the
service drop rate and uplink average noise and interference (NI)
decrease in severe uplink interference scenarios.
If the UL_ICS_SWITCH(UlIcSwitch) is deselected, it does not affect
the network.
Applicable Mode: L
FcsMode FCS Mode Meaning: Indicates the frequency channel selection (FCS) mode of an
LAA cell. If this parameter is set to MANUAL(MANUAL), the working
frequency of an LAA cell is manually configured. If this parameter is
set to ONCE(ONCE), the eNodeB detects interference on the
unlicensed spectrum and automatically configures the working
frequency of the LAA cell. This operation is performed only once after
configuration parameters are delivered. If this parameter is set to
AUTO(AUTO), the eNodeB detects interference on the unlicensed
spectrum and automatically configures the working frequency of the
LAA cell. This operation is performed once after configuration
parameters are delivered and is automatically triggered when certain
conditions are met. This parameter applies only to LTE TDD.
GUI Value Range: MANUAL(MANUAL), ONCE(ONCE), AUTO(AUTO)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: MANUAL, ONCE, AUTO
Recommended Value: AUTO(AUTO)
idle mode)
Applicable Mode: L
ScVideoOptSwitc Video Opt Meaning: Indicates whether to enable video experience optimization.
h Switch SC_VIDEO_RATE_ADAPT_SW: Indicates whether to enable rate
adaptation for video services. If this option is deselected, rate
adaptation is disabled for video services. If this option is selected, rate
adaptation is enabled for video services.
THRPT_GD_SW: Indicates whether to enable throughput guidance.
Throughput guidance is enabled only if this option is selected.
For LTE FDD, this parameter is used for only the SC-based video
experience optimization feature.
GUI Value Range: SC_VIDEO_RATE_ADAPT_SW(Video Rate Adapt
Switch), THRPT_GD_SW(Throughput Guidance Switch)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: SC_VIDEO_RATE_ADAPT_SW,
THRPT_GD_SW
Recommended Value: SC_VIDEO_RATE_ADAPT_SW:Off,
THRPT_GD_SW:Off
If the DownLoadRateLimitSwitch or VideoRateAdaptSwitch option of
ServiceDiffSwitch in the CellAlgoSwitch MO is selected, the
ScVideoRateAdaptSwitch option of ScVideoOptSwitch in the
CellAlgoSwitch MO cannot be selected. If the
ScVideoRateAdaptSwitch option is selected, neither
DownLoadRateLimitSwitch nor VideoRateAdaptSwitch can be
selected.
idle mode)
Applicable Mode: L
SpidSpecificHoS SPID Meaning: Indicates the switches that control SPID-based handover.
witch Specific
Handover INTER_FREQ_LIST_CTL_SW: This option controls SPID-based
Switch target frequency list in inter-frequency handovers. If this option is
selected and an RatFreqPriorityGroup MO is configured for an SPID,
UEs with the SPID can be handed over to cells on the frequency
indicated in the RatFreqPriorityGroup MO in inter-frequency
handovers. If this option is deselected, the target frequency for UEs
with the SPID in inter-frequency handovers is not controlled. This
L2U_FREQ_LIST_CTL_SW: This option controls SPID-based target
frequency list in E-UTRAN-to-UTRAN handovers and redirections. If
this option is selected and an RatFreqPriorityGroup MO is configured
for an SPID, UEs with the SPID can be handed over or redirected to
UTRAN cells on the frequency indicated in the RatFreqPriorityGroup
MO in E-UTRAN-to-UTRAN handovers or redirections. If this option is
deselected, the target frequency for UEs with the SPID in E-UTRAN-
to-UTRAN handovers and redirections is not controlled. This option
GUI Value Range:
INTER_FREQ_LIST_CTL_SW(INTER_FREQ_LIST_CTL_SW),
L2U_FREQ_LIST_CTL_SW(L2U_FREQ_LIST_CTL_SW)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: INTER_FREQ_LIST_CTL_SW,
L2U_FREQ_LIST_CTL_SW
idle mode)
Applicable Mode: L
DMIMOAlgoSwitc DMIMO Meaning: Indicates whether to enable DMIMO algorithms. This

h Algorithm parameter applies only to LTE TDD networks.
Switch GUI Value Range: DmimoJTSwitch(DmimoJT Switch)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: DmimoJTSwitch
Recommended Value: DmimoJTSwitch:Off
If DMIMOJTSwitch of DMIMOAlgoSwitch in a CellAlgoSwitch MO is
set on, MuBfSwitch of MuBfAlgoSwitch in the CellAlgoSwitch MO must
be set on.
The UlSuMimoAlgoSwitch.ULSUMIMO2LayersSwitch option of the
UlSuMimoAlgoSwitch parameter in the CellAlgoSwitch MO cannot be
selected when the DMIMOAlgoSwitch.DmimoJTSwitch option of the
DMIMOAlgoSwitch parameter in the CellAlgoSwitch MO is selected.
idle mode)
Applicable Mode: L
UlAmrcMode Uplink Meaning: Indicates the uplink voice rate control mode.
Rate If this parameter is set to ULRATECTRL_OFF, uplink voice rate
Control control does not take effect. If RTP packets are encrypted, this
Mode parameter must be set to ULRATECTRL_OFF.
If this parameter is set to ULAMRC_ENB_CONTROL, the eNodeB
executes uplink voice AMR control.
If this parameter is set to ULAMRC_SBC_CONTROL, the session
boarder controller (SBC) on the EPC executes uplink voice AMR
control. The SBC must be a Huawei SBC supporting voice AMR
control.
If this parameter is set to ULEVSC_ENB_CONTROL, the eNodeB
executes uplink EVS rate control.
If this parameter is set to ADAPTIVE_ENB_CONTROL, the eNodeB
executes uplink AMR/EVS adaptive coding rate control. This
GUI Value Range: ULRATECTRL_OFF(ULRATECTRL_OFF),
ULAMRC_ENB_CONTROL(ULAMRC_ENB_CONTROL),
ULAMRC_SBC_CONTROL(ULAMRC_SBC_CONTROL),
ULEVSC_ENB_CONTROL(ULEVSC_ENB_CONTROL),
ADAPTIVE_ENB_CONTROL(ADAPTIVE_ENB_CONTROL)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: ULRATECTRL_OFF,
ULAMRC_ENB_CONTROL, ULAMRC_SBC_CONTROL,
ULEVSC_ENB_CONTROL, ADAPTIVE_ENB_CONTROL
Recommended Value: ULRATECTRL_OFF(ULRATECTRL_OFF)
idle mode)
Impact on Radio Network Performance: If uplink voice rate control is
enabled and the uplink channel quality is good, a high voice coding
rate is used. If the uplink channel quality is poor, a low coding rate is
used to improve uplink voice quality.
If uplink voice rate control results in a high ratio that initial voice coding
rates are tuned up to higher voice coding rates, CCE and RB
resources consumed by voice services increase. When CCEs and full-
buffer services are limited, the throughput rate of data services is more
likely to decrease. If this function results in a high ratio that initial voice
coding rates are tuned up to lower voice coding rates, CCE and RB
resources consumed by voice services decrease. When CCEs and
full-buffer services are limited, the throughput rate of data services is
more likely to increase.
Applicable Mode: L
AmrcAlgoSwitch Rate Meaning: Indicates the switches of algorithm policies used for
Control adjusting the uplink speech rate and related functions.
Algorithm UlAmrcExceedingInitialSw: Indicates whether the adjusted uplink AMR
Switch speech coding rate can exceed the initial coding rate for this call. The
adjusted uplink AMR speech coding rate can exceed the initial coding
rate only if this option is selected. This option applies only to LTE FDD
and LTE TDD.
UlAmrCheckSw: Indicates whether to adjust the uplink AMR speech
coding rate if the eNodeB has not obtained the rate set information
about this session and the UlAmrcMode parameter is set to
ULAMRC_ENB_CONTROL. The uplink AMR speech coding rate can
be adjusted only if this option is deselected. This option applies only to
VoiceCodingModeMeasSw: Indicates whether to measure the
distribution of the numbers of uplink and downlink voice packets in
different speech coding schemes on a per cell basis. If this option is
deselected, the eNodeB does not measure the distribution of the
numbers of uplink and downlink voice packets in different speech
coding schemes on a per cell basis. If this option is selected, the
corresponding counter is incremented based on the frame types (voice
frame and silence frame in different speech coding schemes) each
time the eNodeB PDCP layer receives an uplink or downlink PDCP
SDU with a QCI of 1 in a cell. This option applies only to LTE FDD and
LTE TDD.
VoLTELoadAmrcSw: Indicates whether to enable voice-load-based
AMR control. If voice-load-based AMR control is enabled, the AMR for
high-definition voice services is reduced to the AMR for standard-
definition voice services. Voice-load-based AMR control is enabled
only if this option is selected. This option applies only to LTE TDD.
UlEvsExceedingInitialSw: Indicates whether the adjusted uplink EVS
speech coding rate can exceed the initial coding rate for this call. The
adjusted uplink EVS speech coding rate can exceed the initial coding
rate only if this option is selected. This option applies only to LTE FDD
and LTE TDD.
GUI Value Range:
UlAmrcExceedingInitialSw(UlAmrcExceedingInitialSw),
UlAmrCheckSw(UlAmrCheckSw),
VoiceCodingModeMeasSw(VoiceCodingModeMeasSw),
VoLTELoadAmrcSw(VoLTELoadAmrcSw),
UlEvsExceedingInitialSw(UlEvsExceedingInitialSw)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: UlAmrcExceedingInitialSw, UlAmrCheckSw,
VoiceCodingModeMeasSw, VoLTELoadAmrcSw,
UlEvsExceedingInitialSw
Recommended Value: UlAmrcExceedingInitialSw:Off,
UlAmrCheckSw:On, VoiceCodingModeMeasSw:Off,
VoLTELoadAmrcSw:Off, UlEvsExceedingInitialSw:Off
idle mode)
Impact on Radio Network Performance: UlAmrcExceedingInitialSw: If
this option is selected and the uplink AMR speech coding rate
increases significantly, the uplink voice quality is improved. However,
the voice packet loss rate will slightly increase and the CCE and RB
resources consumed by voice services will increase, causing a slight
decrease in UE- and cell-specific throughput.
UlAmrCheckSw: If the UlAmrcMode parameter is set to
ULAMRC_ENB_CONTROL and this option is deselected, the adjusted
target coding rate may not be adopted by this session. One-way audio
may occur if the coding rate is incompatible on the UE.
VoiceCodingModeMeasSw: If this option is selected and a large
number of UEs are processing voice services, the CPU usage will
increase. If this option is deselected, there is no impact on network
performance.
VoLTELoadAmrcSw: If this option is selected, the uplink radio
interface load of the cell is high, and the uplink VoLTE service
satisfaction rate is low, the AMR for high-definition voice services will
be decreased to reduce uplink PRB and CCE congestion in the cell.
As a result, the voice service quality may be degraded. If this option is
deselected, there is no impact on radio network performance.
UlEvsExceedingInitialSw: If this option is selected and the initial uplink
EVS coding rate increases significantly, the uplink voice quality is
improved. However, the voice packet loss rate will slightly increase
and the CCE and RB resources consumed by voice services will
increase, causing a slight decrease in UE- and cell-specific
throughput.
Applicable Mode: L
CrsIcSwitch CRS Meaning: Indicates whether to deliver information about intra-

Interferenc frequency neighboring cells for UEs to cancel CRS interference. CRS-
e IC is independent from FeICIC. CRS interference can be canceled on
Cancellatio a per subframe basis.
n Switch If this parameter is set to ON, CRS-IC is enabled and the eNodeB
delivers information about intra-frequency neighboring cells for UEs to
cancel CRS interference.
If this parameter is set to OFF, CRS-IC is disabled and the eNodeB
does not deliver information about intra-frequency neighboring cells for
UEs to cancel CRS interference. This parameter applies only to LTE
FDD and LTE TDD.
Unit: None
idle mode)
CRS interference decreases between cells densely deployed and cell-
edge UEs have higher throughput. If this parameter is set to OFF, the
CRS interference between cells densely deployed causes lower
throughput for cell-edge UEs.
Applicable Mode: L
EnhChnCalSwitch Enhanced Meaning: Indicates whether to enable enhanced channel calibration.

Channel QUICK_CHN_CAL_SWITCH: Indicates whether to enable fast
Calibration channel calibration. If this option is selected, fast channel calibration is
Switch enabled. If this option is deselected, fast channel calibration is
disabled. This option takes effect only when UBBP boards are used
and does not take effect in the case of LBBP boards or in massive
MIMO scenarios.This option applies only to LTE TDD.
GUI Value Range:
QUICK_CHN_CAL_SWITCH(QUICK_CHN_CAL_SWITCH)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: QUICK_CHN_CAL_SWITCH
Recommended Value: QUICK_CHN_CAL_SWITCH:Off
idle mode)
Impact on Radio Network Performance: QUICK_CHN_CAL_SWITCH:
If this option is enabled, the calibration period is short and satisfactory
channel calibration can be achieved, improving the downlink
beamforming performance. However, more air interface and
processing resources are used. If this option is deselected, the
Applicable Mode: L
NbCellAlgoSwitch NB-IoT Meaning: Indicates the NB-IoT cell-level algorithm switch.

Cell IDLE_EDRX_SWITCH: Indicates whether eDRX paging is supported.
Algorithm eDRX paging can be delivered in the local cell only when this option is
Switch selected. This parameter applies only to NB-IoT.
COVERAGE_EXTENSION_SWITCH: Indicates whether to enable the
NB-IoT cell coverage extension function. When this option is selected,
the NB-IoT cell coverage extension function is supported, and the
eNodeB supports coverage extension during scheduling.When this
option is deselected, common coverage is supported, which means
that coverage extension cannot be achieved.This parameter applies
only to NB-IoT.
MULTITONE_SWITCH: Indicates whether to enable the NB-IoT Multi-
tone feature. For uplink data transmission, when this option is
selected, an eNodeB can allocate multiple subcarriers at a time to a
multi-tone-capable UE. When this option is deselected, the Multi-tone
feature is not supported, and the eNodeB allocates only one subcarrier
at a time to a multi-tone-capable UE for uplink data transmission. This
option applies only to NB-IoT.
DCI_SF_REP_NUM_COMP_SWITCH: Indicates whether the value of
the "DCI subframe repetition number" field in the search space table
complies with the value defined in section 16.6 of 3GPP TS 36.213
released in September 2016. If this option is selected, the value of the
"DCI subframe repetition number" field complies with the protocol-
defined value. If this option is deselected, the value of the "DCI
subframe repetition number" field uses a Huawei-defined value. This
option applies only to NB-IoT.
SI_OFFSET_ADAPTIVE_CFG_SWITCH: Indicates the adaptive
configuration of the NB-IoT system information (SI) frame offset. If this
option is selected, adaptive configuration takes effect for NB-IoT SI
frame offset. If this option is deselected, adaptive configuration does
not take effect for NB-IoT SI frame offset, and the si-
RadioFrameOffset IE is not delivered. This option applies only to NB-
IoT.
GUI Value Range: IDLE_EDRX_SWITCH(IDLE_EDRX_SWITCH),
COVERAGE_EXTENSION_SWITCH(COVERAGE_EXTENSION_SWI
TCH), MULTITONE_SWITCH(MULTITONE_SWITCH),
DCI_SF_REP_NUM_COMP_SWITCH(DCI_SF_REP_NUM_COMP_S
WITCH),
SI_OFFSET_ADAPTIVE_CFG_SWITCH(SI_OFFSET_ADAPTIVE_CF
G_SWITCH)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: IDLE_EDRX_SWITCH,
COVERAGE_EXTENSION_SWITCH, MULTITONE_SWITCH,
DCI_SF_REP_NUM_COMP_SWITCH,
SI_OFFSET_ADAPTIVE_CFG_SWITCH
Recommended Value: IDLE_EDRX_SWITCH:Off,
COVERAGE_EXTENSION_SWITCH:Off, MULTITONE_SWITCH:Off,
SI_OFFSET_ADAPTIVE_CFG_SWITCH:Off,
DCI_SF_REP_NUM_COMP_SWITCH:Off
Service Interrupted After Modification: N/A
Impact on Radio Network Performance: IDLE_EDRX_SWITCH: If this
option is deselected, the eNodeB does not deliver eDRX paging. If
eDRX has been enabled on any UEs in the cell, paging failure occurs.
COVERAGE_EXTENSION_SWITCH: When this option is selected,
UEs can normally perform services in the 20 dB coverage
enhancement scenario. When this option is deselected, the service
drop rate of UEs increases or UEs may not perform services in poor
coverage scenarios.
MULTITONE_SWITCH: When this option is selected, in areas with
favorable coverage, the single-UE peak uplink data rate of a multi-
tone-capable UE increase significantly, the transmission delay
decreases accordingly, and the UE power consumption decreases.
Deselecting this option leads to the opposite effects.
SI_OFFSET_ADAPTIVE_CFG_SWITCH: When this option is
selected, inter-cell SIs are separated in the time domain, and the SI
demodulation success rate of UEs increases. When this option is
deselected, inter-cell SIs overlap in the time domain, and the SI
demodulation success rate of UEs decreases.
Applicable Mode: L
MultiCnConnFreq Multi Op Meaning: Indicates whether to enable the policy of frequency priority
PriSw Freq for the connected mode in handovers. If this parameter is set to ON,
Priority For the frequency priority for the connected mode associated with the
Connected ConnFreqPriority parameter in the RatFreqPriorityGroup MO takes
Mode Sw effect and the frequency priority policy in handovers is supported in
RAN sharing scenarios. This option applies only to LTE FDD and LTE
TDD.
Unit: None
idle mode)
Applicable Mode: L
NoSrsSccBfAlgoS SRS-Free Meaning: Indicates whether to enable beamforming for UEs on SCCs
witch SCC BF without SRSs. This parameter applies only to LTE TDD.
Algorithm NoSrsSccBfSwitch: If this option is selected, the eNodeB allows a CA
Switch UE on an SCC without SRSs to use weight information of another
SCell with SRSs of the UE to enter beamforming mode. If this option is
deselected, the eNodeB disables beamforming for CA UEs on SCCs
without SRSs.
NoSrsSccMuBfSwitch: If this option is selected, CA UEs on SCCs
without SRSs can be paired for MU beamforming. If this option is
deselected, CA UEs on SCCs without SRSs cannot be paired for MU
beamforming.
GUI Value Range: NoSrsSccBfSwitch(NoSrsSccBfSwitch),
NoSrsSccMuBfSwitch(NoSrsSccMuBfSwitch)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: NoSrsSccBfSwitch, NoSrsSccMuBfSwitch
Recommended Value: NoSrsSccBfSwitch:Off,
NoSrsSccMuBfSwitch:Off
parameter in a CellAlgoSwitch MO is selected, the NoSrsSccBfSwitch
option of the same parameter must also be selected.
parameter in a CellAlgoSwitch MO is selected, the MuBfSwitch option
of the MuBfAlgoSwitch parameter in this CellAlgoSwitch MO must be
selected.
idle mode)
Impact on Radio Network Performance: NoSrsSccBfSwitch: If this
option is selected, the eNodeB enables beamforming for CA UEs on
SCCs without SRSs, increasing the downlink throughput. If this option
is deselected, the eNodeB disables beamforming for CA UEs on SCCs
without SRSs, and the network performance is not affected.
NoSrsSccMuBfSwitch: If this option is selected, CA UEs on SCCs
without SRSs can be paired for MU beamforming, increasing the
downlink throughput. If this option is deselected, CA UEs on SCCs
without SRSs cannot be paired for MU beamforming, and the network
Applicable Mode: L
SpecUserAlgoSwi Specified Meaning: Indicates whether to enable algorithms related to specified

tch User UEs.
Algorithm WBBMBB_USER_PRB_UP_LMT_SWITCH: If this option is selected,
Switch the eNodeB allocates PRBs to WBB or MBB UEs based on the preset
upper limit of PRB usage. If this option is deselected, the eNodeB
does not allocate PRBs to WBB or MBB UEs based on the preset
upper limit of PRB usage. This option applies only to LTE FDD and
LTE TDD.
GUI Value Range:
WBBMBB_USER_PRB_UP_LMT_SWITCH(WBBMBB_USER_PRB_
UP_LMT_SWITCH)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: WBBMBB_USER_PRB_UP_LMT_SWITCH
If the DacqSwitch parameter in a CellAlgoSwitch MO is set to ON, the
WBBMBB_USER_PRB_UP_LMT_SWITCH option of the
SpecUserAlgoSwitch parameter in the same MO must be deselected.
idle mode)
Applicable Mode: L
MimoUePaAdapt MIMO UE Meaning: Indicates whether to enable the MIMO UE-specific Pa

Sw PA adaptation algorithm. If this parameter is set to ON(On), the MIMO UE-
Adaptation specific Pa adaptation algorithm takes effect. If this parameter is set to
Switch OFF(Off), the algorithm does not take effect. This parameter applies
only to LTE TDD.
Unit: None
idle mode)
ON(On), the throughput increases for 4x4 MIMO and 256QAM UEs
extremely close to the cell center. If this parameter is set to OFF(Off),
the throughput of such UEs is not affected.
Applicable Mode: L
MeasOptAlgoSwit Measurem Meaning: Indicates whether to enable measurement-related

ch ent optimization algorithms.
Optimizatio GSM_MEAS_DEL_INTERFREQ_SW: Indicates whether to cancel
n inter-frequency measurements after a GSM measurement is triggered
Algorithm when the UE is performing VoIP services. If the UE is performing VoIP
Switch services and this option is selected, the eNodeB cancels all inter-
frequency measurements when a GSM measurement is triggered.
This reduces the GSM measurement reporting delay. If the UE is
performing VoIP services and this option is deselected, the eNodeB
does not cancel inter-frequency measurements when the GSM
measurement is triggered. This option applies only to LTE FDD and
LTE TDD.
MEAS_OBJ_PREEMPT_SW: Indicates whether to enable preemption
when the number of measurement objects of a UE reaches the
specified threshold. If this option is selected and the number of
measurement objects of the UE reaches the specified threshold,
preemption is enabled to ensure that measurements of algorithms with
high priority can be delivered. If this option is deselected and the
number of measurement objects of the UE reaches the specified
threshold, preemption is disabled and the measurements of algorithms
that are triggered later cannot be delivered. This option applies only to
CSFB_MEAS_DEL_INTERFREQ_SW: Indicates whether to terminate
inter-frequency measurements after a GSM frequency measurement
starts for an E-UTRAN-to-GERAN CS fallback process. If this option is
selected, the eNodeB terminates all inter-frequency measurements
when a GSM frequency measurement is triggered during the CS
fallback process, reducing the GSM frequency measurement reporting
delay. If this option is deselected, the eNodeB does not terminate
inter-frequency measurements when a GSM frequency measurement
is triggered during the CSFB process. This option applies only to LTE
TDD.
GSM_MEAS_RECOVER_INTERFREQ_SW: Indicates whether to
recover coverage-based inter-frequency measurement if a GSM
measurement is terminated when the
GSM_MEAS_DEL_INTERFREQ_SW option is selected. The eNodeB
determines whether to deliver coverage-based inter-frequency
measurement again when a GSM measurement is terminated only if
the GSM_MEAS_RECOVER_INTERFREQ_SW option is selected.
GUI Value Range: GSM_MEAS_DEL_INTERFREQ_SW(Gsm Meas
Del Interfreq Switch), MEAS_OBJ_PREEMPT_SW(Meas Obj Preempt
Switch), CSFB_MEAS_DEL_INTERFREQ_SW(Csfb Meas Del
Interfreq Switch), GSM_MEAS_RECOVER_INTERFREQ_SW(Gsm
Meas Recover Interfreq Switch)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: GSM_MEAS_DEL_INTERFREQ_SW,
MEAS_OBJ_PREEMPT_SW, CSFB_MEAS_DEL_INTERFREQ_SW,
GSM_MEAS_RECOVER_INTERFREQ_SW
Recommended Value: GSM_MEAS_DEL_INTERFREQ_SW:Off,
MEAS_OBJ_PREEMPT_SW:Off,
CSFB_MEAS_DEL_INTERFREQ_SW:Off,
GSM_MEAS_RECOVER_INTERFREQ_SW:Off
idle mode)
GSM_MEAS_DEL_INTERFREQ_SW: If the UE is performing VoIP
services and this option is selected, inter-frequency measurements are
canceled after a GSM measurement is triggered, reducing the GSM
measurement reporting delay and VoIP call drop rate. If the UE is
performing VoIP services and this option is deselected, inter-frequency
measurements are not canceled after a GSM measurement is
triggered. In this case, the measurement reporting delay prolongs and
the VoIP call drop rate may increase.
MEAS_OBJ_PREEMPT_SW: If this option is selected and the number
of measurement objects of a UE reaches the specified threshold, the
measurements of features and algorithms that are triggered later can
be enabled normally, which improves KPIs. For example, the service
drop rate decreases. If this option is deselected and the number of
measurement objects reaches the specified threshold, the
measurements of features and algorithms that are triggered later
cannot be enabled, which deteriorates KPIs. For example, a UE
cannot perform coverage-based handovers but perform blind
redirection. As a result, the disconnection delay increases, probably
leading to service drops. CSFB_MEAS_DEL_INTERFREQ_SW: If this
option is selected, inter-frequency measurements are terminated after
a GSM frequency measurement starts for an E-UTRAN-to-GERN CS
fallback process, reducing the GSM frequency measurement reporting
delay and CS fallback delay and improving user experience. If this
option is deselected, inter-frequency measurements are not
terminated after a GSM frequency measurement starts. In this case,
the GSM frequency measurement reporting delay increases and user
experience may deteriorate.
GSM_MEAS_RECOVER_INTERFREQ_SW: If this option is selected,
when the signal recovers to the level of terminating GSM
measurement, the eNodeB restarts coverage-based inter-frequency
measurement according to the signal quality of the serving cell. This
allows the UE to be handed over to a neighboring E-UTRA frequency,
thereby improving user experience. If this option is deselected,
coverage-based inter-frequency measurement is not restarted even if
the signal recovers to the level of terminating GSM measurement. In
this situation, the UE cannot be handed over to a neighboring E-UTRA
frequency, thereby affecting user experience.
Applicable Mode: L
FreqLayerSwitch Frequency Meaning: This parameter includes the following options:

Layer UtranFreqLayerMeasSwitch, UtranFreqLayerBlindSwitch, and
Switch UtranSrvccSwitch. The setting of the UtranSrvccSteeringSwitch option
takes effect only when the UtranFreqLayerMeasSwitch option is
selected.
UtranFreqLayerMeasSwitch: If this option is selected, UTRAN
frequency steering takes effect when measurement configurations are
delivered for coverage- and CSFB-based handovers from E-UTRAN to
UTRAN. The setting of this option (cell-specific) takes effect only when
the UtranFreqLayerMeasSwitch option of the eNodeB-specific
FreqLayerSwitch parameter is deselected. This option applies only to
UtranFreqLayerBlindSwitch: If this option is selected, UTRAN
frequency steering takes effect during coverage- and CSFB-based
blind handovers from E-UTRAN to UTRAN. The setting of this option
(cell-specific) takes effect only when the UtranFreqLayerBlindSwitch
option of the eNodeB-specific FreqLayerSwitch parameter is
deselected. This option applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
UtranSrvccSteeringSwitch: If this option is selected, UTRAN frequency
steering for measurement takes effect during coverage-based SRVCC
to UTRAN. This option applies only to LTE FDD. The setting of this
option (cell-specific) takes effect only when the
UtranSrvccSteeringSwitch option of the eNodeB-specific
FreqLayerSwitch parameter is deselected. This option applies only to
GUI Value Range:
UtranFreqLayerMeasSwitch(UtranFreqLayerMeasSwitch),
UtranFreqLayerBlindSwitch(UtranFreqLayerBlindSwitch),
UtranSrvccSteeringSwitch(UtranSrvccSteeringSwitch)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: UtranFreqLayerMeasSwitch,
UtranFreqLayerBlindSwitch, UtranSrvccSteeringSwitch
Recommended Value: UtranFreqLayerMeasSwitch:Off,
UtranFreqLayerBlindSwitch:Off, UtranSrvccSteeringSwitch:Off
idle mode)
UtranFreqLayerMeasSwitch option is selected, the UTRAN
frequencies delivered for measurement are selected based on
handover causes and frequency attributes. This setting reduces the
probability that UEs detect certain UTRAN cells during measurements,
resulting in a lower handover probability and a higher redirection
probability.
Applicable Mode: L
EmimoSwitch eMIMO Meaning: Indicates whether to enable eMIMO-related algorithms.

Switch Virtual4T4RSwitch: Indicates whether to enable the virtual 4T4R
function. This option applies only to FDD. The function is enabled only
if this option is selected.
EmimoMuMimoSwitch: Indicates whether to enable the eMIMO MU-
MIMO function. This option applies only to FDD. The function is
enabled only if this option is selected.
EmimoCpsSwitch: Indicates whether to enable coordinated pilot
scheduling for eMIMO. This option applies only to FDD. The function is
enabled only if this option is selected. When this option is selected, the
eNodeB determines the pilot transmission mode based on inter-cell
load status.
EmimoFbaSwitch: Indicates whether to enable the following functions:
- Fast beam alignment for eMIMO
- Extending UE rank reporting period in non-high-speed-railway
scenarios when the CQI reporting period is adaptively changed to 40
ms.
The preceding two functions are enabled only if this option is selected.
This parameter applies only to LTE FDD.
New4TCodebookSwitch: Indicates whether to use the new 4T
codebook. The new 4T codebook can be used for UEs that support
the new 4T codebook only if this option is selected. This option applies
only to LTE FDD.
4TxTM9MuMimoSwitch: Indicates whether to enable the 4TX TM9
MU-MIMO function. This option applies only to FDD. The function is
enabled only if this option is selected.
DrxSimulAckNackAndCqiSwitch: Indicates whether to allow UEs in
DRX mode to send CQI and ACK/NACK simultaneously on the
PUCCH when SimulAckNackAndCqiSwitch is set to ON and CqiMask
is set to OFF. This option takes effect when the number of configured
downlink transmit antennas of the cell is greater than two. If this option
is selected, UEs in DRX mode can send CQI and ACK/NACK
simultaneously on the PUCCH when SimulAckNackAndCqiSwitch is
set to ON and CqiMask is set to OFF. If this option is deselected, the
settings of the SimulAckNackAndCqiSwitch and CqiMask parameters
determine whether to allow UEs in DRX mode to send CQI and
ACK/NACK simultaneously on the PUCCH.
GUI Value Range: Virtual4T4RSwitch(Virtual4T4RSwitch),
EmimoMuMimoSwitch(EmimoMuMimoSwitch),
EmimoCpsSwitch(EmimoCpsSwitch),
EmimoFbaSwitch(EmimoFbaSwitch),
New4TCodebookSwitch(New4TCodebookSwitch),
4TxTM9MuMimoSwitch(4TxTM9MuMimoSwitch),
DrxSimulAckNackAndCqiSwitch(DrxSimulAckNackAndCqiSwitch)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: Virtual4T4RSwitch, EmimoMuMimoSwitch,
EmimoCpsSwitch, EmimoFbaSwitch, New4TCodebookSwitch,
4TxTM9MuMimoSwitch, DrxSimulAckNackAndCqiSwitch
Recommended Value: Virtual4T4RSwitch:Off,
EmimoMuMimoSwitch:Off, EmimoCpsSwitch:Off,
EmimoFbaSwitch:Off, New4TCodebookSwitch:Off,
DrxSimulAckNackAndCqiSwitch:Off
If the Virtual4T4RSwitch option of EmimoSwitch in the CellAlgoSwitch
MO is selected, options of TM9Switch and TM10Switch of
EnhMIMOSwitch must be deselected.
EmimoSwitch is selected, the DlCellCoverEnhanceAlgoSw option of
CellDlCoverEnhanceSwitch must be deselected.
EmimoSwitch is selected, GLPwrShare must be set to OFF.
Impact on Radio Network Performance: Virtual4T4RSwitch: When this
option is selected, resources can be reused in independent scheduling
areas and multi-stream spatial multiplexing can be implemented in
overlapping areas. This setting increases the peak cell throughput and
the user-perceived data rate in the overlapping areas. When this
option is deselected, the virtual 4T4R function does not take effect and
common networking is used.
EmimoMuMimoSwitch: When this option is selected, MU-MIMO is
used for UEs meeting the paring requirements for MU-MIMO to
increase the spectral efficiency of the cell and user-perceived data
rates. When this option is deselected, SU-MIMO is used and MU-
MIMO gains cannot be obtained.
EmimoCpsSwitch: When this option is selected, the eNodeB
determines the pilot transmission mode based on inter-cell load status
to increase UE throughput. When this option is deselected, the default
pilot transmission mode is used and network performance is not
affected.
EmimoFbaSwitch: When this option is selected, the eNodeB forms
more accurate beams for UEs, increasing the downlink SINR for UEs
and user-perceived downlink data rates; however, the uplink
throughput may slightly decrease. When this option is deselected, cell
New4TCodebookSwitch: If this option is selected and close-loop
MIMO is used, new 4T codebooks are used for UEs that support new
4T codebooks and original codebooks are used for UEs that do not
support new 4T codebooks, increasing downlink user-perceived data
rates. If this option is deselected and close-loop MIMO is used, original
codebooks are used for all UEs without affecting the network
performance.
4TxTM9MuMimoSwitch: When this option is selected, the cell
adaptively determines whether to enter or exit TM9 MU-MIMO mode
based on factors such as UE capability, channel condition, and cell
load. Then, the cell selects UEs meeting the pairing conditions for 4TX
TM9 MU-MIMO scheduling, thereby increasing the cell spectral
efficiency and user-perceived rate. After the adaptive TM9 MU-MIMO
switch is enabled, the cell adaptively exits TM9 MU-MIMO mode when
network conditions are not met. Within the period of determining
whether to exit TM9 MU-MIMO mode, negative gains of TM9 SU
relative to TM4 SU may be produced for UEs controlled by TM9 MU-
MIMO to enter TM9 from TM4. When this option is deselected,
DrxSimulAckNackAndCqiSwitch: When this option is selected, UEs in
DRX mode can send CQI and ACK/NACK simultaneously on the
PUCCH if SimulAckNackAndCqiSwitch is set to ON and CqiMask is
set to OFF. This increases the CQI reporting times so that the CQI can
quickly adapt to the channel quality. The UE throughput also
increases. However, UE compatibility problem may occur. When this
option is deselected, network performance is not affected.
Applicable Mode: L
RohcSwitch ROHC Meaning: Indicates whether to enable ROHC in a cell. If this parameter
switch is set to ON, ROCH can be enabled for UEs supporting ROCH in the
cell. If this parameter is set to OFF, ROCH cannot be enabled for UEs
in the cell.
If the eNodeB-level parameter PDCPROHCPARA.RohcSwitch is set
to ON, the setting of this cell-level parameter does not take effect. If
the eNodeB-level parameter PDCPROHCPARA.RohcSwitch is set to
OFF, the setting of this cell-level parameter takes effect.
It is recommended that this parameter be set to ON when a cell
supports VoIP services.
Unit: None
idle mode)
ROHC is enabled to reduce header overhead of data packets over the
air interface, improving the capacity and the coverage of VoIP
services.
Applicable Mode: L
McpttSwitch MCPTT Meaning: Indicates whether to enable the guarantee functions related
Switch to MCPTT services.
McpttQoSSwitch: Indicates whether to apply GBR to MCPTT services
and prioritize scheduling for MCPTT services. GBR is applied to
MCPTT services and scheduling is prioritized for MCPTT services only
if this option is selected. This option applies only to LTE FDD and LTE
TDD.
McpttCongCtrlSwitch: Indicates whether to enable satisfaction-rate-
based admission for MCPTT services. Satisfaction-rate-based
admission is enabled for MCPTT services only if this option is
McpttRrcDrxSwitch: Indicates whether to apply a dedicated RRC
connection inactivity timer and a dedicated DRX parameter group to
MCPTT services. A dedicated RRC connection inactivity timer and a
dedicated DRX parameter group are applied to MCPTT services only if
TDD.
McpttVoiceMgtSwitch: Indicates whether to apply voice optimization
guarantee to MCPTT services. Voice optimization guarantee is applied
to MCPTT services only if this option is selected. This option applies
GUI Value Range: McpttQoSSwitch(McpttQoSSwitch),
McpttCongCtrlSwitch(McpttCongCtrlSwitch),
McpttRrcDrxSwitch(McpttRrcDrxSwitch),
McpttVoiceMgtSwitch(McpttVoiceMgtSwitch)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: McpttQoSSwitch, McpttCongCtrlSwitch,
McpttRrcDrxSwitch, McpttVoiceMgtSwitch
Recommended Value: McpttQoSSwitch:OFF,
McpttCongCtrlSwitch:OFF, McpttRrcDrxSwitch:OFF,
McpttVoiceMgtSwitch:OFF
Applicable Mode: L
UlSuMimoAlgoSw UL SU- Meaning: Indicates whether to enable single-user MIMO in the uplink
itch MIMO for the cell.
Algorithm ULSUMIMO2LayersSwitch: If this option is deselected, SU MIMO is
Switch disabled, and single-codeword scheduling is performed for all UEs. If
this option is selected, single-user MIMO is enabled, and the eNodeB
performs dual-codeword scheduling for SU-MIMO-capable UEs. This
GUI Value Range:
ULSUMIMO2LayersSwitch(ULSUMIMO2LayersSwitch)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: ULSUMIMO2LayersSwitch
Recommended Value: ULSUMIMO2LayersSwitch~0
The UlSuMimoAlgoSwitch.ULSUMIMO2LayersSwitch option of the
UlSuMimoAlgoSwitch parameter in the CellAlgoSwitch MO cannot be
selected when the DMIMOAlgoSwitch.DmimoJTSwitch option of the
DMIMOAlgoSwitch parameter in the CellAlgoSwitch MO is selected.
idle mode)
Impact on Radio Network Performance: For UEs that support uplink
SU-MIMO, if the ULSUMIMO2LayersSwitch option is selected, the
uplink throughput increases. For UEs that do not support uplink SU-
MIMO, the setting of the ULSUMIMO2LayersSwitch option does not
affect the uplink throughput.
Applicable Mode: L
HighSpeedInterR High Meaning: Indicates the switches used to optimize inter-RAT handover
atHoSwitch Speed algorithms for high-speed UEs (UEs moving at a high speed) in high-
Inter-RAT speed scenarios. HighSpeedCsfbDirSwitch: Indicates whether to
Handover enable directional CSFB for high-speed UEs. When this function is
Switch enabled, an eNodeB delivers only information about inter-RAT
frequencies identified as high-speed or ultra-high-speed frequencies
for measurements or blind redirections. This function is enabled only if
this option is selected. This parameter applies only to LTE FDD.
HighSpeedSrvccDirSwitch: Indicates whether to enable directional
SRVCC for high-speed UEs. When this function is enabled, an
eNodeB delivers only information about inter-RAT frequencies
identified as high-speed or ultra-high-speed frequencies for
measurements and uses a dedicated time-to-trigger in inter-RAT
measurements. This function is enabled only if this option is selected.
This parameter applies only to LTE FDD. HighSpeedPsDirSwitch:
Indicates whether to enable directional PS handover for high-speed
UEs. When this function is enabled, an eNodeB delivers only
information about inter-RAT frequencies identified as high-speed or
ultra-high-speed frequencies for measurements and uses a dedicated
time-to-trigger in inter-RAT measurements. This function is enabled
only if this option is selected. This parameter applies only to LTE FDD.
GUI Value Range:
HighSpeedCsfbDirSwitch(HighSpeedCsfbDirSwitch),
HighSpeedSrvccDirSwitch(HighSpeedSrvccDirSwitch),
HighSpeedPsDirSwitch(HighSpeedPsDirSwitch)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: HighSpeedCsfbDirSwitch,
HighSpeedSrvccDirSwitch, HighSpeedPsDirSwitch
Recommended Value: HighSpeedCsfbDirSwitch:Off,
HighSpeedSrvccDirSwitch:Off, HighSpeedPsDirSwitch:Off
Impact on Radio Network Performance: HighSpeedCsfbDirSwitch:
When this option is selected, high-speed UEs can be handed over to
dedicated UTRAN frequencies through CSFB, increasing the CSFB
success rate for high-speed UEs. When this option is deselected,
high-speed UEs and low-speed UEs (UEs moving at a low speed) are
treated in the same way in CSFB, affecting CSFB performance.
HighSpeedSrvccDirSwitch: When this option is selected, high-speed
UEs can be handed over to dedicated UTRAN frequencies through
SRVCC in a more timely manner, increasing the SRVCC success rate
for high-speed UEs. When this option is deselected, high-speed UEs
and low-speed UEs are treated in the same way in SRVCC, affecting
SRVCC performance.
HighSpeedPsDirSwitch: When this option is selected, high-speed UEs
can be handed over to dedicated UTRAN frequencies through PS
handovers and redirections in a more timely manner, increasing the
PS handover and redirection success rates for high-speed UEs. When
this option is deselected, high-speed UEs and low-speed UEs are
treated in the same way in PS handovers and redirections, affecting
PS handover and redirection performance.
Applicable Mode: L
EmcSpsSchSwitc EMC Meaning: Indicates whether to use semi-persistent scheduling during

h Semi- talk spurts of emergency calls. If this parameter is set to OFF, dynamic
Persistent scheduling is used. When this parameter is set to ON and the
Scheduling SpsSchSwitch option of the UlSchSwitch parameter is selected, uplink
Switch semi-persistent scheduling is used for an emergency call if the
emergency call meets the conditions for activating uplink semi-
persistent scheduling. When this parameter is set to ON and the
SpsSchSwitch option of the DlSchSwitch parameter is selected,
downlink semi-persistent scheduling is used for an emergency call if
the emergency call meets the conditions for activating downlink semi-
persistent scheduling. The use of semi-persistent scheduling reduces
PDCCH resource consumption. This parameter applies only to LTE
FDD and LTE TDD.
Unit: None
idle mode)
ON, the use of semi-persistent scheduling for emergency calls
reduces PDCCH resource consumption and CQI reporting overhead,
increasing the emergency call capacity in emergencies. When this
parameter is set to OFF, PDCCH resource consumption is high and
the emergency call capacity is low; however, each emergency call can
experience better service quality.
Applicable Mode: L
UlIcsRbRatio UL ICS RB Meaning: Indicates the maximum proportion of RBs that can be used
Ratio for jointly scheduling in the uplink. This parameter applies only to LTE
TDD.
GUI Value Range: 1~100
Unit: %
Recommended Value: 62
Impact on Radio Network Performance: If this parameter is set to a
large value, a large number of RBs can be used for joint scheduling in
the uplink, improving the performance of joint-scheduling UEs. In this
case, a small number of RBs are allocated to non-joint-scheduling
UEs. If this parameter is set to a small value, a small number of RBs
can be used for joint scheduling in the uplink, degrading the
performance of joint-scheduling UEs. In this case, a large number of
RBs are allocated to non-joint-scheduling UEs.
Applicable Mode: L
UlIcsVoLTEPLTh VoLTE Meaning: Indicates the threshold of path loss for selecting VoLTE UEs
Path Loss to preferentially perform uplink joint scheduling. This parameter
Threshold applies only to LTE TDD.
for UL ICS GUI Value Range: 50~150
Unit: dB
Recommended Value: 115
Impact on Radio Network Performance: If this parameter is set to a
large value, a small number of VoLTE UEs are selected for UL ICS. If
this parameter is set to a small value, a large number of VoLTE UEs
are selected for UL ICS.
Applicable Mode: L
LbsSwitch LBS Meaning: Indicates whether the indoor positioning function is enabled.
Feature TDOA_SWITCH: Indicates whether TDoA-based positioning is
Switch enabled. The TDoA feature takes effect only when this option is
selected. The TDoA feature applies only to LampSite eNodeBs with a
bandwidth of 20 MHz or 15 MHz. When this option is selected,
physical cells cannot be set up on the LBBP, UBBPda, UBBPdb, or
UBBPea board. This feature must work with pRRU3911. When the
CellCapacityMode parameter of an FDD cell is set to
LARGECAPACITY, TDoA-based positioning is not supported. This
parameter applies only to LTE FDD.
GUI Value Range: TDOA_SWITCH(TDOA_SWITCH)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: TDOA_SWITCH
Recommended Value: TDOA_SWITCH:Off
SrsSubframeRecfSwitch option of the SrsAlgoSwitch parameter in the
same CellAlgoSwitch MO is deselected.
CellAlgoSwitch MO can be selected only when the RruUeMapSwitch
parameter in the same CellAlgoSwitch MO is set to OFF.
Impact on Radio Network Performance: none.
Applicable Mode: L
DtxDetectionAlgo DTX Meaning: Indicates whether to disable DTX identification when NACKs
Switch Detection are transmitted on the PUSCH in ACK bundling mode. If this option is
Algo selected and NACKs are transmitted on the PUSCH in ACK bundling
Switch mode, DTX identification is disabled. If this option is deselected and
NACKs are transmitted on the PUSCH in ACK bundling mode, DTX
identification is enabled. This option applies only to LTE TDD.
GUI Value Range:
BDL_PUSCH_NACK_DTX_DET_DIS_SW(BDL_PUSCH_NACK_DTX
_DET_DIS_SW)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: BDL_PUSCH_NACK_DTX_DET_DIS_SW
Recommended Value: BDL_PUSCH_NACK_DTX_DET_DIS_SW:Off
idle mode)
BDL_PUSCH_NACK_DTX_DET_DIS_SW: If this option is deselected
and NACKs are transmitted on the PUSCH in ACK bundling mode,
DTX identification is enabled, lowering the residual packet error rate
and improving user experience. However, DTX identification for a
large number of UEs leads to a high probability that CCE allocation for
the cell is restricted and the cell throughput decreases. If this option is
selected and NACKs are transmitted on the PUSCH in ACK bundling
mode, DTX identification is disabled, increasing the residual packet
error rate and degrading user experience.
Applicable Mode: L
DacqSwitch DACQ Meaning: Indicates whether to enable dynamic AMBR control by QCI
Switch (DACQ). If this parameter is set to ON(On), DACQ is enabled. If this
parameter is set to OFF(Off), DACQ is disabled. This parameter
Unit: None
If the DacqSwitch parameter in a CellAlgoSwitch MO is set to ON, the
WBBMBB_USER_PRB_UP_LMT_SWITCH option of the
SpecUserAlgoSwitch parameter in the same MO must be deselected.
If the EnhancementCtrlSwitch option of the DacqEnhancementSwitch
parameter in a CellAlgoSwitch is selected, the DacqSwitch parameter
in the same MO must be set to ON.
idle mode)
ON(On), DACQ is enabled. If this parameter is set to OFF(Off), DACQ
is disabled.
Applicable Mode: L
DlSchExtSwitch DL Meaning: Indicates whether to enable downlink scheduling algorithms

Scheduling for a cell. This parameter is an extension of the DlSchSwitch
Extension parameter and includes the following options:
Switch CONGEST_VIDEO_RES_CTRL_SWITCH: Indicates whether to
restrict air interface resources allocated to UEs running video services
when congestion occurs. If this option is selected, the eNodeB can
restrict air interface resources allocated to UEs running video services
when congestion occurs. If this option is deselected, the eNodeB does
not restrict air interface resources allocated to video UEs when
congestion occurs. This option applies only to LTE TDD.
PTT_TBS_BASED_MCS_SEL_SWITCH: Indicates whether to select
the MCS index based on the TBS for PTT voice services (with QCI 65,
QCI or 66, or and enhanced extended QCIs). The MCS index is
selected based on the TBS in downlink dynamic scheduling for PTT
voice services only if this option is selected.
GUI Value Range:
CONGEST_VIDEO_RES_CTRL_SWITCH(CONGEST_VIDEO_RES_
CTRL_SWITCH),
PTT_TBS_BASED_MCS_SEL_SWITCH(PTT_TBS_BASED_MCS_S
EL_SWITCH)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: CONGEST_VIDEO_RES_CTRL_SWITCH,
PTT_TBS_BASED_MCS_SEL_SWITCH
Recommended Value: CONGEST_VIDEO_RES_CTRL_SWITCH:Off,
PTT_TBS_BASED_MCS_SEL_SWITCH:Off
idle mode)
CONGEST_VIDEO_RES_CTRL_SWITCH: If this option is deselected,
network performance is not affected. If this option is selected, resource
consumption by UEs running video services at high data rates is
reduced when the network load is high, negatively affecting user
experience of video services but improving user experience of other
services such as web browsing.
PTT_TBS_BASED_MCS_SEL_SWITCH: If this option is selected, the
number of HARQ retransmissions for downlink PTT services and the
IBLER of these services decrease.
Applicable Mode: L
MPMUDetectSwit MPMU Meaning: Indicates whether to enable MPMU-level fault detection.

ch Fault PRRUDETECT_SWITCH: If this option is selected, the system starts
Detection to record the positions of the UE and MPMU and saves the positions
Switch in the maintenance CHR log. If this option is deselected, the system
stops recording such information.
GUI Value Range:
PRRUDETECT_SWITCH(PRRUDETECT_SWITCH)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: PRRUDETECT_SWITCH
Recommended Value: PRRUDETECT_SWITCH:Off
idle mode)
Applicable Mode: L
VmsSwitch Vertical Meaning: Indicates whether to enable algorithms related to vertical

Multiple multiple sectors (VMS). This parameter applies only to LTE FDD.
Sectors PrbBalanceSw: If this option is selected, load balancing between inner
Algorithm and outer cells is enabled. If this option is deselected, load balancing
Switch between inner and outer cells is disabled.
GUI Value Range: PrbBalanceSw(PrbBalanceSw)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: PrbBalanceSw
Recommended Value: PrbBalanceSw: Off
Options PrbBalanceSw of VmsSwitch and IntraFreqMroSwitch of
MroSwitch in the CellAlgoSwitch cannot be selected simultaneously.
idle mode)
Impact on Radio Network Performance: PrbBalanceSw: If this option is
selected and the load of the outer cell is heavier than the load of the
inner cell, the user-perceived data rate of UEs in the outer cell
increases and the capacity of the inner cell increases. However, the
number of handovers increases, and the handover success rate
slightly decreases.
Applicable Mode: L
RrcReestDataFw RRC Meaning: Indicates whether the eNodeB serving the cell forwards data
dSwitch Reestablis that has not been sent to a UE in the cell (as the source cell) to the
hment target cell when the UE experiences an RRC connection
Data reestablishment so that the target cell can send the data to the UE. If
Forwarding this parameter is set to ON(On), the eNodeB forwards the data to the
Switch target cell and the target cell sends the data to the UE after the RRC
connection is reestablished in the target cell. If this parameter is set to
OFF(Off), the eNodeB directly discards the data in the preceding
scenario. This parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
Unit: None
idle mode)
the probability of TCP/UDP packet loss due to RRC connection
reestablishments decreases. Setting this parameter to OFF results in
the opposite effect. If this parameter is set to ON for a cell in which the
RRC connections of more than 2% of the served UEs are
reestablished, the bit error rate (BER), RLC retransmission rate, and
service drop rate increase, and the success rates of RRC connection
setup and reestablishment decrease.
Applicable Mode: L
SmallBandOptSwi Small Meaning: Indicates the small bandwidth optimization switch, which is
tch Bandwidth used to control the optimization features of small-bandwidth cells, such
Optimizatio as 1.4 MHz, 3 MHz, and 5 MHz cell.
n Switch SMALL_BAND_RLC_OPT_SWITCH: If this option is selected, the
eNodeB configures different heavy-UE number thresholds depending
on the cell bandwidth configuration and performs optimization
according to the settings of RlcParaAdaptSwitch and
SrbRlcParaAdaptSwitch parameter settings. Timer parameters related
to the RlcParaAdaptSwitch optimization are set to the fixed value of
200 ms. Timer parameters related to the SrbRlcParaAdaptSwitch
optimization are dependent on the GUI values. If this option is
deselected, the eNodeB performs RLC optimization depending on the
GUI values of the RlcParaAdaptSwitch and SrbRlcParaAdaptSwitch
parameters. This option applies only to LTE FDD.
GUI Value Range:
SMALL_BAND_RLC_OPT_SWITCH(SMALL_BAND_RLC_OPT_SWI
TCH)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: SMALL_BAND_RLC_OPT_SWITCH
Recommended Value: SMALL_BAND_RLC_OPT_SWITCH:Off
idle mode)
SMALL_BAND_RLC_OPT_SWITCH: If this option is selected, the
eNodeB configures different heavy-UE number thresholds depending
on the cell bandwidth configuration. This helps increase the downlink
user-perceived data rate or capacity. If this option is deselected, the
eNodeB performs RLC optimization depending on the GUI values of
the RlcParaAdaptSwitch and SrbRlcParaAdaptSwitch parameters. It is
recommended that this option be selected when the load is heavy in
small-bandwidth scenarios (1.4 MHz, 3 MHz, or 5 MHz cell) and the
ARQ retransmission rate is high. It is recommended that this option be
deselected when CCE resources are insufficient in small-bandwidth
scenarios and the PRB usage exceeds 95%. If this option is
deselected, the downlink ARQ retransmission rate, CCE usage, and
UE scheduling number decrease, and the uplink CCE usage may
increase.
Applicable Mode: L
IdleModeEdrxSwit Idle Mode Meaning: Indicates whether to enable idle mode eDRX for LTE UEs.
ch Extended For details about idle mode eDRX, see 3GPP TS 23.682. This
DRX parameter applies only to LTE FDD.
Switch GUI Value Range: OFF(OFF), ON(ON)
Unit: None
idle mode)
ON, power consumption for UEs to monitor paging messages
decreases, thereby extending the battery life of UEs. However, the
timeliness of paging responses deteriorates. Setting this parameter to
OFF does not produce the preceding effects.
Applicable Mode: L
Example
Example 1: To modify the settings of cell-level algorithm switches with

the parameters as follows: Local cell ID: 0, Dynamic adjust voltage
algorithm switch: DynAdjVoltSwitch-1, run the following command:
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, DynAdjVoltSwitch=DynAdjVoltSwitch-1;
Example 2: To modify the settings of cell-level algorithm switches with
the parameters as follows: Local cell ID: 0, PUCCH algorithm switch:
PucchSwitch-1, run the following command:
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, PucchAlgoSwitch=PucchSwitch-1;
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Modify Cell Algorithm Switch Configuration

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Modify Cell Algorithm Switch Configuration

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Modify Cell Algorithm Switch Configuration

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Modify Cell Algorithm Switch Configuration (MOD

Use this command to modify the settings of cell-level algorithm switches.

Meaning: Indicates the local ID of the cell. It uniquely identifies a cell

VolteRedirectSwit VoLTE Meaning: Controls whether VoLTE services support redirection.

RachAlgoSwitch RACH Meaning: RACHAdjSwitch: Indicates whether to enable random

PucchAlgoSwitch PUCCH Meaning: PucchSwitch: Indicates whether to enable PUCCH resource

MTCCongControl Congestio Meaning: Indicates whether to enable congestion control algorithms

TcpCtrlSwitch TCP Meaning: Indicates whether to enable TCP-related functions.

NaicsSwitch Network- Meaning: Indicates whether to enable network assisted interference

UplinkIcSwitch UL IC Meaning: Indicates whether to enable uplink interference cancellation

BfAlgoSwitch BF Meaning: Indicates whether to enable the beamforming algorithm.

DlSchSwitch DL Meaning: Indicates whether to enable downlink scheduling algorithms

FreqPriorityHoSwi Based on Meaning: Indicates whether to enable frequency-priority-based inter-

MuBfAlgoSwitch MUBF Meaning: Indicates whether to enable multi-user beamforming (MU

HighMobiTrigIdle High Meaning: Indicates whether to enable the high-mobility-triggered-idle

DlCompSwitch Downlink Meaning: Indicates whether to enable downlink coordinated multipoint

PsicSwitch PSIC Meaning: Indicates whether to enable parallel soft interference

MlbHoMode Load Meaning: Indicates whether to enable or disable handovers triggered

UplinkCompSwitc Uplink Meaning: Indicates whether to enable uplink coordinated multipoint

AntCalibrationAlg Antenna Meaning: Indicates whether to enable the antenna calibration

PuschIrcAlgoSwit PUSCH Meaning: Indicates whether to apply the interference rejection

AsAlgoSwitch Accelerate Meaning: Indicates whether to enable network service acceleration

ReselecPriAdapt Reselectio Meaning: Indicates whether to enable or disable adaptive dedicated

AnrFunctionSwitc ANR Meaning: Indicates whether intra-RAT or inter-RAT neighbor

SfnAlgoSwitch SFN Meaning: Indicates whether to enable algorithms related to single

PrachIntrfRejSwit Prach Meaning: Indicates whether to suppress interference on the PRACH.

InterfRandSwitch Interferenc Meaning: Indicates the interference randomization algorithm applied to

MultiFreqPriContr Multi Meaning: Indicates whether to prioritize frequencies in a multi-

CovBasedInterFr Coverage Meaning: Indicates the coverage-based inter-frequency handover

CellSchStrategyS Cell Meaning: Indicates whether to enable a specific scheduling policy in

SfnUplinkCompS SFN Meaning: Indicates whether to enable uplink coordinated multipoint

RelaySwitch Relay Meaning: Indicates whether to enable or disable the relay-related

InterFreqDirectHo Inter- Meaning: Indicates whether to enable the inter-frequency directional

DetectionAlgoSwi DetectionA Meaning: CqiReliableSwitch: Indicates whether channel quality

AcBarAlgoforDyn Ac Bar Meaning: Indicates whether to enable dynamic access barring

CreSwitch CRE Meaning: Indicates whether the CellRangeExpansion parameter takes

HoAllowedSwitch Handover Meaning: Indicates whether to enable eNodeB-level handovers to be

NCellClassMgtSw Neighbor Meaning: Indicates neighboring cell classification management. This

SpePCIBasedPoli Specified Meaning: Indicates whether to enable PCI-based algorithms. This

CellPIMInterMitig Cell Meaning: Indicates whether to enable passive intermodulation (PIM)

FeicicSwitch FeICIC Meaning: Indicates whether to enable the FeICIC algorithm. In a

RruUeMapSwitch RU Ue Meaning: Indicates whether to enable MPMU-level UE identification in

HighSpeedSchOp High Meaning: Indicates whether to enable scheduling optimization in high-

UEInactiveTimer UE Meaning: Indicates whether the UeInactiveTimerQci1 parameter takes

UlJRAntNumCom UL JR Meaning: Indicates whether to enable UL joint reception among cells

AnrAlgoSwitch ANR Meaning: Indicates whether to enable automatic neighbor relation

AttachCellSelfCfg Attach Cell Meaning: Indicates whether to enable automatic configuration of

CellDlCoverEnha Downlink Meaning: DlCellCoverEnhanceAlgoSw: Indicates whether to enable

UlSchExtSwitch Uplink Meaning: Indicates whether to enable extended functions of uplink

VoLTESwitch VoLTE Meaning: Indicates whether to enable VoLTE-related algorithms.

VoipFailDecSelfR VoIP Meaning: Indicates whether to enable self-rectification on voice

DeprioritisationDe Deprioritis Meaning: Indicates whether the RRCConnectionReject message

MFBIAlgoSwitch MFBI Meaning: Indicates whether to enable MFBI-related functions.

CellRecoverySwit Cell Meaning: NoUserCellRecoverySwitch: Indicates whether the eNodeB

EnhancedMlbAlg Enhanced Meaning: Indicates whether to enable MLB algorithm enhancements.

TrafficMlbSwitch Traffic Meaning: Indicates whether to enable traffic-based MLB algorithms.

MtcSwitch MTC Meaning: Indicates whether to enable machine type communication

UlIcSwitch Uplink Meaning: Indicates whether to enable the uplink interference

DMIMOAlgoSwitc DMIMO Meaning: Indicates whether to enable DMIMO algorithms. This

CrsIcSwitch CRS Meaning: Indicates whether to deliver information about intra-